Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Ansys CFX 12 Tutorials
Ansys CFX 12 Tutorials
ANSYS, Inc. Southpointe 275 Technology Drive Canonsburg, PA 15317 ansysinfo@ansys.com http://www.ansys.com (T) 724-746-3304 (F) 724-514-9494
Disclaimer Notice
THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS. The software products and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or afliates under a software license agreement that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and nature of use, compliance with exporting laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and remedies, and other provisions. The software products and documentation may be used, disclosed, transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that software license agreement. ANSYS, Inc. is certied to ISO 9001:2008. ANSYS UK Ltd. is a UL registered ISO 9001:2000 company.
Third-Party Software
See the legal information in the product help les for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS proprietary software and third-party software. If you are unable to access the Legal Notice, please contact ANSYS, Inc. Published in the U.S.A.
Table of Contents
1. Introduction to the CFX Tutorials .................................................................................................................... 1 Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode ........................................... 1 Running ANSYS CFX Tutorials in ANSYS Workbench .......................................................................... 1 Starting CFX-Pre ............................................................................................................................. 2 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .............................................................................................. 2 Obtaining a Solution in CFX-Solver Manager ....................................................................................... 2 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ........................................................................................................ 2 Creating CFX Component Systems for Multiple Simulations (As Required) ............................................... 3 Closing the Applications ................................................................................................................... 3 Playing a Tutorial Session File ........................................................................................................... 3 Changing the Display Colors ............................................................................................................. 4 Editor Buttons ................................................................................................................................. 4 Using Help ..................................................................................................................................... 4 2. Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using CFX in Standalone Mode ........................................................................ 5 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................. 5 Overview of the Problem to Solve ....................................................................................................... 6 Before You Begin ............................................................................................................................ 6 Starting CFX-Pre ............................................................................................................................. 6 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre .............................................................................................................. 6 Synopsis of Quick Setup Mode ........................................................................................................... 7 Workow Overview ......................................................................................................................... 7 Creating a New Case ........................................................................................................................ 8 Setting the Physics Denition ............................................................................................................ 8 Importing a Mesh ............................................................................................................................ 8 Using the Viewer ............................................................................................................................. 8 Dening Model Data ........................................................................................................................ 9 Dening Boundaries ........................................................................................................................ 9 Setting Boundary Data .................................................................................................................... 10 Setting Flow Specication ............................................................................................................... 10 Setting Temperature Specication ..................................................................................................... 10 Reviewing the Boundary Condition Denitions ................................................................................... 10 Creating the Second Inlet Boundary Denition .................................................................................... 10 Creating the Outlet Boundary Denition ............................................................................................ 11 Moving to General Mode ................................................................................................................. 11 Setting Solver Control ..................................................................................................................... 11 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File ............................................................................................ 12 Playing the Session File and Starting CFX-Solver Manager .................................................................... 12 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................................ 12 Start the Run ................................................................................................................................. 13 Move from CFX-Solver to CFD-Post ................................................................................................. 13 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 14 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 14 Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object .................................................................................... 15 Creating a Point for the Origin of the Streamline .................................................................................. 16 Creating a Streamline Originating from a Point .................................................................................... 16 Rearranging the Point ..................................................................................................................... 17 Conguring a Default Legend .......................................................................................................... 18 Creating a Slice Plane ..................................................................................................................... 19 Dening Slice Plane Geometry ......................................................................................................... 19 Conguring Slice Plane Views .......................................................................................................... 20 Rendering Slice Planes .................................................................................................................... 20 Coloring the Slice Plane .................................................................................................................. 21 Moving the Slice Plane ................................................................................................................... 22 Adding Contours ........................................................................................................................... 22 Working with Animations ................................................................................................................ 23 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. iii
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Showing the Animation Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 23 Creating the First Keyframe ............................................................................................................. 24 Creating the Second Keyframe ......................................................................................................... 25 Viewing the Animation ................................................................................................................... 26 Modifying the Animation ................................................................................................................ 27 Saving a Movie .............................................................................................................................. 28 Quitting CFD-Post ......................................................................................................................... 28 3. Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using Workbench ......................................................................................... 29 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................ 29 Overview of the Problem to Solve ..................................................................................................... 30 Before You Begin ........................................................................................................................... 30 Starting ANSYS Workbench ............................................................................................................ 30 Starting CFX-Pre from ANSYS Workbench ........................................................................................ 31 Creating the Simulation Denition .................................................................................................... 32 Setting the Physics Denition ........................................................................................................... 32 Dening Boundaries ....................................................................................................................... 32 Setting Boundary Data .................................................................................................................... 32 Creating the Second Inlet Boundary Denition .................................................................................... 33 Creating the Outlet Boundary Denition ............................................................................................ 33 Moving to General Mode ................................................................................................................. 33 Using the Viewer ........................................................................................................................... 33 Setting Solver Control ..................................................................................................................... 34 Refresh the Project ......................................................................................................................... 35 Obtaining a Solution ....................................................................................................................... 35 Display the Results in CFD-Post ....................................................................................................... 36 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 37 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 37 Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object .................................................................................... 38 Creating a Point for the Origin of the Streamline .................................................................................. 39 Creating a Streamline Originating from a Point .................................................................................... 40 Rearranging the Point ..................................................................................................................... 40 Conguring a Default Legend .......................................................................................................... 41 Creating a Slice Plane ..................................................................................................................... 42 Dening Slice Plane Geometry ......................................................................................................... 43 Conguring Slice Plane Views .......................................................................................................... 43 Rendering Slice Planes .................................................................................................................... 44 Coloring the Slice Plane .................................................................................................................. 44 Moving the Slice Plane ................................................................................................................... 45 Adding Contours ........................................................................................................................... 45 Working with Animations ................................................................................................................ 46 Showing the Animation Dialog Box ................................................................................................... 47 Creating the First Keyframe ............................................................................................................. 47 Creating the Second Keyframe ......................................................................................................... 48 Viewing the Animation ................................................................................................................... 49 Modifying the Animation ................................................................................................................ 50 Saving a Movie .............................................................................................................................. 51 Closing the Applications .................................................................................................................. 51 4. Flow in a Static Mixer (Rened Mesh) ........................................................................................................... 53 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................ 53 Overview of the Problem to Solve ..................................................................................................... 53 Before You Begin ........................................................................................................................... 54 Starting CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................................... 54 Dening a Simulation using General Mode in CFX-Pre ......................................................................... 54 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 54 Creating a New Case ...................................................................................................................... 54 Importing a Mesh ........................................................................................................................... 55 Importing CCL .............................................................................................................................. 55 Viewing Domain Settings ................................................................................................................ 56 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. iv Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Viewing the Boundary Condition Setting ............................................................................................ 56 Dening Solver Parameters .............................................................................................................. 56 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File ............................................................................................ 57 Playing the Session File and Starting CFX-Solver Manager .................................................................... 57 Obtaining a Solution with CFX-Solver ............................................................................................... 58 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 58 Starting the Run with an Initial Values File .......................................................................................... 59 Conrming Results ........................................................................................................................ 59 Moving from CFX-Solver to CFD-Post .............................................................................................. 59 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 60 Creating a Slice Plane ..................................................................................................................... 60 Coloring the Slice Plane .................................................................................................................. 61 Loading Results from Tutorial 1 for Comparison .................................................................................. 61 Creating a Second Slice Plane .......................................................................................................... 62 Comparing Slice Planes using Multiple Views ..................................................................................... 62 Viewing the Surface Mesh on the Outlet ............................................................................................. 63 Looking at the Inated Elements in Three Dimensions .......................................................................... 63 Viewing the Surface Mesh on the Mixer Body ..................................................................................... 64 Viewing the Layers of Inated Elements on a Plane .............................................................................. 65 Viewing the Mesh Statistics ............................................................................................................. 65 Viewing the Mesh Elements with Largest Face Angle ............................................................................ 65 Viewing the Mesh Elements with Largest Face Angle Using a Point ......................................................... 66 Quitting CFD-Post ......................................................................................................................... 66 5. Flow in a Process Injection Mixing Pipe .......................................................................................................... 67 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................ 67 Overview of the Problem to Solve ..................................................................................................... 68 Before You Begin ........................................................................................................................... 68 Starting CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................................... 69 Dening a Simulation using General Mode in CFX-Pre ......................................................................... 69 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 69 Creating a New Case ...................................................................................................................... 69 Importing a Mesh ........................................................................................................................... 70 Setting Temperature-Dependent Material Properties ............................................................................. 70 Plotting an Expression .................................................................................................................... 71 Evaluating an Expression ................................................................................................................. 71 Modify Material Properties .............................................................................................................. 71 Creating the Domain ....................................................................................................................... 72 Creating the Side Inlet Boundary ...................................................................................................... 72 Creating the Main Inlet Boundary ..................................................................................................... 73 Creating the Main Outlet Boundary ................................................................................................... 74 Setting Initial Values ....................................................................................................................... 74 Setting Solver Control ..................................................................................................................... 74 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File ............................................................................................ 75 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................................ 75 Moving from CFX-Solver Manager to CFD-Post ................................................................................. 75 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 76 Workow Overview ....................................................................................................................... 76 Modifying the Outline of the Geometry .............................................................................................. 76 Creating and Modifying Streamlines Originating from the Main Inlet ...................................................... 76 Modifying Streamline Color Ranges .................................................................................................. 76 Coloring Streamlines with a Constant Color ........................................................................................ 77 Creating Streamlines Originating from the Side Inlet ............................................................................ 77 Examining Turbulence Kinetic Energy ............................................................................................... 78 Quitting CFD-Post ......................................................................................................................... 78 6. Flow from a Circular Vent ............................................................................................................................ 79 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................ 79 Overview of the Problem to Solve ..................................................................................................... 80 Before You Begin ........................................................................................................................... 80 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. v
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Starting CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................................... 80 Dening a Multiple-Analysis Simulation in CFX-Pre ........................................................................... 81 Importing the Mesh ........................................................................................................................ 81 Creating an Additional Variable ........................................................................................................ 81 Renaming the Analysis .................................................................................................................... 82 Creating the Domain ....................................................................................................................... 82 Creating the Boundaries .................................................................................................................. 82 Setting Initial Values ....................................................................................................................... 85 Setting Solver Control ..................................................................................................................... 85 Creating a Transient Flow Analysis .................................................................................................... 85 Modifying the Analysis Type ............................................................................................................ 85 Modifying the Boundary Conditions .................................................................................................. 86 Initialization Values ........................................................................................................................ 88 Modifying the Solver Control ........................................................................................................... 88 Output Control .............................................................................................................................. 88 Conguring Simulation Control ........................................................................................................ 89 Writing the CFX-Solver Input File .................................................................................................... 90 Obtaining Solutions to the Steady-State and Transient Congurations ...................................................... 90 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................................................... 91 Displaying Smoke Density Using an Isosurface ................................................................................... 91 Viewing the Results at Different Time Steps ........................................................................................ 92 Generating Titled Image Files ........................................................................................................... 92 Generating a Movie ........................................................................................................................ 93 7. Flow Around a Blunt Body ........................................................................................................................... 95 Tutorial Features ............................................................................................................................ 95 Overview of the Problem to Solve ..................................................................................................... 96 Before You Begin ........................................................................................................................... 96 Starting CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................................... 96 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ............................................................................................................. 97 Importing the Mesh ........................................................................................................................ 97 Creating the Domain ....................................................................................................................... 97 Creating Composite Regions ............................................................................................................ 98 Creating the Boundaries .................................................................................................................. 98 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 100 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 101 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 101 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager .............................................................................. 101 Obtaining a Solution in Serial ......................................................................................................... 101 Obtaining a Solution in Parallel ....................................................................................................... 102 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 105 Using Symmetry Plane to Display the Full Geometry .......................................................................... 105 Creating Velocity Vectors ............................................................................................................... 106 Displaying Pressure Distribution on Body and Symmetry Plane ............................................................ 108 Creating Surface Streamlines to Display the Path of Air along the Surface of the Body .............................. 108 Moving Objects ........................................................................................................................... 109 Creating a Surface Plot of y+ .......................................................................................................... 109 Demonstrating Power Syntax .......................................................................................................... 110 Viewing the Mesh Partitions (Parallel Only) ...................................................................................... 111 8. Buoyant Flow in a Partitioned Cavity ............................................................................................................ 113 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 113 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 114 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 114 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 114 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 115 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 115 Analysis Type .............................................................................................................................. 115 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 116 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 117 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. vi Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 118 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 118 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 119 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 119 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 120 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 120 Simple Report ............................................................................................................................. 120 Plots for Customized Reports ......................................................................................................... 120 Customized Report ....................................................................................................................... 123 Animations ................................................................................................................................. 123 Completion ................................................................................................................................. 123 9. Free Surface Flow Over a Bump .................................................................................................................. 125 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 125 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 126 Approach to the Problem ............................................................................................................... 126 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 126 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 126 Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................................... 126 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 127 Creating Expressions for Initial and Boundary Conditions .................................................................... 127 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 128 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 129 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 132 Setting Mesh Adaption Parameters .................................................................................................. 132 Setting the Solver Controls ............................................................................................................. 133 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 134 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 134 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 135 Creating Velocity Vector Plots ......................................................................................................... 135 Viewing Mesh Renement ............................................................................................................. 136 Creating an Isosurface to Show the Free Surface ................................................................................ 138 Creating a Polyline that Follows the Free Surface ............................................................................... 139 Creating a Chart to Show the Height of the Surface ............................................................................. 139 Further Postprocessing .................................................................................................................. 140 Using a Supercritical Outlet Condition ............................................................................................. 140 10. Supersonic Flow Over a Wing .................................................................................................................... 141 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 141 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 141 Approach to the Problem ............................................................................................................... 142 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 142 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 142 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 142 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 143 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 143 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 143 Creating Domain Interfaces ............................................................................................................ 145 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 146 Setting the Solver Controls ............................................................................................................. 146 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 147 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager .............................................................................. 147 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 147 Displaying Mach Information ......................................................................................................... 147 Displaying Pressure Information ..................................................................................................... 148 Displaying Temperature Information ................................................................................................ 148 Displaying Pressure With User Vectors ............................................................................................. 148 11. Flow Through a Buttery Valve ................................................................................................................. 151 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 151 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 152 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. vii
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Approach to the Problem ............................................................................................................... 152 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 153 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 153 Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................................... 153 Creating a New Case ..................................................................................................................... 153 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 153 Dening the Properties of the Sand .................................................................................................. 153 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 154 Creating the Inlet Velocity Prole .................................................................................................... 157 Creating the Boundary Conditions ................................................................................................... 158 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 161 Setting the Solver Controls ............................................................................................................. 161 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 162 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager .............................................................................. 162 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 162 Erosion Due to Sand Particles ......................................................................................................... 162 Displaying Erosion on the Pipe Wall ................................................................................................ 163 Setting the Particle Tracks .............................................................................................................. 163 Creating the Particle Track Symbols ................................................................................................. 164 Creating a Particle Track Animation ................................................................................................. 164 Determining Minimum, Maximum, and Average Pressure Values .......................................................... 165 12. Flow in a Catalytic Converter .................................................................................................................... 167 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 167 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 168 Approach to the Problem ............................................................................................................... 168 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 169 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 169 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 169 Importing the Meshes .................................................................................................................... 169 Creating the Fluid Domain ............................................................................................................. 171 Creating the Porous Domain ........................................................................................................... 172 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 173 Creating the Domain Interfaces ....................................................................................................... 174 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 174 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 175 Setting a Discretization Option ....................................................................................................... 175 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 176 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 176 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 176 Viewing the Mesh on a GGI Interface ............................................................................................... 176 Creating User Locations ................................................................................................................ 177 Creating Plots .............................................................................................................................. 178 Exporting Polyline Data ................................................................................................................ 180 13. Non-Newtonian Fluid Flow in an Annulus .................................................................................................... 181 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 181 Background Theory ...................................................................................................................... 181 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 182 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 183 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 183 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 184 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 184 Creating the Fluid ......................................................................................................................... 184 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 185 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 186 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 187 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 187 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 188 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 188 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. viii Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 188 14. Flow in an Axial Rotor/Stator .................................................................................................................... 191 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 191 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 192 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 194 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 194 Dening a Frozen Rotor Case in CFX-Pre ......................................................................................... 195 Basic Settings .............................................................................................................................. 195 Component Denition ................................................................................................................... 195 Physics Denition ........................................................................................................................ 196 Interface Denition ...................................................................................................................... 196 Boundary Denition ..................................................................................................................... 196 Final Operations ........................................................................................................................... 197 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 197 Obtaining a Solution to the Frozen Rotor Model ................................................................................. 197 Obtaining a Solution in Serial ......................................................................................................... 197 Obtaining a Solution With Local Parallel .......................................................................................... 198 Obtaining a Solution with Distributed Parallel .................................................................................... 198 Viewing the Frozen Rotor Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................. 198 Initializing Turbo-Post ................................................................................................................... 198 Viewing Three Domain Passages ..................................................................................................... 199 Blade Loading Turbo Chart ............................................................................................................ 200 Setting up a Transient Rotor-Stator Calculation .................................................................................. 200 Playing a Session File ................................................................................................................... 200 Opening the Existing Case ............................................................................................................. 200 Modifying the Physics Denition .................................................................................................... 200 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 201 Modifying Execution Control ......................................................................................................... 202 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 202 Obtaining a Solution to the Transient Rotor-Stator Model ..................................................................... 202 Serial Solution ............................................................................................................................. 202 Parallel Solution ........................................................................................................................... 203 Monitoring the Run ...................................................................................................................... 203 Viewing the Transient Rotor-Stator Results in CFD-Post ...................................................................... 203 Initializing Turbo-Post ................................................................................................................... 203 Displaying a Surface of Constant Span ............................................................................................. 203 Using Multiple Turbo Viewports ...................................................................................................... 203 Creating a Turbo Surface at Mid-Span .............................................................................................. 204 Setting up Instancing Transformations .............................................................................................. 204 Animating the movement of the Rotor relative to the Stator .................................................................. 204 Further Postprocessing .................................................................................................................. 205 15. Reacting Flow in a Mixing Tube ................................................................................................................. 207 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 207 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 208 Modeling Approach ...................................................................................................................... 209 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 210 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 210 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 210 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 210 Creating a Multicomponent Fluid .................................................................................................... 211 Creating an Additional Variable to Model pH ..................................................................................... 214 Formulating the Reaction and pH as Expressions ................................................................................ 214 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 219 Creating a Subdomain to Model the Chemical Reactions ...................................................................... 220 Creating the Boundary Conditions ................................................................................................... 221 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 224 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 225 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 225 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. ix
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 225 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 226 16. Conjugate Heat Transfer in a Heating Coil ................................................................................................... 227 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 227 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 228 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 228 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 229 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 229 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 229 Editing the Material Properties ........................................................................................................ 229 Dening the Calcium Carbonate Deposit Material .............................................................................. 230 Creating the Domains .................................................................................................................... 230 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 232 Creating the Domain Interface ........................................................................................................ 233 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 234 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 234 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 234 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 234 Heating Coil Temperature Range ..................................................................................................... 235 Creating a Cylindrical Locator ........................................................................................................ 235 Specular Lighting ......................................................................................................................... 237 Moving the Light Source ............................................................................................................... 237 Exporting the Results to ANSYS ..................................................................................................... 237 Exporting Data from CFX-Solver Manager ....................................................................................... 237 17. Multiphase Flow in a Mixing Vessel ............................................................................................................ 239 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 239 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 240 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 241 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 241 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 242 Importing the Meshes .................................................................................................................... 242 Creating the Domains .................................................................................................................... 244 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 246 Creating the Domain Interfaces ....................................................................................................... 249 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 253 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 254 Adding Monitor Points .................................................................................................................. 254 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 255 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 255 Examining the Results in CFD-Post ................................................................................................. 255 Creating a Plane Locator ................................................................................................................ 256 Plotting Velocity .......................................................................................................................... 256 Plotting Pressure Distribution ......................................................................................................... 256 Plotting Volume Fractions .............................................................................................................. 257 Plotting Shear Strain Rate and Shear Stress ....................................................................................... 257 Calculating Torque and Power Requirements ..................................................................................... 258 18. Gas-Liquid Flow in an Airlift Reactor ......................................................................................................... 259 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 259 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 260 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 261 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 261 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 261 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 261 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 261 Creating the Boundary Conditions ................................................................................................... 263 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 266 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 267 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 267 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. x Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 267 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 268 Creating Water Velocity Vector Plots ................................................................................................ 268 Creating Volume Fraction Plots ....................................................................................................... 268 Displaying the Entire Airlift Reactor Geometry .................................................................................. 270 Additional Fine Mesh Simulation Results ......................................................................................... 270 19. Air Conditioning Simulation ...................................................................................................................... 273 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 273 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 274 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 275 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 275 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 276 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 276 Importing CEL Expressions ........................................................................................................... 276 Compiling the Fortran Subroutine for the Thermostat .......................................................................... 278 Creating a User CEL Function for the Thermostat ............................................................................... 278 Setting the Analysis Type ............................................................................................................... 279 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 280 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 281 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 283 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 284 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 285 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 286 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 286 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 287 Creating Graphics Objects ............................................................................................................. 287 Creating an Animation .................................................................................................................. 289 Further Steps ............................................................................................................................... 290 20. Combustion and Radiation in a Can Combustor ............................................................................................. 291 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 291 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 292 Using Eddy Dissipation and P1 Models ............................................................................................ 294 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 294 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 294 Dening a Case Using Eddy Dissipation and P1 Models in CFX-Pre ...................................................... 295 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 295 Creating a Reacting Mixture ........................................................................................................... 295 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 296 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 296 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 299 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 300 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 300 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 300 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 301 Temperature Within the Domain ...................................................................................................... 301 The NO Concentration in the Combustor .......................................................................................... 301 Printing a Greyscale Graphic .......................................................................................................... 301 Calculating NO Mass Fraction at the Outlet ....................................................................................... 302 Viewing Flow Field ...................................................................................................................... 302 Viewing Radiation ........................................................................................................................ 303 Dening a Simulation Using Laminar Flamelet and Discrete Transfer Models in ANSYS CFX-Pre .............. 303 Playing a Session File ................................................................................................................... 304 Creating a New Case ..................................................................................................................... 304 Modifying the Reacting Mixture ..................................................................................................... 304 Modifying the Domain .................................................................................................................. 305 Modifying the Boundaries .............................................................................................................. 305 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 306 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 306 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xi
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 307 Obtaining a Solution Using ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................... 307 Viewing the Results in ANSYS CFD-Post ......................................................................................... 307 Viewing Temperature within the Domain .......................................................................................... 307 Viewing the NO Concentration in the Combustor ............................................................................... 308 Calculating NO Concentration ........................................................................................................ 308 Viewing CO Concentration ............................................................................................................ 308 Calculating CO Mass Fraction at the Outlet ....................................................................................... 308 Further Postprocessing .................................................................................................................. 309 21. Cavitation Around a Hydrofoil ................................................................................................................... 311 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 311 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 312 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 312 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 312 Creating an Initial Simulation ......................................................................................................... 313 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 313 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 313 Loading Materials ........................................................................................................................ 313 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 313 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 314 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 316 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 316 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 317 Obtaining an Initial Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ..................................................................... 317 Viewing the Results of the Initial Simulation ..................................................................................... 317 Plotting Pressure Distribution Data .................................................................................................. 317 Exporting Pressure Distribution Data ............................................................................................... 319 Saving the Post-Processing State ..................................................................................................... 320 Preparing a Simulation with Cavitation ............................................................................................. 320 Modifying the Initial Case in CFX-Pre ............................................................................................. 320 Adding Cavitation ........................................................................................................................ 320 Modifying Solver Control .............................................................................................................. 321 Modifying Execution Control ......................................................................................................... 321 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 321 Obtaining a Cavitation Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................. 321 Viewing the Results of the Cavitation Simulation ............................................................................... 322 22. Fluid Structure Interaction and Mesh Deformation ......................................................................................... 325 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 325 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 326 Modeling the Ball Dynamics .......................................................................................................... 327 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 327 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 327 Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................................... 328 Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................................... 328 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 328 Importing the Required Expressions ................................................................................................. 328 Setting the Analysis Type ............................................................................................................... 329 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 330 Creating the Subdomain ................................................................................................................ 330 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 331 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 333 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 333 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 334 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 334 Obtaining a Solution using the CFX-Solver Manager .......................................................................... 335 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 335 Creating a Slice Plane ................................................................................................................... 335 Creating a Point ........................................................................................................................... 335 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. xii Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Creating an Animation with Velocity Vectors ..................................................................................... 336 23. Oscillating Plate with Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction ............................................................................. 339 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 339 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 340 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 340 Creating the Project ...................................................................................................................... 341 Adding Analyses Systems to the Project ........................................................................................... 341 Adding a New Material for the Project ............................................................................................. 342 Adding Geometry to the Project ...................................................................................................... 343 Dening the Physics in the Mechanical Application ............................................................................ 344 Generating the Mesh for the Structural System ................................................................................... 345 Assigning the Material to Geometry ................................................................................................. 345 Basic Analysis Settings .................................................................................................................. 345 Inserting Loads ............................................................................................................................ 345 Completing the Setup for the Structural System .................................................................................. 347 Creating Named Selections for the Project ........................................................................................ 347 Generating the Mesh for the Fluid System ......................................................................................... 349 Dening the Physics and ANSYS Multi-eld Settings in ANSYS CFX-Pre ............................................. 350 Setting the Analysis Type ............................................................................................................... 350 Creating the Fluid ......................................................................................................................... 351 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 351 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 352 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 353 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 353 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 354 Obtaining a Solution using ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager .................................................................... 355 Viewing Results in ANSYS CFD-Post .............................................................................................. 356 Plotting Results on the Solid ........................................................................................................... 356 Creating an Animation .................................................................................................................. 357 24. Optimizing Flow in a Static Mixer .............................................................................................................. 359 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 359 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 360 Setting Up ANSYS Workbench ....................................................................................................... 361 Creating the Project ...................................................................................................................... 361 Creating the Geometry in DesignModeler ......................................................................................... 361 Creating the Solid ......................................................................................................................... 362 Creating the Mesh with CFX-Mesh .................................................................................................. 368 Setting up the Case with CFX-Pre ................................................................................................... 368 Setting the Output Parameter in CFD-Post ........................................................................................ 371 Investigating the Impact of Changing Design Parameters Manually ........................................................ 372 Using Design of Experiments ......................................................................................................... 374 Viewing the Response Surface ........................................................................................................ 374 Viewing the Optimization .............................................................................................................. 375 25. Aerodynamic & Structural Performance of a Centrifugal Compressor ................................................................ 377 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 377 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 378 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 379 Starting ANSYS Workbench and Creating a BladeGen System .............................................................. 379 Reviewing the Centrifugal Compressor Geometry in BladeGen ............................................................. 381 Creating a CFD Mesh using ANSYS TurboGrid ................................................................................. 381 Dening the Shroud Tip ................................................................................................................ 382 Creating the Topology ................................................................................................................... 382 Modifying the Topology ................................................................................................................ 383 Specifying Mesh Data Settings ....................................................................................................... 386 Generating the CFD Mesh .............................................................................................................. 387 Dening an Aerodynamic Simulation using CFX-Pre .......................................................................... 387 Creating a New Case ..................................................................................................................... 387 Obtaining a Solution to the Aerodynamic Simulation using CFX-Solver ................................................. 389 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xiii
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Viewing the Results of the Aerodynamic Simulation in CFD-Post .......................................................... 389 Simulating Structural Stresses due to Pressure Loads .......................................................................... 390 Simulating Structural Stresses due to Rotation ................................................................................... 392 26. Axial Turbine Equilibrium and Non-Equilibrium Steam Predictions .................................................................. 395 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 395 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 396 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 398 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 398 Dening the Equilibrium Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................ 399 Basic Settings .............................................................................................................................. 399 Component Denition ................................................................................................................... 399 Physics Denition ........................................................................................................................ 400 Interface Denition ...................................................................................................................... 400 Boundary Denition ..................................................................................................................... 401 Final Operations ........................................................................................................................... 401 Dening the Properties of Water ...................................................................................................... 401 Modications to Domain and Boundary Conditions ............................................................................ 403 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 403 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 404 Obtaining a Solution for the Equilibrium Case ................................................................................... 404 Viewing the Equilibrium Case Results in CFD-Post ............................................................................ 405 Displaying the Equilibrium Solution Variables using Contour Plots ........................................................ 405 Dening the Non-Equilibrium Case in CFX-Pre ................................................................................. 406 Opening the Existing Simulation ..................................................................................................... 406 Modifying the Domains ................................................................................................................. 406 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 409 Obtaining a Solution for the Non-Equilibrium Case ............................................................................ 409 Viewing the Non-Equilibrium Case Results in CFD-Post ..................................................................... 409 Displaying the Non-Equilibrium Solution Variables using Contour Plots ................................................. 410 27. Modeling a Gear Pump using an Immersed Solid ........................................................................................... 413 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 413 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 414 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 415 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 415 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 415 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 415 Creating Expressions for Time Step and Total Time ............................................................................ 416 Setting the Analysis Type ............................................................................................................... 416 Creating the Domains .................................................................................................................... 416 Creating an Immersed Solid Domain ................................................................................................ 417 Creating the Stationary Fluid Domain .............................................................................................. 417 Creating the Rotating Fluid Domain ................................................................................................. 418 Creating the Domain Interface ........................................................................................................ 419 Creating Boundary Conditions ........................................................................................................ 421 Inlet Boundary ............................................................................................................................. 421 Outlet Boundary ........................................................................................................................... 421 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 421 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 422 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 423 Obtaining a Solution for Simulation using CFX-Solver Manager ........................................................... 423 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 423 Creating a Chart of Mass Flow versus Time ....................................................................................... 424 Creating a Velocity Vector Plot ........................................................................................................ 424 Changing the Appearance in Preparation for a Movie .......................................................................... 425 Generating an Animated Movie ....................................................................................................... 426 28. Drop Curve for Cavitating Flow in a Pump ................................................................................................... 429 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 429 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 429 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. xiv Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 430 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 431 High Pressure Simulation of Pump without Cavitation Model ............................................................... 431 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 431 Loading Materials ........................................................................................................................ 431 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 432 Creating the Boundaries ................................................................................................................ 432 Creating Domain Interfaces ............................................................................................................ 433 Setting Initial Values ..................................................................................................................... 434 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 435 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 436 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 436 Post-Processing the Solution for High-Pressure Simulation of Pump without Cavitation Model ................... 436 High Pressure Simulation of Pump with Cavitation Model ................................................................... 437 Dening the Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................................ 437 Obtaining a Solution using CFX-Solver Manager ............................................................................... 439 Post-Processing the Solution for High-Pressure Simulation of Pump with Cavitation Model ....................... 440 Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model Over Range of Inlet Pressures .................................................. 440 Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures ............................................................ 441 Obtaining Solutions using CFX-Solver Manager ................................................................................ 441 Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model .................................................... 442 29. Spray Dryer ........................................................................................................................................... 447 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 447 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 447 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 449 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 449 Dening a Steady-State Simulation in CFX-Pre ................................................................................. 449 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 449 Importing the Evaporating CCL Drops Model Template ....................................................................... 449 Editing the Domain ....................................................................................................................... 450 Creating and Editing the Boundary Conditions ................................................................................... 451 Creating a Domain Interface ........................................................................................................... 453 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 454 Setting Output Control .................................................................................................................. 454 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 454 Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager .............................................................................. 455 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 455 Displaying the Temperature Using a Contour Plot ............................................................................... 455 Displaying the Water Mass Fraction Using a Contour Plot .................................................................... 456 Displaying the Liquid Water Averaged Mean Particle Diameter Using a Contour Plot ................................ 456 Displaying the Liquid Water Averaged Temperature Using a Contour Plot ............................................... 456 Displaying the Liquid Water Temperature Using Particle Tracking ......................................................... 456 Displaying the Diameter of a Water Drop Using Particle Tracking ......................................................... 457 30. Coal Combustion .................................................................................................................................... 459 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 459 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 459 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 461 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 461 Coal Combustion Simulation .......................................................................................................... 461 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 461 Importing the Coal Combustion Materials CCL File ............................................................................ 462 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 463 Creating the Boundary Conditions ................................................................................................... 464 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 469 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 470 Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation using CFX-Solver Manager ...................................................... 471 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 471 Coal Combustion Simulation with Swirl ........................................................................................... 472 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xv
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Opening an Existing Simulation ...................................................................................................... 473 Editing the Boundary Conditions ..................................................................................................... 473 Creating a Domain Interface ........................................................................................................... 474 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 474 Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl using CFX-Solver Manager ....................................... 474 Viewing the Results for Simulation with Swirl in CFD-Post ................................................................. 475 Coal Combustion Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide ................................................................ 476 Opening an Existing Simulation ...................................................................................................... 476 Editing the Domain ....................................................................................................................... 476 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 477 Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide using CFX-Solver Manager ............ 477 Viewing the Results for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide in CFD-Post ................................. 478 31. Steam Jet ............................................................................................................................................... 479 Tutorial Features .......................................................................................................................... 479 Overview of the Problem to Solve ................................................................................................... 479 Before You Begin ......................................................................................................................... 480 Starting CFX-Pre ......................................................................................................................... 480 Dening a Case in CFX-Pre ........................................................................................................... 480 Importing the Mesh ...................................................................................................................... 481 Importing the Steam Jet CCL .......................................................................................................... 481 Creating a Steady State Analysis ..................................................................................................... 482 Creating and Loading Materials ...................................................................................................... 482 Creating the Domain ..................................................................................................................... 483 Creating Subdomains .................................................................................................................... 486 Creating Boundaries ..................................................................................................................... 490 Creating a Time Step Expression ..................................................................................................... 492 Setting Solver Control ................................................................................................................... 493 Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File .......................................................................................... 493 Obtaining a Solution for Simulation using CFX-Solver Manager ........................................................... 493 Viewing the Results in CFD-Post .................................................................................................... 494 Displaying the Steam Molar Fraction ............................................................................................... 494 Displaying the Gas to Liquid Mass Transfer Rate ............................................................................... 494 Displaying the Liquid to Gas Mass Transfer Rate ............................................................................... 494 Displaying the Gas to Liquid and Liquid to Gas Phase Transfer Rates in Synchronous Views ...................... 495 Creating a Chart to Plot the False Time Step Along a Line .................................................................... 495 32. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow ........................................................................................... 497 Create a Working Directory ............................................................................................................ 498 Launch ANSYS CFD-Post ............................................................................................................. 499 Display the Solution in ANSYS CFD-Post ........................................................................................ 502 View and Check the Mesh .............................................................................................................. 505 View Simulation Values using the Function Calculator ......................................................................... 508 Become Familiar with the Viewer Controls ........................................................................................ 509 Create an Instance Reection ......................................................................................................... 511 Show Velocity on the Symmetry Plane .............................................................................................. 512 Show Flow Distribution in the Elbow ............................................................................................... 514 Show the Vortex Structure .............................................................................................................. 517 Compare a Contour Plot to the Display of a Variable on a Boundary ....................................................... 518 Chart Temperature vs. Distance ....................................................................................................... 520 Create a Table to Show Mixing ....................................................................................................... 524 Review and Modify a Report .......................................................................................................... 526 Create a Custom Variable and Animate the Display ............................................................................. 526 Loading and Comparing the Results to Those in a Rened Mesh ........................................................... 528 Save Your Work ........................................................................................................................... 530 Generated Files ............................................................................................................................ 532 33. Turbo Postprocessing ............................................................................................................................... 533 Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 533 Create a Working Directory ............................................................................................................ 534 Launching ANSYS CFD-Post ......................................................................................................... 535 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. xvi Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
ANSYS CFX Tutorials Displaying the Solution in ANSYS CFD-Post .................................................................................... Initializing the Turbomachinery Components ..................................................................................... Comparing the Blade-to-Blade, Meridional, and 3D Views ................................................................... Displaying Contours on Meridional Isosurfaces .................................................................................. Displaying a 360-Degree View ........................................................................................................ Calculating and Displaying Values of Variables .................................................................................. Displaying the Inlet to Outlet Chart .................................................................................................. Generating and Viewing Turbo Reports ............................................................................................. Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 539 540 541 543 544 544 547 548 551
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xvii
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
List of Figures
2.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ............................................................................................. 6 3.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ............................................................................................ 30 5.1. Injection Mixing Pipe ............................................................................................................................... 68 7.1. External Air Flow Over a Generic Vehicle Body ............................................................................................. 96 9.1. Mesh around the bump ............................................................................................................................ 137 13.1. Shear Stress of a Shear-thickening Fluid .................................................................................................... 182 13.2. Apparent Viscosity of a Shear-thickening Fluid ........................................................................................... 182 14.1. Geometry subsection ............................................................................................................................. 194 17.1. Cut-away Diagram of the Mixer ............................................................................................................... 241 17.2. Impeller Mesh Region ........................................................................................................................... 242 18.1. Cut-away Diagram of the Airlift Reactor ................................................................................................... 260 23.1. Project setup for two-way FSI analysis ...................................................................................................... 342 24.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe ........................................................................................ 361 25.1. Modifying Control Points on the Hub Layer ............................................................................................... 384 25.2. Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer ............................................................. 385 25.3. Modifying Control Points on the Shroud Tip Layer ..................................................................................... 386 32.1. Problem Specication ............................................................................................................................ 498 32.2. The Hexahedral Grid for the Mixing Elbow ............................................................................................... 506 32.3. Orientation Control Cursor Types ............................................................................................................. 510 32.4. Right-click Menus Vary by Cursor Position ................................................................................................ 511 32.5. Velocity on the Symmetry Plane .............................................................................................................. 513 32.6. Velocity on the Symmetry Plane (Enhanced Contrast) .................................................................................. 514 32.7. Vector Plot of Velocity ........................................................................................................................... 515 32.8. Streamlines of Turbulence Kinetic Energy ................................................................................................. 516 32.9. Absolute Helicity Vortex ........................................................................................................................ 518 32.10. Boundary Pressure vs. a Contour Plot of Pressure ...................................................................................... 520 32.11. Chart of Output Temperatures at the Outlet .............................................................................................. 522 32.12. Chart of Output Temperatures at Two Locations ........................................................................................ 524 32.13. Comparing Contour Plots of Temperature on Two Mesh Densities ................................................................ 529 32.14. Displaying Differences in Contour Plots of Temperature on Two Mesh Densities ............................................. 530 33.1. Problem Specication ............................................................................................................................ 534
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xix
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
List of Tables
15.1. Properties of the Dilute Sulfuric Acid Solution ........................................................................................... 15.2. Properties of the Dilute Sodium Hydroxide Solution .................................................................................... 15.3. Properties of the Salt Water Product ......................................................................................................... 28.1. Pump Performance Data ......................................................................................................................... 208 209 209 440
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. xxi
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Before you start CFX-Pre, CFX-Solver Manager, or CFD-Post, set the working directory. The procedure for setting the working directory and starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone is listed below: 1. Start the ANSYS CFX Launcher. You can start the ANSYS CFX Launcher in any of the following ways: On Windows: 2. 3. 4. From the Start menu, select All Programs > ANSYS 12.0 > Fluid Dynamics > CFX. In a DOS window that has its path set up correctly to run CFX, enter cfx5 (otherwise, you will need to type the full pathname of the cfx5 command).
On UNIX, enter cfx5 in a terminal window that has its path set up to run CFX.
Select the Working Directory on the ANSYS CFX Launcher window. Click the CFX-Pre 12.0 button. If you were directed here at some point during a tutorial, return to that location.
Note
All tutorials assume that the CFX run history and multi-conguration options, under the Load Results File dialog box in CFD-Post, is set to Load only the last results.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 1
Starting CFX-Pre
Starting CFX-Pre
1. 2. Start ANSYS Workbench. In Microsoft Windows, from the Start menu select All Programs > ANSYS 12.0 > Workbench. From the tool bar, click Save As and use the Save in eld to set the directory to which you want to save the project le. This directory will be referred to as the working directory. Set the project name in the File name eld and click Save. In the Toolbox pane, open Component Systems and double-click CFX. A CFX system opens in the Project Schematic.
3.
Note
You use a CFX component system because you are starting with a mesh. If you want to create the geometry and mesh, you will start with a Fluid Flow (CFX) system. 4. Type in the new name System 1 to replace the highlighted text below the system. Alternatively, you can right-click on the rst cell in the system and select Rename. The name will be highlighted. Now you can change the highlighted text by typing in the new name. 5. 6. In the Project Schematic, right-click on the Setup cell and select Edit to launch CFX-Pre. Continue with Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre section of your tutorial.
Note
If the Solution cell displays a prompt to perform an update, ignore it and proceed to the next step. To obtain a solution, you need to launch the CFX-Solver Manager and subsequently use it to start the solver: 1. 2. Double-click on the ANSYS Workbench Solution cell. The CFX-Solver Manager appears with the Dene Run dialog box displayed. Continue with, Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager section of the tutorial.
If this is the nal section of your tutorial, continue to Closing the Applications (p. 3). If you are Running ANSYS CFX Tutorials with a Sequence of Multiple Simulations continue to Creating CFX Component Systems for Multiple Simulations (As Required) (p. 3). Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 2 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
In the tutorial, ignore the steps that tell you to set the initial values le in the Dene Run dialog box for CFX-Solver Manager. Dragging the solution cell between systems automatically sets the initialization options in CFX-Solver Manager.
Note
Session les and tutorial session les can be played only in ANSYS CFX standalone, not in ANSYS Workbench To play a tutorial session le: 1. 2. 3. If required, launch CFX-Pre. Select Session > Play Tutorial. Select the required tutorial session le (.pre) for the tutorial. This le is located in <CFXROOT>/examples and <CFXROOT>/etc/model-templates, where <CFXROOT> is the installation directory for ANSYS CFX. Click Open. If an Information dialog box appears, click OK. CFX-Pre writes a CFX-Solver input le (lename.def) in the directory set as your Working Directory. This le is written in the background while CFX-Pre remains open. On the CFX-Pre menu bar, select File > Quit. On the ANSYS CFX Launcher click the CFX-Solver Manager 12. button. On the CFX-Solver Manager menu bar, select File > Dene Run. The Dene Run dialog box appears.
4. 5.
6. 7. 8.
Some tutorials have more than one tutorial session le; each covers a particular set of CFX-Pre setup instructions.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 3
9.
On the Dene Run dialog box, click the browse button choose the filename.def le and click Open.
10. If you were directed here at some point during a tutorial, return to that location.
Editor Buttons
The ANSYS CFX interface uses editors to enter the data required to set up and post-process a simulation. The editors have standard buttons, which are described next: Apply applies the information contained within all the tabs of an editor. OK is the same as Apply, except that the editor automatically closes. Cancel and Close both close the editor without applying or saving any changes. Reset returns the settings for the object to those stored in the database for all the tabs. The settings are stored in the database each time the Apply button is clicked. Defaults restores the system default settings for all the tabs of the edited object.
Using Help
To invoke the help browser, select Help > Master Contents. You may also try using context-sensitive help. Context-sensitive help is provided for many of the object editors and other parts of the interface. To invoke the context-sensitive help for a particular editor or other feature, ensure that the feature is active, place the mouse pointer over it, then press F1. Not every area of the interface supports context-sensitive help. If context-sensitive help is not available for the feature of interest, select Help > Master Contents and try using the search or index features in the help browser.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 4 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
This tutorial simulates a static mixer consisting of two inlet pipes delivering water into a mixing vessel; the water exits through an outlet pipe. A general workow is established for analyzing the ow of uid into and out of a mixer.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using Quick Setup mode in CFX-Pre to set up a problem. Modifying the outline plot in CFD-Post. Using streamlines in CFD-Post to trace the ow eld from a point. Viewing temperature using colored planes and contours in CFD-Post. Creating an animation and saving it to an MPEG le. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details Quick Setup Wizard Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Animation Contour Outline Plot (Wireframe) Point Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 5
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Slice Plane Streamline
Figure 2.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. StaticMixerMesh.gtm StaticMixer.pre
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 6 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
In the image above, the left pane of CFX-Pre displays the Outline workspace. When you double-click items in the Outline, the Outline editor opens and can be used to create, modify, and view objects.
Note
In this documentation, the details view can also be referenced by the name of the object being edited, followed by the word details view (for example, if you double-click the Wireframe object, the Wireframe details view appears).
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workow for Quick Setup mode: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Creating a New Case (p. 8) Setting the Physics Denition (p. 8) Importing a Mesh (p. 8) Dening Model Data (p. 9) Dening Boundaries (p. 9) Setting Boundary Data (p. 10) Setting Flow Specication (p. 10) Setting Temperature Specication (p. 10) Reviewing the Boundary Condition Denitions (p. 10)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 7
Creating a New Case 11. Creating the Outlet Boundary Denition (p. 11) 12. Moving to General Mode (p. 11) 13. Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File (p. 12)
Note
If this is the rst time you are running this software, a message box will appear notifying you that automatic generation of the default domain is active. To avoid seeing this message again uncheck Show This Message Again. 3. 4. 5. Select File > Save Case As. Under File name, type: StaticMixer Click Save.
Importing a Mesh
At least one mesh must be imported before physics are applied. 1. In Simulation Denition, under Mesh File, click Browse The Import Mesh dialog box appears. 2. 3. 4. Under Files of type, select CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx). From your working directory, select StaticMixerMesh.gtm. Click Open. The mesh loads. 5. Click Next. .
Dening Model Data The geometry zoom changes to display the selection at a greater resolution. 4. Click Fit View to re-center and re-scale the geometry.
Click and drag within the geometry repeatedly to test the rotation of the geometry. The geometry rotates based on the direction of movement. Notice how the mouse cursor changes depending on where you are in the viewer:
3. 4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards-X. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z Up). A clearer view of the mesh is displayed.
Defining Boundaries
The CFD model requires the denition of conditions on the boundaries of the domain. 1. Ensure that Boundary Denition is displayed.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 9
Setting Boundary Data 2. 3. 4. 5. Delete Inlet and Outlet from the list by right-clicking each and selecting Delete Boundary. Right-click in the blank area where Inlet and Outlet were listed, then select Add Boundary. Set Name to in1. Click OK. The boundary is created and, when selected, properties related to the boundary are displayed.
Creating the Outlet Boundary Denition Tab Boundary Data Setting Boundary Type Location Flow Specication Option Normal Speed Temperature Specication Static Temperature Value Inlet in2 Normal Speed 2 [m s^-1] 285 [K]
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind. Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s]. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 11
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 12 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
One window shows the convergence history plots and the other displays text output from CFX-Solver. The text lists physical properties, boundary conditions and various other parameters used or calculated in creating the model. All the text is written to the output le automatically (in this case, StaticMixer_001.out).
Note
Once the second iteration appears, data begins to plot. Plotting may take a long time depending on the amount of data to process. Let the process run.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 13
2. 3.
If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK. After a short pause, CFX-Solver Manager closes and CFD-Post opens.
The viewer displays an outline of the geometry and other graphic objects. You can use the mouse or the toolbar icons to manipulate the view, exactly as in CFX-Pre.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial describes the following workow for viewing results in CFD-Post: 1. 2. Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object (p. 15) Creating a Point for the Origin of the Streamline (p. 16) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 14 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Creating a Streamline Originating from a Point (p. 16) Rearranging the Point (p. 17) Conguring a Default Legend (p. 18) Creating a Slice Plane (p. 19) Dening Slice Plane Geometry (p. 19) Conguring Slice Plane Views (p. 20) Rendering Slice Planes (p. 20)
10. Coloring the Slice Plane (p. 21) 11. Moving the Slice Plane (p. 22) 12. Adding Contours (p. 22) 13. Working with Animations (p. 23) 14. Showing the Animation Dialog Box (p. 23) 15. Creating the First Keyframe (p. 24) 16. Creating the Second Keyframe (p. 25) 17. Viewing the Animation (p. 26) 18. Modifying the Animation (p. 27) 19. Saving a Movie (p. 28)
Tip
While it is not necessary to change the view to set the angle, do so to explore the practical uses of this feature. 2. 3. Right-click a blank area anywhere in the viewer, select Predened Camera from the shortcut menu, and select Isometric View (Z up). In the Wireframe details view, under Denition, click in the Edge Angle box. An embedded slider is displayed. 4. 5. Type a value of 10 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting. Notice that more surface mesh is displayed.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 15
6. 7.
Drag the embedded slider to set the Edge Angle value to approximately 45 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting. Less of the outline of the geometry is displayed.
8. 9.
Type a value of 15 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting.
Tip
To create streamlines originating from more than one location, click the ellipsis icon to the right of the Start From box. This displays the Location Selector dialog box, where you can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to pick multiple locators. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Click the Color tab. Set Mode to Variable. Set Variable to Total Temperature. Set Range to Local. Click Apply. The streamline shows the path of a zero mass particle from Point 1. The temperature is initially high near the hot inlet, but as the uid mixes the temperature drops.
Tip
In this module, you may choose to display various views and zooms from the Predened Camera option in the shortcut menu (such as Isometric View (Z up) or View Towards -X) and by using Zoom Box if you prefer to change the display. 1. In Outline, under User Locations and Plots double-click Point 1. Properties for the selected user location are displayed. 2. Under Point, set these coordinates: -1, -2.9, 1.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 17
Conguring a Default Legend 3. Click Apply. The point is moved and the streamline redrawn. 4. In the viewer toolbar, click Select and ensure that the adjacent toolbar icon is set to Single Select .
While in select mode, you cannot use the left mouse button to re-orient the object in the viewer. 5. In the viewer, drag Point 1 (appears as a yellow addition sign) to a new location within the mixer. The point position is updated in the details view and the streamline is redrawn at the new location. The point moves normal in relation to the viewing direction. 6. Click Rotate .
Tip
You can also click in the viewer area, and press the space bar to toggle between Select and Viewing Mode. A way to pick objects from Viewing Mode is to hold down Ctrl + Shift while clicking on an object with the left mouse button. 7. 8. Under Point, reset these coordinates: -1, -1, 1. Click Apply. The point appears at its original location. 9. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -X.
Because there are many settings that can be customized for the legend, this module allows you the freedom to experiment with them. In the last steps you will set up a legend, based on the default legend, with a minor modication to the position.
Tip
When editing values, you can restore the values that were present when you began editing by clicking Reset. To restore the factory-default values, click Default. 1. Double-click Default Legend View 1. The Denition tab of the default legend is displayed. 2. Apply the following settings
An exception occurs when one or more bands in a contour plot represent values beyond the legend's range. In this case, such bands are colored using a color that is extrapolated slightly past the range of colors shown in the legend. This can happen only when a user-specied range is used for the legend.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 18 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating a Slice Plane Tab Denition Setting Title Mode Title Horizontal Location > Y Justication 3. Click Apply. The appearance and position of the legend changes based on the settings specied. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Modify various settings in Denition and click Apply after each change. Select the Appearance tab. Modify a variety of settings in the Appearance and click Apply after each change. Click Defaults. Click Apply. Under Outline, in User Locations and Plots, clear the check boxes for Point 1 and Streamline 1. Since both are no longer visible, the associated legend no longer appears. Value User Specied Streamline Temp. (Selected) Bottom
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 19
Conguring Slice Plane Views 5. Click Apply. Slice appears under User Locations and Plots. Rotate the view to see the plane.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Click and drag a rectangular selection over the geometry. Release the mouse button to zoom in on the selection. Click Rotate .
Click and drag the mouse pointer down slightly to rotate the geometry towards you. Select Isometric View (Z up) as described earlier.
Coloring the Slice Plane For a greater selection of colors, click the ellipsis to use the Select color dialog box. 6. 7. 8. Click Apply. Click Zoom Box .
Zoom in on the geometry to view it in greater detail. The line segments show where the slice plane intersects with mesh element faces. The end points of each line segment are located where the plane intersects mesh element edges.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards +Z. The image shown below can be used for comparison with Flow in a Static Mixer (Rened Mesh) (p. 53) (in the section Creating a Slice Plane (p. 60)), where a rened mesh is used.
a You can specify the variable (in this case, temperature) used to color the graphic element. The Constant mode allows you to color the plane with a xed color.
2.
Click Apply. Hot water (red) enters from one inlet and cold water (blue) from the other.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 21
Click and drag the plane to a new location that intersects the domain. As you drag the mouse, the viewer updates automatically. Note that Point updates with new settings.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Turn off visibility of Slice by clearing the check box next to Slice in the Outline tree view.
Adding Contours
Contours connect all points of equal value for a scalar variable (for example, Temperature) and help to visualize variable values and gradients. Colored bands ll the spaces between contour lines. Each band is colored by the average color of its two bounding contour lines (even if the latter are not displayed). 1. 2. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the shortcut menu. Select Insert > Contour from the main menu or click Contour The Insert Contour dialog box is displayed. 3. 4. 5. Set Name to Slice Contour. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Locations Variable Plane Type Render 6. Click Apply. Show Contour Bands Value Slice Temperature Slice (Selected) .
Important
The colors of 3D graphics object faces are slightly altered when lighting is on. To view colors with highest accuracy, go to the Render tab and, under Show Contour Bands, clear Lighting and click Apply. The graphic element faces are visible, producing a contour plot as shown.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 22 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Make sure that the visibility for Slice (in the Outline tree view) is turned off.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workow for creating a keyframe animation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Showing the Animation Dialog Box (p. 23) Creating the First Keyframe (p. 24) Creating the Second Keyframe (p. 25) Viewing the Animation (p. 26) Modifying the Animation (p. 27) Saving a Movie (p. 28)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 23
A new keyframe named KeyframeNo1 is created. This represents the current image displayed in the viewer.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 24 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
KeyframeNo2 is created and represents the image displayed in the viewer. 5. 6. Select KeyframeNo1. Set # of Frames (located below the list of keyframes) to 20. This is the number of intermediate frames used when going from KeyframeNo1 to KeyframeNo2. This number is displayed in the Frames column for KeyframeNo1. 7. Press Enter. The Frame # column shows the frame in which each keyframe appears. KeyframeNo1 appears at frame 1 since it denes the start of the animation. KeyframeNo2 is at frame 22 since you have 20 intermediate frames (frames 2 to 21) in between KeyframeNo1 and KeyframeNo2.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 25
This ensures that the animation will begin at the rst keyframe. 2. Click Play the animation .
The animation plays from frame 1 to frame 22. It plays relatively slowly because the slice plane must be updated for each frame. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 26 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Do not double-click in the next step. 3. In the Animation dialog box, single click (do not double-click) KeyframeNo1 to select it. If you had double-clicked KeyFrameNo1, the plane and viewer states would have been redened according to the stored settings for KeyFrameNo1. If this happens, click Undo 4. Click Set Keyframe . and try again to select the keyframe.
The image in the viewer replaces the one previously associated with KeyframeNo1. 5. Double-click KeyframeNo2. The object properties for the slice plane are updated according to the settings in KeyFrameNo2. 6. Apply the following settings to Slice Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range Min Max 7. 8. 9. Click Apply. In the Animation dialog box, single-click KeyframeNo2. Click Set Keyframe to save the new settings to KeyframeNo2. Value Variable Temperature User Specied 295 [K] 305 [K]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 27
Saving a Movie
Saving a Movie
1. Click More Animation Options to view the additional options. The Loop and Bounce radio buttons determine what happens when the animation reaches the last keyframe. When Loop is selected, the animation repeats itself the number of times dened by Repeat. When Bounce is selected, every other cycle is played in reverse order, starting with the second. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Select the check box next to Save Movie. Click Browse next to Save Movie.
Set Format to MPEG1. Under File name type: StaticMixer.mpg If required, set the path location to a different directory. Click Save. The movie le name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced.
8. 9.
Click To Beginning
. .
10. If prompted to overwrite an existing movie click Overwrite. The animation plays and builds an MPEG le. 11. Click the Options button at the bottom of the Animation dialog box. In Advanced, you can see that a Frame Rate of 24 frames per second was used to create the animation. The animation you produced contains a total of 22 frames, so it takes just under 1 second to play in a media player. 12. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. 13. Close the Animation dialog box. 14. Review the animation in third-party software as required.
Quitting CFD-Post
When nished with CFD-Post, exit the current window: 1. 2. When you are nished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post. Click Quit if prompted to save.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 28 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
For introductory information about ANSYS Workbench, see ANSYS CFX in ANSYS Workbench (p. 43) in ANSYS CFX Introduction.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using ANSYS Workbench to set up a project. Using Quick Setup mode in CFX-Pre to set up a problem. Using ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager to obtain a solution. Modifying the outline plot in CFD-Post. Using streamlines in CFD-Post to trace the ow eld from a point. Viewing temperature using colored planes and contours in CFD-Post. Creating an animation and saving it as a movie le. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details Quick Setup Wizard Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Timestep CFD-Post Animation Physical Time Scale Keyframe
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 29
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Plots Details Contour Outline Plot (Wireframe) Point Slice Plane Streamline
Figure 3.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 30 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
You use a CFX component system because you are starting with a mesh. If you wanted to create the geometry and mesh, you would start with a Fluid Flow (CFX) analysis system. 3. 4. From the tool bar, click Save As . In the dialog that appears, browse to the working directory, give the File name as StaticMixer, and click Save. Right-click on the blue CFX cell (A1) and select Rename. Change the name of the system to Static Mixer.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 31
The Import Mesh dialog box appears. 4. From your working directory, select StaticMixerMesh.gtm and click Open. The mesh loads, which enables you to apply physics. 5. Click Next.
Defining Boundaries
The CFD model requires the denition of conditions on the boundaries of the domain. 1. 2. 3. 4. Delete Inlet and Outlet from the list by right-clicking each and selecting Delete Boundary. Right-click in the blank area where Inlet and Outlet were listed, then select Add Boundary. Set Name to in1. Click OK. The boundary is created and, when selected, properties related to the boundary are displayed.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 32 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 33
Setting Solver Control 2. 3. Click and drag a rectangular box over the geometry. Release the mouse button to zoom in on the selection. The geometry zoom changes to display the selection at a greater resolution. 4. Click Fit View to re-center and re-scale the geometry.
Click and drag within the geometry repeatedly to test the rotation of the geometry. The geometry rotates based on the direction of movement. Notice how the mouse cursor changes depending on where you are in the viewer:
3. 4.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards-X. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z Up). A clearer view of the mesh is displayed.
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind. Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s]. Click OK. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
34
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution
To obtain a solution, you need to launch the CFX-Solver Manager and subsequently use it to start the solver: 1. Double-click on the ANSYS Workbench Solution cell. The CFX-Solver Manager appears with the Dene Run dialog box displayed. The Dene Run dialog box enables conguration of a run for processing by CFX-Solver. In this case, all of the information required to perform a new serial run (on a single processor) is entered automatically. You do not need to alter the information in the Dene Run dialog box. 2. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver launches and a split screen appears and displays the results of the run graphically and as text. The panes continue to build as CFX-Solver Manager operates. One window shows the convergence history plots and the other displays text output from CFX-Solver. The text lists physical properties, boundary conditions, and various other parameters used or calculated in creating the model. All the text is written to the output le automatically (in this case, StaticMixer_001.out).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 35
Note
Once the second iteration appears, data begins to plot. Plotting may take a long time depending on the amount of data to process. Let the process run.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 36 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post 1. When CFX-Solver is nished, a message is displayed and the nal line in the .out le (which you can see in the CFX-Solver Manager) is: This run of the ANSYS CFX Solver has finished. 2. 3. In ANSYS Workbench, right-click on the Results cell and select Refresh. When the refresh is complete, double-click on the Results cell. CFD-Post appears.
The viewer displays an outline of the geometry and other graphic objects. You can use the mouse or the toolbar icons to manipulate the view, exactly as in CFX-Pre.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial describes the following workow for viewing results in CFD-Post: 1. 2. 3. Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object (p. 38) Creating a Point for the Origin of the Streamline (p. 39) Creating a Streamline Originating from a Point (p. 40)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 37
Setting the Edge Angle for a Wireframe Object 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Rearranging the Point (p. 40) Conguring a Default Legend (p. 41) Creating a Slice Plane (p. 42) Dening Slice Plane Geometry (p. 43) Conguring Slice Plane Views (p. 43) Rendering Slice Planes (p. 44)
10. Coloring the Slice Plane (p. 44) 11. Moving the Slice Plane (p. 45) 12. Adding Contours (p. 45) 13. Working with Animations (p. 46)
Tip
While it is not necessary to change the view to set the edge angle for the wireframe, doing so enables you to explore the practical uses of this feature. 3. In the Wireframe details view, under Denition, click in the Edge Angle box. An embedded slider is displayed. 4. 5. Type a value of 10 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting. Notice that more surface mesh is displayed.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 38 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
6. 7.
Drag the embedded slider to set the Edge Angle value to approximately 45 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting. Less of the outline of the geometry is displayed.
8. 9.
Type a value of 15 [degree]. Click Apply to update the object with the new setting.
Tip
To create streamlines originating from more than one location, click the ellipsis icon to the right of the Start From box. This displays the Location Selector dialog box, where you can use the Ctrl and Shift keys to pick multiple locators. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Click the Color tab. Set Mode to Variable. Set Variable to Total Temperature. Set Range to Local. Click Apply. The streamline shows the path of a zero mass particle from Point 1. The temperature is initially high near the hot inlet, but as the uid mixes the temperature drops.
Tip
In this module, you may choose to display various views and zooms from the Predened Camera option in the shortcut menu (such as Isometric View (Z up) or View Towards -X) and by using Zoom Box if you prefer to change the display. 1. In Outline, under User Locations and Plots double-click Point 1. Properties for the selected user location are displayed. 2. 3. Under Point, set these coordinates: -1, -2.9, 1. Click Apply. The point is moved and the streamline redrawn. 4. In the viewer toolbar, click Select and ensure that the adjacent toolbar icon is set to Single Select .
While in select mode, you cannot use the left mouse button to re-orient the object in the viewer. 5. In the viewer, drag Point 1 (appears as a yellow addition sign) to a new location within the mixer. The point position is updated in the details view and the streamline is redrawn at the new location. The point moves normal in relation to the viewing direction. 6. Click Rotate .
Tip
You can also click in the viewer area, and press the space bar to toggle between Select and Viewing Mode. A way to pick objects from Viewing Mode is to hold down Ctrl + Shift while clicking on an object with the left mouse button. 7. 8. Under Point, reset these coordinates: -1, -1, 1. Click Apply. The point appears at its original location. 9. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -X.
An exception occurs when one or more bands in a contour plot represent values beyond the legend's range. In this case, such bands are colored using a color that is extrapolated slightly past the range of colors shown in the legend. This can happen only when a user-specied range is used for the legend.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 41
Creating a Slice Plane Because there are many settings that can be customized for the legend, this module allows you the freedom to experiment with them. In the last steps you will set up a legend, based on the default legend, with a minor modication to the position.
Tip
When editing values, you can restore the values that were present when you began editing by clicking Reset. To restore the factory-default values, click Default. 1. Double-click Default Legend View 1. The Denition tab of the default legend is displayed. 2. Apply the following settings Tab Denition Setting Title Mode Title Horizontal Location > Y Justication 3. Click Apply. The appearance and position of the legend changes based on the settings specied. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Modify various settings in Denition and click Apply after each change. Select Appearance. Modify a variety of settings in the Appearance and click Apply after each change. Click Defaults. Click Apply. Under Outline, in User Locations and Plots, clear the check boxes for Point 1 and Streamline 1. Since both are no longer visible, the associated legend no longer appears. Value User Specied Streamline Temp. (Selected) Bottom
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 42 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Dening Slice Plane Geometry The details view for the plane appears; the Geometry, Color, Render, and View tabs let you congure the characteristics of the plane.
2.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 43
Rendering Slice Planes 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Click and drag a rectangular selection over the geometry. Release the mouse button to zoom in on the selection. Click Rotate .
Click and drag the mouse pointer down slightly to rotate the geometry towards you. Select Isometric View (Z up) as described earlier.
Zoom in on the geometry to view it in greater detail. The line segments show where the slice plane intersects with mesh element faces. The end points of each line segment are located where the plane intersects mesh element edges.
9.
Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards +Z. The image shown below can be used for comparison with Flow in a Static Mixer (Rened Mesh) (p. 53) (in the section Creating a Slice Plane (p. 60)), where a rened mesh is used.
Moving the Slice Plane 1. Apply the following settings to Slice Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Render Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Value Variablea Temperature (Selected) (Cleared)
a You can specify the variable (in this case, temperature) used to color the graphic element. The Constant mode allows you to color the plane with a xed color.
2.
Click Apply. Hot water (red) enters from one inlet and cold water (blue) from the other.
Click and drag the plane to a new location that intersects the domain. As you drag the mouse, the viewer updates automatically. Note that Point updates with new settings.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Turn off the visibility for Slice by clearing the check box next to Slice in the Outline tree view.
Adding Contours
Contours connect all points of equal value for a scalar variable (for example, Temperature) and help to visualize variable values and gradients. Colored bands ll the spaces between contour lines. Each band is colored by the average color of its two bounding contour lines (even if the latter are not displayed). 1. 2. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the shortcut menu. Select Insert > Contour from the main menu or click Contour The Insert Contour dialog box is displayed. 3. 4. 5. Set Name to Slice Contour. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Locations Variable Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 45 Value Slice Temperature .
Working with Animations Tab Render 6. Click Apply. Setting Show Contour Lines Value (Selected)
Important
The colors of 3D graphics object faces are slightly altered when lighting is on. To view colors with highest accuracy, go to the Render tab and, under Show Faces, clear Lighting and click Apply. The graphic element faces are visible, producing a contour plot as shown.
Note
Make sure that the visibility of Slice (in the Outline tree view) is turned off.
Workflow Overview
This tutorial follows the general workow for creating a keyframe animation: 1. 2. Showing the Animation Dialog Box (p. 47) Creating the First Keyframe (p. 47) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 46 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Showing the Animation Dialog Box 3. 4. 5. 6. Creating the Second Keyframe (p. 48) Viewing the Animation (p. 49) Modifying the Animation (p. 50) Saving a Movie (p. 51)
A new keyframe named KeyframeNo1 is created. This represents the current image displayed in the viewer.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 47
KeyframeNo2 is created and represents the image displayed in the viewer. 5. Select KeyframeNo1 so that you can set the number of frames to be interpolated between the two keyframes. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 48 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Animation 6. Set # of Frames (located below the list of keyframes) to 20. This is the number of intermediate frames used when going from KeyframeNo1 to KeyframeNo2. This number is displayed in the Frames column for KeyframeNo1. 7. Press Enter. The Frame # column shows the frame in which each keyframe appears. KeyframeNo1 appears at frame 1 since it denes the start of the animation. KeyframeNo2 is at frame 22 since you have 20 intermediate frames (frames 2 to 21) in between KeyframeNo1 and KeyframeNo2.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 49
Modifying the Animation The controls previously greyed-out in the Animation dialog box are now available. The number of intermediate frames between keyframes is listed beside the keyframe having the lowest number of the pair. The number of frames listed beside the last keyframe is ignored. 1. Click To Beginning .
This ensures that the animation will begin at the rst keyframe. 2. Click Play the animation .
The animation plays from frame 1 to frame 22. It plays relatively slowly because the slice plane must be updated for each frame.
Note
Do not double-click in the next step. 3. In the Animation dialog box, single click (do not double-click) KeyframeNo1 to select it. If you had double-clicked KeyFrameNo1, the plane and viewer states would have been redened according to the stored settings for KeyFrameNo1. If this happens, click Undo 4. Click Set Keyframe . and try again to select the keyframe.
The image in the viewer replaces the one previously associated with KeyframeNo1. 5. Double-click KeyframeNo2. The object properties for the slice plane are updated according to the settings in KeyFrameNo2. 6. Apply the following settings to Slice Tab Color Setting Mode Value Variable
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 50 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Saving a Movie Tab Setting Variable Range Min Max 7. 8. 9. Click Apply. In the Animation dialog box, single-click KeyframeNo2. Click Set Keyframe to save the new settings to KeyframeNo2. Value Temperature User Specied 295 [K] 305 [K]
Saving a Movie
1. Click More Animation Options to view the additional options. The Loop and Bounce radio buttons determine what happens when the animation reaches the last keyframe. When Loop is selected, the animation repeats itself the number of times dened by Repeat. When Bounce is selected, every other cycle is played in reverse order, starting with the second. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Select Save Movie. Set Format to MPEG1. Click Browse next to Save Movie.
Under File name type: StaticMixer.mpg If required, set the path location to a different directory. You may want to set the directory to your working directory so that the animation will be in the same location as the project les; however, ANSYS Workbench will not store the le as part of the project. Click Save. The movie le name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced.
7.
8. 9.
Click To Beginning
. .
10. If prompted to overwrite an existing movie click Overwrite. The animation plays and builds an MPEG le. 11. Click the Options button at the bottom of the Animation dialog box. In Advanced, you can see that a Frame Rate of 24 frames per second was used to create the animation. The animation you produced contains a total of 22 frames, so it takes just under 1 second to play in a media player. 12. Click Cancel to close the dialog box. 13. Close the Animation dialog box. 14. View the animation using a media player.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using the General Mode of CFX-Pre (this mode is used for more complex cases). Rerunning a problem with a rened mesh. Importing CCL to copy the denition of a different simulation into the current simulation. Viewing the mesh with a Sphere Volume locator and a Surface Plot. Using the Report Viewer to analyze mesh quality. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Slice Plane Sphere Volume Other Viewing the Mesh
Component CFX-Pre
Before You Begin the ow of uid into and out of a mixer. This tutorial uses a specic problem to teach the general approach taken when working with an existing mesh. You start a new simulation in CFX-Pre and import the rened mesh. This tutorial introduces General Mode-the mode used for most tutorials-in CFX-Pre. The physics for this tutorial are the same as for Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 5); therefore, you can import the physics settings used in that tutorial to save time.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. StaticMixerRefMesh.gtm StaticMixerRef.pre StaticMixer.def StaticMixer_001.res
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics so that you can see the workow: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Creating a New Case (p. 54) Importing a Mesh (p. 55) Importing CCL (p. 55) Viewing Domain Settings (p. 56) Viewing the Boundary Condition Setting (p. 56) Dening Solver Parameters (p. 56) Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File (p. 57)
As an alternative to these steps, you can set up the simulation automatically by following the procedures in Playing the Session File and Starting CFX-Solver Manager (p. 57). To begin this tutorial and create a new simulation in CFX-Pre, continue from Creating a New Case (p. 54).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 54 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Importing a Mesh
Procedure in Standalone
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. In CFX-Pre, select File > New Case. Select General in the New Case dialog box and click OK. Select File > Save Case As. Under File name, type StaticMixerRef and click Save. Proceed to Importing a Mesh (p. 55).
Importing a Mesh
At least one mesh must be imported before physics are applied. An assembly is a group of mesh regions that are topologically connected. Each assembly can contain only one mesh, but multiple assemblies are permitted. The Mesh tree shows the regions in Assembly in a tree structure. The level below Assembly displays 3D regions and the level below each 3D region shows the 2D regions associated with it. The check box next to each item in the Mesh tree indicates the visibility status of the object in the viewer; you can click these to toggle visibility. 1. 2. Select File > Import > Mesh or right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. In the Import Mesh dialog box, select StaticMixerRefMesh.gtm from your working directory. This is a mesh that is more rened than the one used in Tutorial 1. 3. 4. Click Open. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the shortcut menu.
Importing CCL
Since the physics for this simulation is very similar to that for Tutorial 1, you can save time by importing the settings used there. The CCL contains settings that reference mesh regions. For example, the outlet boundary condition references the mesh region named out. In this tutorial, the name of the mesh regions are the same as in Tutorial 1, so you can import the CCL without error. The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) le at any time by selecting File > Export > CCL. However, a number of other les can also be used as sources to import CCL including: Simulation les (*.cfx) Results les (*.res) CFX-Solver input les(*.def)
Note
If you import CCL that references non-existent mesh regions, you will get errors. 1. Select File > Import > CCL. The Import CCL dialog box appears. 2. Under Import Method, select Replace. Replace is useful if you have dened physics and want to update or replace them with newly imported physics. 3. 4. 5. 6. Under File type, select CFX-Solver Files (*def *res). Select StaticMixer.def created in Tutorial 1. If you did not work through Tutorial 1, you can copy this le from the examples directory. Click Open. Select the Outline tab.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 55
Tip
To select Outline you may need to click the navigation icons next to the tabs to move forward' or backward' through the various tabs. The tree view displays a summary of the current simulation in a tree structure. Some items may be recognized from Tutorial 1-for example the boundary condition objects in1, in2, and out.
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File 1. 2. Select Insert > Solver > Solver Control from the menu bar or click Solver Control Apply the following Basic Settings Setting Advection Scheme > Option Convergence Control > Max. Iterationsa Value High Resolution 150 .
Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Physical Timescale Control Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical Timescale
a
0.5 [s]
If your solution does not meet the convergence criteria after this number of timesteps, the CFX-Solver will stop.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click Apply. Click the Advanced Options tab. Ensure that Global Dynamic Model Control is selected. Click OK.
1.
The Write Solver Input File dialog box is displayed. 2. 3. If required, set the path to your working directory. Apply the following settings: Setting File name 4. Click Save. The CFX-Solver input le (StaticMixerRef.def) is created. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Dene Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set. 5. 6. 7. If you are notied in CFX-Pre that the le already exists, click Overwrite. Quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) le. Proceed to Obtaining a Solution with CFX-Solver (p. 58). Value StaticMixerRef.def
Obtaining a Solution with CFX-Solver Two procedures are documented. Depending on your installation of CFX follow either the standalone procedure or the ANSYS Workbench procedure.
Procedure in Standalone
1. 2. 3. 4. If required, launch CFX-Pre. Select Session > Play Tutorial. Select StaticMixerRef.pre. Click Open. A CFX-Solver input le is written. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Select File > Quit. Launch CFX-Solver Manager from CFX Launcher. After CFX-Solver starts, select File > Dene Run. Under CFX-Solver Input File, click Browse .
Under File name, type StaticMixerRef and click Save. Click Start CFX-Pre. Select Session > Play Tutorial. Select StaticMixerRef.pre. Click Open. A CFX-Solver input le is written.
9.
10. Select File > Dene Run. 11. Under CFX-Solver Input File, click Browse .
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workow: 1. 2. 3. Starting the Run with an Initial Values File (p. 59) Conrming Results (p. 59) Moving from CFX-Solver to CFD-Post (p. 59)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 58 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Convergence information is plotted once the second outer loop iteration is complete.
Confirming Results
When the run is nished, specic information appears in the text window of CFX-Solver Manager. To conrm that results interpolation was successful, look in the text window in CFX-Solver Manager. The following text appears before the convergence history begins: +---------------------------------------------------------+ | Initial Conditions Supplied by Fields in the Input Files +---------------------------------------------------------+ This lists the variables that were interpolated from the results le. After the nal iteration, a message similar to the following content appears: CFD Solver finished: Tue Oct 19 08:06:45 2004 CFD Solver wall clock seconds: 1.7100E+02 This indicates that CFX-Solver has successfully calculated the solution for the problem to the specied accuracy or has run out of coefcient loops. 1. 2. When CFX-Solver is nished, ensure that the check box next to Post-Process Results is cleared to prevent CFD-Post from launching at this time. Click OK. Review the results on the Out File tab for details on the run results.
In the Start ANSYS CFD-Post dialog box, next to Results File, ensure that StaticMixerRef_001.res is set. If it is not, click Browse directory). and select StaticMixerRef_001.res (located in the working
3.
If using CFX-Solver in Standalone Mode, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. This forces Standalone CFX-Solver to close. This option is not required in Workbench.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 59
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post 4. Click OK. After a short pause, CFD-Post starts.
1. 2. 3.
Zoom in on the geometry to view it in greater detail. Compare the on-screen image with the equivalent picture from Simulating Flow in a Static Mixer Using CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 5) (in the section Rendering Slice Planes (p. 20)).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 60 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Value Variable
A mode setting of Constant would allow you to color the plane with a xed color.
2.
Click Apply.
Be careful not to click Open until instructed to do so. In the Load Results File dialog box, select StaticMixer_001.res in the <CFXROOT>\examples directory or from your working directory if it has been copied. On the right side of the dialog box, there are three frames: Case options Additional actions CFX run history and multi-conguration options.
3.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 61
Creating a Second Slice Plane Under Case options, select Keep current cases loaded and ensure that Open in new view is selected. 4. 5. 6. Under Additional actions, ensure that the Clear user state before loading check box is cleared. Under CFX run history and multi-conguration options, ensure that Load only the last results is selected. Click Open to load the results. In the tree view, there is now a second group of domains, meshes and boundary conditions with the heading StaticMixer_001. 7. 8. 9. Double-click the Wireframe object under User Locations and Plots. In the Denition tab, set Edge Angle to 5 [degree]. Click Apply. so that all viewports maintain the same camera position.
11. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up). Both meshes are now displayed in a line along the Y axis. Notice that one mesh is of a higher resolution than the other. 12. Set Edge Angle to 30 [degree]. 13. Click Apply.
Click in the viewport that is set to show View 1, then clear the visibility check box for Slice in the Outline tree view and ensure that the visibility check box for Slice 1 is selected. Click in the viewport that is set to show View 2, then select the visibility check box for Slice and ensure that the visibility check box for Slice 1 is cleared. In the tree view, double-click StaticMixer_001 and clear Apply Translation. Click Apply. Right-click in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -Z. Note the difference in temperature distribution.
7.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 62 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
8. 9.
Right-click Slice 1 in the tree view and select Delete. Ensure that the visibility check box for Slice is cleared.
Zoom in on the geometry to view out in greater detail. Click Rotate on the Viewing Tools toolbar.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 63
Viewing the Surface Mesh on the Mixer Body Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Point
a
Color Render
Color Show Faces > Transparency Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Line Width Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Show Mesh Lines > Line Color
The z slider's minimum value corresponds to the minimum z value of the entire geometry, which, in this case, occurs at the outlet. Only elements that are entirely contained within the sphere volume will be included.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Click Apply to create the volume object. Right-click Tet Volume and choose Duplicate. In the Duplicate Tet Volume dialog box, type Prism Volume and click OK. Double-click Prism Volume. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Point Denition > Radius Color Color Value -0.22, 0.4, -1.85 0.206 [m] Orange
9.
Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 65
Viewing the Mesh Elements with Largest Face Angle Using a Point Tab Setting Value
a
Select Maximum Face Angle from the larger list of variables available by clicking
This includes any elements that have at least one node with a variable value greater than or equal to the given value.
7.
Viewing the Mesh Elements with Largest Face Angle Using a Point
Next, you will create a point object to show a node that has the maximum value of Maximum Face Angle. The point object will be represented by a 3D yellow crosshair symbol. In order to avoid obscuring the point object with the volume object, you may want to turn off the visibility of the latter. 1. 2. 3. From the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Point or under Location, click Point. Click OK to use the default name. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Location Denition > Variable Symbol 4. Click Apply. Symbol Size Value Variable Maximum Default Domain Maximum Face Angle 2
Quitting CFD-Post
1. 2. When you are nished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post. If prompted by a dialog box, save the state at your discretion.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 66 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Applying a prole boundary using data stored in a le. Visualizing the velocity on a boundary in CFX-Pre. Using the CFX Expression Language (CEL) to describe temperature dependent uid properties in CFX-Pre. Using the k-epsilon turbulence model. Using streamlines in CFD-Post to track ow through the domain. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Boundary Prole Visualization Inlet (Prole) Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic CEL (CFX Expression Language) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Default Locators Outline Plot (Wireframe) Slice Plane Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 67
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Streamline Other Changing the Color Range Expression Details View Legend Viewing the Mesh
In this tutorial, you will establish a general workow for analyzing the ow of the water uid into and out of an injection pipe. First, a simulation will be created and an existing mesh will be imported in CFX-Pre. A viscosity expression will also be created, and will be used to modify the water properties later on in this tutorial to increase the solution accuracy. Finally, initial values will be set and a solution will be found using CFX-Solver Manager. The results will then be viewed in CFD-Post. Streamlines originating from the main inlet will be generated to show the ow of the water into and out of the injection pipe.
Starting CFX-Pre Running ANSYS CFX Tutorials in ANSYS Workbench (p. 1) Changing the Display Colors (p. 4) Playing a Tutorial Session File (p. 3)
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. InjectMixer.pre InjectMixer_velocity_profile.csv InjectMixerMesh.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workow: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Creating a New Case (p. 69) Importing a Mesh (p. 70) Setting Temperature-Dependent Material Properties (p. 70) Plotting an Expression (p. 71) Evaluating an Expression (p. 71) Modify Material Properties (p. 71) Creating the Domain (p. 72) Creating the Side Inlet Boundary (p. 72) Creating the Main Inlet Boundary (p. 73)
10. Creating the Main Outlet Boundary (p. 74) 11. Setting Initial Values (p. 74) 12. Setting Solver Control (p. 74) 13. Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File (p. 75)
Procedure in Standalone
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. In CFX-Pre, select File > New Case. Ensure General is selected and click OK. Select File > Save Case As. Under File name, type InjectMixer. Click Save. Proceed to Importing a Mesh (p. 70).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 69
Importing a Mesh
Importing a Mesh
The following steps will demonstrate how to import a mesh. 1. Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is turned off. Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this tutorial. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select File > Import > Mesh. From your working directory, select InjectMixerMesh.gtm. Click Open. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Y up) from the shortcut menu.
The variable T (Temperature) is a CFX System Variable recognized by CFX-Pre, denoting static temperature. All variables, expressions, locators, functions, and constants can be viewed by double-clicking the appropriate entry (such as Additional Variables or Expressions) in the tree view. All expressions must have consistent units. You should be careful if using temperature in an expression with units other than [K]. The Expressions tab lets you dene, modify, evaluate, plot, copy, delete and browse through expressions used within CFX-Pre. 1. 2. 3. From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expression. In the New Expression dialog box, type Tupper. Click OK. The details view for the Tupper equation is displayed. 4. 5. Under Denition, type 325 [K]. Click Apply to create the expression. The expression is added to the list of existing expressions. 6. 7. 8. 9. Right-click in the Expressions workspace and select Insert > Expression. In the New Expression dialog box, type Tlower. Click OK. Under Denition, type 275 [K]. The expression is added to the list of existing expressions. 11. Create expressions for Visupper, Vislower and VisT using the following values. Name Visupper Denition 5.45E-04 [N s m^-2] Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 70 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Plotting an Expression
1. Right-click VisT in the Expressions tree view, and then select Edit. The Expressions details view for VisT appears.
Tip
Alternatively, double-clicking the expression also opens the Expressions details view. 2. Click the Plot tab and apply the following settings Tab Plot Setting Number of Points T Start of Range End of Range 3. Click Plot Expression. A plot showing the variation of the expression VisT with the variable T is displayed. Value 10 (Selected) 275 [K] 325 [K]
Evaluating an Expression
1. 2. Click the Evaluate tab. In T, type 300 [K]. This is between the start and end range dened in the last module. 3. Click Evaluate Expression. A value of around 0.0011[kg m^-1 s^-1] for VisT at the given value of T appears in the Value eld.
Enter the expression VisT into the data box. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 71
Location and Type > Location B1.P3 Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid 1 Fluid and Particle Denitions Water > Fluid 1 > Material Domain Models > Pressure > 0 [atm] Reference Pressure
6. 7.
Click Fluid Models. Apply the following settings Setting Heat Transfer > Option Value Thermal Energy
8.
Click OK.
Note
A boundary named after a region will use that region as its location by default. 3. 4. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Value Inlet side inlet Normal Speed
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 72 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed 5 [m s^-1] Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 5. Click OK. Static Temperature 315 [K]
From your working directory, select InjectMixer_velocity_profile.csv. Click Open. Click OK. The prole data is read into memory.
6. 7. 8. 9.
Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary Set name Name to main inlet. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location
Prole Boundary Conditions > (Selected) Use Prole Data Prole Boundary Setup > Prole Name 10. Click Generate Values. This causes the prole values of U, V, W to be applied at the nodes on the main inlet boundary, and U, V, W entries to be made in Boundary Details. To later modify the velocity values at the main inlet and reset values to those read from the BC Prole le, revisit Basic Settings for this boundary and click Generate Values. 11. Apply the following settings Tab Boundary Details Setting Flow Regime > Option Turbulence > Option Heat Transfer > Option Value Subsonic Medium (Intensity = 5%) Static Temperature main inlet
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 73
Creating the Main Outlet Boundary Tab Setting Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Plot Options Boundary Contour Boundary Contour > Prole Variable 12. Click OK. 13. Zoom into the main inlet to view the inlet velocity contour. Value 285 [K] (Selected) W
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 74 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Convergence Control > Max. 50 Iterations Convergence Control > Fluid Physical Timescale Timescale Control > Timescale Control Convergence Control > Fluid 2 [s] Timescale Control > Physical a Timescale Convergence Criteria > Residual Type Convergence Criteria > Residual Target RMS 1.E-4
b
a The physical timescale that will be setup is derived from the pipe diameter (1 m) and the rate at which the water ows in the pipe (0.5 m/s). b An RMS value of at least 1.E-5 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default value is sufcient for demonstration purposes.
3.
Click OK.
3.
Click Save. The CFX-Solver input le (InjectMixer.def) is created. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Dene Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set.
4. 5. 6.
When you are nished, select File > Quit in CFX-Pre. Click Save & Quit if prompted, to save InjectMixer.cfx Proceed to Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 75).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 75
Workflow Overview
This section provides a brief summary of the topics to follow as a general workow: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Modifying the Outline of the Geometry (p. 76) Creating and Modifying Streamlines Originating from the Main Inlet (p. 76) Modifying Streamline Color Ranges (p. 76) Coloring Streamlines with a Constant Color (p. 77) Creating Streamlines Originating from the Side Inlet (p. 77) Examining Turbulence Kinetic Energy (p. 78)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 76 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Coloring Streamlines with a Constant Color Tab Color 2. Click Apply. The color map is tted to the range of velocities found along the streamlines. The streamlines therefore collectively contain every color in the color map. 3. Apply the following settings Tab Color Setting Range Min Max Value User Specied 0.2 [m s^-1] 2.2 [m s^-1] Setting Range Value Local
Note
Portions of streamlines that have values outside the range shown in the legend are colored according to the color at the nearest end of the legend. When using tubes or symbols (which contain faces), more accurate colors are obtained with lighting turned off. 4. Click Apply. The streamlines are colored using the specied range of velocity values.
Color can be set to green by selecting it from the color pallet, or by repeatedly clicking on the color box until it cycles through to the default green color. 2. Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 77
Examining Turbulence Kinetic Energy Tab Setting Color 6. Click Apply. Red streamlines appear, starting from the side inlet. 7. For better view, select Isometric View (Y up). Value (Red)
Note
This module has multiple changes compiled into single steps in preparation for other tutorials that provide fewer specic instructions. 1. 2. Turn off the visibility of both the MainStream and the SideStream objects. Create a plane named Plane 1 that is normal to X and passing through the X = 0 Point. To do so, specic instructions follow. 1. 2. 3. 3. From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Plane and click OK. In the Details view set Denition > Method to YZ Plane and X to 0 [m]. Click Apply.
Color the plane using the variable Turbulence Kinetic Energy, to show regions of high turbulence. To do so, apply the settings below. Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Value Variable Turbulence Kinetic Energy
4. 5.
Click Apply. Experiment with other variables to color this plane (for example, Temperature to show the temperature mixing of the two streams). Commonly used variables are in the drop-down menu. A full list of available variables can be viewed by clicking next to the Variable data box.
Quitting CFD-Post
1. 2. When you are nished, select File > Quit to exit CFD-Post. If prompted by a dialog box, save the state at your discretion.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 78 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Setting up a transient problem in CFX-Pre. Using an opening type boundary in CFX-Pre. Making use of multiple congurations in CFX-Pre Modeling smoke using additional variables in CFX-Pre. Visualizing a smoke plume using an Isosurface in CFD-Post. Creating an image for printing, and generating a movie in CFD-Post. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Details General Mode Steady State Transient Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Boundary Conditions General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Inlet (Subsonic) Opening Wall: No-Slip Timestep Auto Time Scale Transient Example Conguration Transient Results File CFD-Post Plots Animation Isosurface Other Auto Annotation Movie Generation Printing Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 79 Multiple
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Time Step Selection Title/Text Transient Animation
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 80 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Note
While smoke is not required for the steady-state simulation, including it here prevents you from having to set up time value interpolation in the transient analysis. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. From the menu bar, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Additional Variable. Set Name to smoke. Click OK. Set Variable Type to Volumetric. Set Units to [kg m^-3]. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 81
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 Air at 25 C > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference 0 [atm] Pressure Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option None
Additional Variable Models > Additional smoke Variable Additional Variable Models > Additional (Selected) Variable > smoke Additional Variable Models > Additional (Selected) Variable > smoke > Kinematic Diffusivity Additional Variable Models > Additional 1.0E-5 [m^2 s^-1]a Variable > smoke > Kinematic Diffusivity > Kinematic Diffusivity
a
1.0E-5 [m^2 s^-1] is a representative kinematic diffusivity value for smoke in air.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 82 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries For parts of the boundary where the ow direction changes, or is unknown, an opening boundary can be used. An opening boundary allows ow to both enter and leave the uid domain during the course of the analysis.
Inlet Boundary
You will create the inlet boundary with velocity components set consistently with the problem description. 1. 2. 3. 4. Select Insert > Boundary from the menu bar or click Boundary Set Name to Wind. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > U Mass and Momentum > V Mass and Momentum > W Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale Additional Variables > smoke > Option Additional Variables > smoke > Add. Var. Value
a
Value Inlet Wind Cart. Vel. Components 1 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] Intensity and Length Scale 0.05a 0.25 [m]b Value 0 [kg m^-3]c
From the problem description. From the problem description. c The smoke value that will be set up corresponds to no smoke at the inlet.
b
5.
Click OK.
Note
The boundary marker vectors used to display boundary conditions (inlets, outlets, openings) are normal to the boundary surface regardless of the actual direction specication. To plot vectors in the direction of ow, select Boundary Vector under the Plot Options tab for the inlet boundary, and on the Labels and Markers Options tab (accessible from Case Options > Labels and Markers on the Outline tree view), ensure that Settings > Show Boundary Markers is selected and Show Inlet Markers is cleared .
Opening Boundary
You will create an opening boundary with pressure and ow direction specied. If uid enters the domain through the opening, it should have turbulence intensity and length scale, as well as smoke concentration, set to the same values as for the inlet. 1. 2. Select Insert > Boundary from the menu bar or click Boundary Set Name to Atmosphere. .
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 83
Creating the Boundaries 3. 4. Click OK. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure Flow Direction > Option Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale Additional Variables > smoke > Option Additional Variables > smoke > Add. Var. Value 5. Click OK. Value Opening Atmosphere Opening Pres. and Dirn 0 [Pa] Normal to Boundary Condition Intensity and Length Scale 0.05 0.25 [m] Value 0 [kg m^-3]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 84 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Review the settings for velocity, pressure, turbulence and the smoke. Click OK.
Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Convergence Control > Max. Iterations Value 75
3. 4.
Note that Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control is set to Auto Timescale. Click OK.
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total 30 [s] Time Analysis Type > Time Steps > Timestepsab 4*0.25, 2*0.5, 2*1.0, 13*2.0 [s]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 85
Modifying the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time Value 0 [s]
to enter lists of values. Enter the list without the units, then set the units in the drop-down list.
This list species 4 timesteps of 0.25 [s], then 2 timesteps of 0.5 [s], and so on.
4.
Click OK.
Leave the Vent details view open for now. You are going to create an expression for smoke concentration. The concentration is zero for time t=0 and builds up to a maximum of 1 kg m^-3. 4. 5. Create a new expression by selecting Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > Expression from the menu bar. Set the name to TimeConstant. Apply the following settings Name TimeConstant 6. 7. Click Apply to create the expression. Create the following expressions with specic settings, remembering to click Apply after each is dened: Name FinalConcentration ExpFunction
a
Denition 3 [s]
When entering this function, you can select most of the required items by right-clicking in the Denition window in the Expression details view instead of typing them. The names of the existing expressions are under the Expressions menu. The exp and abs functions are under Functions > CEL. The variable t is under Variables.
Note
The abs function takes the modulus (or magnitude) of its argument. Even though the expression (1- exp (-t/TimeConstant)) can never be less than zero, the abs function is included to ensure that
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 86 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Modifying the Boundary Conditions the numerical error in evaluating it near to zero will never make the expression evaluate to a negative number. Next, you will visualize how the concentration of smoke issued from the vent varies with time.
As can be seen, the smoke concentration rises to its asymptotic value reaching 90% of its nal value at around 7 seconds. 4. Click the Boundary: Vent tab. In the next step, you will apply the expression ExpFunction to the additional variable smoke as it applies to the Transient Analysis boundary Vent. 5. Apply the following settings Tab Boundary Details Setting Additional Variables > smoke > Option Value Value
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 87
Initialization Values Tab Setting Additional Variables > smoke > Add. Var. Value
a
Value ExpFunction
to enter text.
6.
Click OK.
Initialization Values
When the Transient Analysis is run, the initial values to the CFX-Solver will be taken from the results of the Steady State Analysis. The steady state and transient analyses will be sequenced by setting up the congurations of these analyses in a subsequent step. For the moment, you can leave all of the initialization data set for the Transient Analysis to Automatic and the initial values will be read automatically from the Steady State Analysis results. Therefore, there is no need to revisit the initialization settings.
Output Control
To allow results to be viewed at different time steps, it is necessary to create transient results les at specied times. The transient results les do not have to contain all solution data. In this step, you will create minimal transient results les.
Apply the following settings to Transient Results 1: Setting Option Output Variables List
a
Click the ellipsis icon to select items if they do not appear in the drop-down list. Use the Ctrl key to select multiple items. Do NOT click Enter Expression to enter lists of values. Enter the list without the units, then set the units in the drop-down list.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 88 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Conguring Simulation Control 5. 6. Click Apply. In the Transient Results tree view, click Add new item click OK. set Name to Transient Results 2, and
This creates a second transient results object. Each object can result in the production of many transient results les. 7. Apply the following settings to Transient Results 2: Setting Option Output Variables List Output Frequency > Option Output Frequency > Time Interval
a
a A transient results le will be produced every 4 s (including 0 s) and at 1 s, 2 s and 3 s. The les will contain no mesh, and data for only the three selected variables. This reduces the size of the minimal results les. A full results le is always written at the end of the run.
8.
Click OK.
Activation Conditions > Activation Condition Start of Simulation 1 > Option 6. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 89
Writing the CFX-Solver Input File Tab General Settings Setting Flow Analysis Value Transient Analysis
Activation Conditions > Activation Condition End of Conguration 1 > Option Activation Conditions > Activation Condition Steady State 1 > Conguration Name Run Denition Conguration Execution Control Conguration Execution Control > Initial Values Specication Selected Selected
Conguration Execution Control > Initial Conguration Results Values Specication > Initial Values > Initial Values 1 > Option Conguration Execution Control > Initial Steady State Values Specication > Initial Values > Initial Values 1 > Conguration Name 5. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 90 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post 4. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver Manager will start with the solution of the steady-state conguration. 5. In the Workspace drop-down menu, select SteadyState_001. The residual plots for six equations will appear: U - Mom, V - Mom, W - Mom, P - Mass, K-TurbKE, and E-Diss.K (the three momentum conservation equations, the mass conservation equation and equations for the turbulence kinetic energy and turbulence eddy dissipation). The Momentum and Mass tab contains four of the plots and the other two are under Turbulence Quantities. The residual for the smoke equation is also plotted but registers no values since it is not initialized. Upon the successful completion of the steady-state conguration, the solution of the transient conguration starts automatically. Notice that the text output generated by the CFX-Solver in the Run Transient 001 Workspace will be more than you have seen for steady-state problems. This is because each timestep consists of several inner (coefcient) iterations. At the end of each timestep, information about various quantities is printed to the text output area. The residual for the smoke equation is now plotted under the Additional Variables tab. Upon the successful completion of the transient conguration, ensure that the check box beside Post-Process Results is cleared and click OK to close the message indicating the successful completion of the transient solution. Upon the successful completion of the combined steady-state and transient congurations, ensure that the check box beside Post-Process Results is cleared and click OK to close the message indicating the successful completion of the simulation. In the CFX-Solver Manager, set Workspace to Run CircVent 001.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. From the menu bar, select Tools > Post-Process Results. 11. On the Start CFD-Post dialog box, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager and click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 91
Viewing the Results at Different Time Steps 6. When Color Mode is set to either Constant or Use Plot Variable for an isosurface, the isosurface is displayed in one color.
In Geometry, experiment by changing the Value setting so that you can see the shape of the plume more clearly. Zoom in and rotate the geometry, as required.
7. 8.
When you have nished, set Value to 0.002 [kg m^-3]. Right-click a blank spot in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up).
Load the results for a Time value of 2 s by double-clicking the appropriate row in the Timestep Selector. After a short pause, the Current Timestep (located just below the title bar of the Timestep Selector) will be updated with the new time step number.
3.
Load the time value of 4 s using the Timestep Selector. The smoke has now spread out even more, and is being carried by the wind.
4. 5.
Double-click some more time values to see how the smoke plume grows with time. Finish by loading a time value of 12 s.
Adding a Title
First, you will add text to the viewer so that the printed output has a title. 1. 2. 3. Select Insert > Text from the menu bar or click Create text Click OK to accept default name. In the Text String box, enter the following text. .
Note
Further text will be added at a later stage to complete this title. 4. 5. Select Embed Auto Annotation. Set Type to Time Value. In the text line, note that <aa> has been added to the end. This is where the time value will be placed. 6. 7. Click Apply to create the title. Click the Location tab to modify the position of the title. The default settings for text objects center text at the top of the screen. To experiment with the position of the text, change the settings on the Location tab. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 92 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Generating a Movie 8. 9. Under the Appearance tab, change Color Mode to User Specified and select a new color. Click Apply.
JPEG output
CFD-Post can save images in several different formats. In this section you will save an image in JPEG format. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Select File > Save Picture, or click Save Picture Set Format to JPEG. Click Browse next to the File data box. .
Browse to the directory where you want the le saved. Enter a name for the JPEG le. Click Save to set the le name and directory. This sets the path and name for the le.
7.
To save the le, click Save on the Save Picture dialog box. To view the le or make a hard copy, use an application that supports JPEG les.
8.
Generating a Movie
You can generate an MPEG le to show the transient ow of the plume of smoke. To generate a movie le, you use the Animation dialog box. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. In the Timestep Selector, ensure that a time value of 0 s is loaded. Click Animation .
Ensure that Quick Animation is selected. Position the geometry so that you will be able to see the plume of smoke. In the object tree of the Animation dialog box, click Timesteps. Click More Animation Options to show more animation settings. next to Repeat is not selected (not depressed).
Ensure that the Repeat forever button Select Save Movie. Set Format to MPEG1. next to Save Movie.
11. Set File name to CircVent.mpg. 12. If required, set the path location to a different directory. 13. Click Save. The movie le name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced. 14. Click Play the animation .
The movie will be created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow, since results for each timestep will be loaded and objects will be created. To view the movie le, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format.
Note
To explore additional animation options, click the Options button. On the Advanced tab of Animation Options, there is a check box called Save Frames As Image Files. By selecting this Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 93
Generating a Movie check box, the JPEG or PPM les used to encode each frame of the movie will persist after movie creation; otherwise, they will be deleted. 15. When you have nished, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 94 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Solving and post-processing a case where the geometry has been omitted on one side of a symmetry plane. Using free-slip wall boundaries as a compromise between accurate ow modeling and computational grid size. Accurately modeling the near-wall ow using Shear Stress Transport (SST) turbulence model. Running the CFX-Solver in parallel (optional). Creating vector plots in CFD-Post with uniform spacing between the vectors. Creating a macro using power syntax in CFD-Post. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State Ideal Gas Single Domain Shear Stress Transport Isothermal Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Symmetry Plane Wall: No-Slip Wall: Free-Slip Timestep CFX-Solver Manager CFD-Post Parallel processing Plots Default Locators Outline Plot (Wireframe) Sampling Plane Streamline Vector Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 95 Physical Time Scale
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Volume Other Changing the Color Range Instancing Transformation Lighting Adjustment Symmetry Viewing the Mesh
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: BluntBody.pre BluntBodyDist.cse BluntBodyMesh.gtm Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 96 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Dening a Case in CFX-Pre 2. Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Tip
For more details, see The Shear Stress Transport (SST) (p. 61). 1. 2. 3. Ensure that Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain is deleted. If not, right-click Default Domain and select Delete. Click Domain , and set the name to BluntBody.
Apply the following settings to BluntBody: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Value B1.P3
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 97
Creating Composite Regions Tab Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Value Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material Air Ideal Gas Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Option 4. Click OK. 1 [atm] Isothermal 288 [K] Shear Stress Transport
4. 5.
Click beside the Region List dialog box, to display the Selection Dialog. Hold down the Ctrl key and select Free1 and Free2. Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
1. 2. 3. Click Boundary . Under Name, type Inlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Flow Regime > Option Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Value Inlet Inlet Subsonic Normal Speed 15 [m s^-1]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 98 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Len. Scale
a
4.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named Outlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. Value Outlet Outlet Static Pressure 0 [Pa]
This boundary is an approximation that may not accurately represent the true ow conditions. By using a free-slip wall boundary, the ow modeling will be less accurate but the computational grid size can be reduced by modeling less of the surroundings. If this case were modeling a wind tunnel experiment, the geometry would match the size and shape of the wind tunnel and use no-slip walls. If this case were modeling a blunt body open to the atmosphere, a much larger domain would be used to minimize the effect of the far-eld boundary, and the far-eld boundary type would be set to either a free-slip wall or a pressure-specied entrainment opening. You will apply a single boundary to both walls by using the composite region dened earlier. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named FreeWalls. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details 3. Click OK. Mass and Momentum > Option Value Wall FreeWalls Free Slip Wall
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 99
The remaining 2D regions (in this case, just the low Z face) will be assigned the default boundary which is an adiabatic, no-slip wall condition. In this case, the name of the default boundary is BluntBody Default. Although the boundaries Body and BluntBody Default are identical (except for their locations), the Body boundary was created so that, during post-processing, its location can by conveniently distinguished from the other adiabatic, no-slip wall surfaces.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 100 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
3.
Click OK.
Note
The results produced will be identical, whether produced by a parallel or serial run. If you do not want to solve this tutorial in parallel (on more than one processor) or you do not have a license to run the CFX-Solver in parallel, proceed to Obtaining a Solution in Serial (p. 101). If you do not know if you have a license to run the CFX-Solver in parallel, you should either ask your system administrator, or query the license server (see the ANSYS, Inc. Licensing Guide (which is installed with the ANSYS License Manager) for details). Alternatively proceed to Obtaining a Solution in Serial (p. 101). If you would like to solve this tutorial in parallel on the same machine, proceed to Obtaining a Solution with Local Parallel (p. 102). If you would like to solve this tutorial in parallel across different machines, proceed to Obtaining a Solution with Distributed Parallel (p. 103).
Obtaining a Solution in Parallel 1. 2. 3. 4. Click Start Run. When CFX-Solver is nished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK. Continue this tutorial from Viewing the Results in CFD-Post (p. 105).
10. Click OK. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 102 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution in Parallel Continue this tutorial from Text Output when Running in Parallel (p. 104).
The Select Parallel Hosts dialog box is displayed. This is where you choose additional machines to run your processes. Your system administrator should have set up a hosts le containing a list of the machines that are available to run the parallel CFX-Solver. The Host Name column displays names of available hosts. The second column shows the number of processors on that machine. The third shows the relative processor speed: a processor on a machine with a relative speed of 1 would typically be twice as fast as a machine with a relative speed of 0.5. The last column displays operating system information. This information is read from the hosts le; if any information is missing or incorrect your system administrator should correct the hosts le.
Note
The # processors, relative speed and system information does not have to be specied to be able to run on a host. 4. Select the name of another machine in the Host Name list. Select a machine that you can log into. 5. Click Add. The name of the machine is added to the Host Name column.
Note
Ensure that the machine that you are currently logged into is in the Hosts Name list in the Dene Run dialog box. 6. 7. 8. 9. Close the Select Parallel Hosts dialog box. Select Show Advanced Controls. Click the Partitioner tab at the top of the dialog box. Use the default MeTiS partitioner. Your model will be divided into two sections, with each section running in its own CFX-Solver process. The default is the MeTiS partitioner because it produces more efcient partitions than either Recursive Coordinate Bisection or User Specified Direction. 10. Click Start Run to begin the parallel run. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 103
Obtaining a Solution in Parallel 11. Click OK on the pop-up message. 12. When CFX-Solver is nished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results. 13. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. 14. Click OK.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Job Information | +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Run mode: Host computer: Job started: partitioning run fastmachine1 Tue Jan 20 14:13:27 2009
This tells you that the information following is concerned with the partitioning. After the partitioning job has nished, you will nd:
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Partitioning Information | +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Partitioning information for domain: BluntBody +------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ | Elements | Vertices | Faces | +------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ | Part | Number % | Number % %Ovlp | Number % | +------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ | Full | 131878 | 37048 | 11318 | +------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ | 1 | 67873 50.4 | 19431 50.4 4.0 | 5705 49.5 | | 2 | 66865 49.6 | 19151 49.6 4.0 | 5820 50.5 | +------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ | Sum | 134738 100.0 | 38582 100.0 4.0 | 11525 100.0 | +------+------------------+------------------------+-----------------+ +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Partitioning CPU-Time Requirements | +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Preparations Low-level mesh partitioning Global partitioning information Element and face partitioning information Vertex partitioning information Partitioning information compression Summed CPU-time for mesh partitioning 3.689E-01 5.599E-02 9.998E-03 7.999E-03 0.000E+00 0.000E+00 4.609E-01 seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds seconds
+--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Job Information | Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 104 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Host computer: Job finished: fastmachine1 Tue Jan 20 14:13:29 2009
Total CPU time: 9.749E-01 seconds or: ( 0: 0: ( Days: Hours: Total wall clock time: 2.000E+00 seconds or: ( 0: 0: ( Days: Hours:
0: Minutes:
0.975 ) Seconds )
0: Minutes:
2.000 ) Seconds )
This marks the end of the partitioning job. The CFX-Solver now begins to solve your parallel run: +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ | Job Information | +--------------------------------------------------------------------+ Run mode: parallel run (HP MPI Distributed Parallel) Host computer: fastmachine1 Par. Process: Master running on mesh partition: 1 Job started: Thu Nov 28 15:19:20 2005 Host computer: slowermachine Par. Process: Slave running on mesh partition: 2 Job started: Thu Nov 28 15:24:55 2005 The machine that you are logged into runs the master process, and controls the overall simulation. The second machine selected will run the slave process. If you had more than two processes, each additional process is run as a slave process. The master process in this example is running on the mesh partition number 1 and the slave is running on partition number 2. You can nd out which nodes and elements are in each partition by using CFD-Post later on in the tutorial. When the CFX-Solver nishes, the output le displays the job information and a pop-up message to indicate completion of the run.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 105
Creating Velocity Vectors This ensures that the changes can be seen. 2. 3. Create a new plane named Sample. Apply the following settings to create a sampling plane that is parallel to the XZ plane and located at x= 6 m, y= 0.001 m and z= 1 m relative to blunt object: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Point Denition > Normal Plane Bounds > Type Plane Bounds > X Size Plane Bounds > Y Size Plane Type Plane Type > X Samples Plane Type > Y Samples Render Show Faces Show Mesh Lines 4. Click Apply. You can zoom in on the sampling plane to see the location of the sampling points (where lines intersect). There are a total of 400 (20 * 20) sampling points on the plane. A vector can be created at each sampling point. 5. Turn off the visibility of Sample. Value Point and Normal 6, -0.001, 1 0, 1, 0 Rectangular 2.5 [m] 2.5 [m] Sample 20 20 (Cleared) (Selected)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 107
Displaying Pressure Distribution on Body and Symmetry Plane Tab Setting Denition > # of Points 6. 7. Click Apply. Change the location of the Vector plot by applying the following setting: Tab Geometry 8. Click Apply. Setting Denition > Locations Value SymP Value 1000
Creating Surface Streamlines to Display the Path of Air along the Surface of the Body
In order to show the path of air along the surface of the blunt body, surface streamlines can be made as follows: 1. 2. 3. Turn off the visibility of Body, SymP and Vector 1. Create a new plane named Starter. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method X 4. Click Apply. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 108 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. Value YZ Plane -0.1 [m]
Moving Objects 5. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up). The plane appears just upstream of the blunt body. 6. Turn off the visibility of the plane. This hides the plane from view, although the plane still exists. 7. 8. Click Streamline and click OK to accept the default name.
Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Type Denition > Surfaces Denition > Start From Denition > Locations Denition > Max Points Denition > Direction Value Surface Streamline Body Locations Starter 100 Forward
9.
Click Apply.
The surface streamlines appear on half of the surface of the blunt body. They start near the upstream end because the starting points were formed by projecting nodes from the plane to the blunt body.
Moving Objects
In CFD-Post, you can reposition some locator objects directly in the viewer by using the mouse. 1. 2. 3. Turn on the visibility of the plane named Starter. Select the Single Select mouse pointer from the Selection Tools toolbar.
In the viewer, click the Starter plane to select it, then use the left mouse button to drag it along the X axis. Notice that the streamlines are redrawn as the plane moves.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 109
Surface Plot of y+
A surface plot is one which colors a surface according to the values of a variable: in this case, y . A surface plot of y can be obtained as follows: 1. 2. Turn off the visibility of all previous plots. Under the Outline tab, apply the following settings to BluntBodyDefault: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable View
a
Click the ellipsis icon to the right of the Variable dropdown menu to view a full list of variables, including Yplus.
3. 4.
Click Apply. Under the Outline tab, apply the following settings to Body: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable View
a
Click the ellipsis icon to the right of the Variable dropdown menu to view a full list of variables, including Yplus.
5.
Click Apply.
Note
The CFD-Post engine can respond to CCL commands issued directly, or to commands issued using the graphical user interface. The Command Editor dialog box can be used to enter any valid CCL command directly. 1. 2. 3. 4. Play the session le named BluntBodyDist.cse. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -X. Select Tools > Command Editor from the menu bar. Type the following line into the Command Editor dialog box (the quotation marks and the semi-colon are required): !BluntBodyDist("Velocity u"); 5. Click Process.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 110 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Mesh Partitions (Parallel Only) The minimum, maximum and average values of the variable at each X location are written to the le BluntBody.txt. The results can be viewed by opening the le in a text editor. You can also run the macro with a different variable. To view the content of the session le (which contains explanatory comments), open the session le in a text editor. It contains all of the CCL and power syntax commands and will provide a better understanding of how the macro works.
The two Isosurfaces show the edges of the two partitions. The gap between the two plots shows the overlap nodes. These were contained in both partitions 1 and 2. When you have nished looking at the results, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 111
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using CFX-4 Mesh Import. Setting up a time dependent (transient) simulation. Modeling buoyant ow. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Buoyant Flow Boundary Conditions Symmetry Plane Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Wall: Fixed Temperature Output Control Timestep Transient Results File CFD-Post Plots Chart Report Other Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 113 Time Step Selection Default Locators Transient Example Details General Mode Transient General Fluid Single Domain Laminar Thermal Energy
Component CFX-Pre
The overall approach for solving this problem is to set up a transient simulation to see how the ow develops starting from stationary conditions. Since you are starting from stationary conditions, there is no need to solve a steady-state simulation for use as the initial guess. You will then model the buoyant ow and create a report outlining the results in CFD-Post. You will also create an animation to see changes in temperature with time. The provided mesh was created in CFX-4.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 114 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
4.
Click Open.
Analysis Type
The default units and coordinate frame settings are suitable for this tutorial, but the analysis type needs to be set to transient. You will notice physics validation messages as the case is set to Transient. These errors will be xed later in the tutorial. 1. 2. Click Analysis Type .
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Analysis Type > Option Value Transient
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total 2 [s]a Time Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 115
Creating the Domain Tab Setting Analysis Type > Time Steps > Timesteps Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time
a
The total time is the total duration, in real time, for the simulation. For this tutorial, the total time will be set to 2 seconds since it is the time period we are interested in. b In this example the simulation moves forward in 0.025 s increments until the total time is reached. The step size was determined as a function of the temperature difference
( Tmax Tmin ) between the top and bottom of the cavity, and the length scale of the model L scale / ( g ( Tmax Tmin ) ) , where g is the gravity vector and is the thermal expansivity.
For details on computing a uid time scale estimate, see the theory guide.
You will model the cavity as if it were tilted at an angle of 30. You can do this by specifying horizontal and vertical components of the gravity vector, which are aligned with the default coordinate axes, as shown in the diagram above.
Apply the following settings to Buoyancy2D Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Value Primitive 3D Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
116
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity X Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Y Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Z Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Temp. Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option
a
Value Fluid 1 Air at 25 C 1 [atm] Buoyant -4.9 [m s^-2] -8.5 [m s^-2] 0.0 [m s^-2]a 40 [C]b Thermal Energy None (Laminar)
This produces a gravity vector that simulates the tilt of the cavity. Ensure that the unit setting is correct. This is just an approximate representative domain temperature.
3. 4. 5.
Click OK. Create a new boundary named cold. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Value Wall WALLCOLD Temperature 5 [C]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 117
3.
Click OK. The default adiabatic wall boundary will be applied automatically to the remaining boundaries.
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components Automatic with > Option Value Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0 [m s^-1] >U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0 [m s^-1] >V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0 [m s^-1] >W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure 0 [Pa] Initial Conditions > Temperature > Temperature 5 [C]
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 118 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Solver Control 4. Apply the following settings to Transient Results 1: Setting Option Output Variables Lista Output Frequency > Option Output Frequency > Time Interval
a
Value Selected Variables Pressure, Temperature, Velocity Time Interval 0.1 [s]b
Click the ellipsis icon to select items if they do not appear in the drop-down list. Use the Ctrl key to select multiple items. The Time Interval option species the simulation time interval between the writing of each le. The time interval will be set to 0.1 s, which is 4 times the time step that was set up earlier. There is no need to set a smaller time interval because it does not affect the solution accuracy. Choosing a smaller time interval would simply result in more output les.
b
5.
Click OK.
The maximum coefcient loops option determines the maximum number of iterations per time step. It is recommended to set the maximum coefcient loops to between 3 and 5. For this tutorial, it was chosen to be 5, which ensures no net imbalance. b An RMS value of at least 1.E-5 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default value of 1.E-4 is sufcient for demonstration purposes.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 119
Note
Recall that the output displayed on the Out File tab of the CFX-Solver Manager is more complicated for transient problems than for steady-state problems. Each timestep consists of several iterations, and after the timestep, information about various quantities is printed. 1. 2. 3. 4. Click Start Run. Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Simple Report
First, you will view a report that is created with little effort: 1. 2. Click the Report Viewer tab. Note that the report loads with some automatically-generated statistical information. In the Outline tree view, under Report, experiment with the various settings for Mesh Report, Physics Report and other report objects. These settings control the report contents. On the Report Viewer tab, you can click Refresh to see the changes to your report.
The contour plot shows the temperature at the end of the simulation, since CFD-Post loads values for the last timestep by default. You can load different timesteps using the Timestep Selector dialog box, accessible by selecting Tools > Timestep Selector from the main menu.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 120 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Plots for Customized Reports Before proceeding, turn off the visibility of the contour plot.
Point Locators
Two points will be created to generate a time chart of temperature vs. time later on in this tutorial. The two points were chosen to be located half way in between the bottom and top cavity, close to where the average temperature is going to be. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. From the main menu, select Insert > Location > Point. Accept the default name by clicking OK. Set Method to XYZ. Set Point coordinates to 0.098, 0.05, 0.00125. Click Apply. Note the location of Point 1 in the viewer. 6. 7. 8. 9. Right-click the Point 1 object in the tree view and select Duplicate from the shortcut menu. Accept the default name by clicking OK. Right-click the Point 2 object in the tree view and select Edit from the shortcut menu. Change the x-coordinate to 0.052. Note the location of Point 2 in the viewer.
Comment
1. 2. Click Create comment . Accept the default name by clicking OK. A comment object appears in the tree view, under the Report object. 3. 4. Set Heading to Buoyant Flow in a Partitioned Cavity. In the large text box, type: This is a sample paragraph.
Figure
Figures are CCL objects that can be used to store and switch between different views in a given viewport. By selecting a gure, the information contained in the gure, such as the camera angle, zoom level, lighting and the visibility setting of each object in the tree view, is applied to the active viewport and is usable in reports. 1. 2. 3. Click the 3D Viewer tab. Select Insert > Figure from the main menu. Accept the default name by clicking OK. The Make copies of objects check box determines whether or not the objects that are visible in the viewer are copied. If objects are copied, then the copies are used in the gure instead of the originals. Since you are not using multiple views or gures, the check box setting does not matter. A gure object will appear under the Report branch in the tree view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 121
Plots for Customized Reports 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Set Title to Temperature versus Time. Click the Data Series tab. Right-click in the Data Series list box and select New, or click New Set Name to Temperature at Point 1. Set Location to Point 1. Click the X Axis tab. .
10. Set Data Selection > Expression to Time. 11. Click the Y Axis tab. 12. Set Data Selection > Variable to Temperature. 13. Ensure that the Refresh chart on Apply check box (at the bottom of the details view) is selected. This causes the chart to be regenerated in the Chart Viewer tab each time you apply changes in the details view. (When the Refresh chart on Apply check box is cleared, the chart will be regenerated only when you manually refresh it. One way to refresh the chart is to click the Refresh button at the top of the Chart Viewer tab.) 14. Click Apply. A chart object will appear under the Report branch in the tree view. It may take some time for the chart to appear because every transient results le will be loaded in order to generate the time chart. 15. Click New (on the Data Series tab).
16. Set Name to Temperature at Point 2. 17. Set Location to Point 2. 18. Click Apply. A second chart line will appear in the chart, representing the temperature at Point 2.
The table shows temperatures at the end of the simulation, since CFD-Post loads values for the last timestep by default. You can load different timesteps using the Timestep Selector dialog box, accessible by selecting Tools > Timestep Selector.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 122 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Customized Report
Customized Report
Right-click the Report object and select Refresh Preview from the shortcut menu. Look at the report in the Report Viewer tab. Note that, in addition to the automatically-generated objects that you saw earlier when creating a simple report, this report also includes the customized gure, time chart and table described above.
Animations
You may want to create an animation of the buoyant ow over time. Use the animation feature to see the changing temperature eld. The animation feature was used in Flow from a Circular Vent (p. 79).
Completion
When you have nished, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 123
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will set up a 2D problem in which you: Import a mesh. Set up appropriate boundary conditions for a free surface simulation. (Free surface simulations are more sensitive to incorrect boundary and initial guess settings than other more basic models.) Use mesh adaption to rene the mesh where the volume fraction gradient is greatest. (The rened mesh aids in the development of a sharp interface between the liquid and gas.) Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Buoyant Flow Multiphase Boundary Conditions Homogeneous Model Inlet Opening Outlet Symmetry Plane Wall: No Slip CEL (CFX Expression Language) Mesh Adaption Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Default Locators Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Isothermal
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 125
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Isosurface Polyline Sampling Plane Vector Volume Other Chart Creation Title/Text Viewing the Mesh
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. Bump2D.pre Bump2DExpressions.ccl Bump2Dpatran.out
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Importing the Mesh If you want to set up the simulation manually, proceed to the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. In CFX-Pre, select File > New Case. Select General and click OK. Select File > Save Case As. Under File name, type Bump2D. Click Save.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 127
Creating the Domain An initial pressure eld for the domain with a similar pressure distribution to that of the outlet boundary. Creating Expressions in CEL (p. 128) Reading Expressions From a File (p. 128)
Either create expressions using the Expressions workspace or read in expressions from the example le provided:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 128 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries 1. Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain is turned on. A domain named Default Domain should appear under the Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 branch. Double-click Default Domain. Under Fluid and Particle Denitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new uid named Air. Conrm that the following settings are congured: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Material Value Air Air at 25 C
2. 3. 4.
5. 6.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Water > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity X Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Y Dirn.b Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Z Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Densityc Fluid Models Multiphase > Homogeneous Modeld Multiphase > Free Surface Model > Option Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Option
a
Value Water Watera 1 [atm] Buoyant 0 [m s^-2] -g 0 [m s^-2] DenRef (Selected) Standard Isothermal 25 [C] k-Epsilon
The models selected here describe how the uids interact. No mass transfer between the phases occurs in this example. You do not need to model surface tension.
b c
Always set Buoyancy Reference Density to the density of the least dense uid in free surface calculations. The homogeneous model solves for a single solution eld.
7.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 129
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Value Inlet INFLOW Normal Speed 0.26 [m s^-1] Intensity and Length Scale 0.05 UpH
Basic Settings Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Len. Scale
a
Fluid Values Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Air > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Water > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction
a
3.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named outflow. Apply the following settings: Tab Setting Value Outlet OUTFLOW Subsonic Static Pressure DownPres
Basic Settings Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Flow Regime > Option Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK.
Symmetry Boundaries
1. 2. Create a new boundary named front. Apply the following settings: Tab Setting Value Symmetrya
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 130 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Value FRONT
Symmetry, which makes a 3D problem into a 2D problem, can be used when geometry and mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
3. 4. 5.
Click OK. Create a new boundary named back. Apply the following settings: Tab Setting Value Symmetry BACK
Basic Settings Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Wall Roughness > Option
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 131
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components Automatic with Value > Option Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0.26 [m s^-1] >U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0 [m s^-1] >V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components 0 [m s^-1] >W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Option Automatic with Value
Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure UpPres Fluid Settings Fluid Specic Initialization Air
Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions UpVFAir > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Fluid Specic Initialization Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction 3. Click OK. Water Automatic with Value UpVFWater
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Activate Adaption Save Intermediate Files Adaption Criteria > Variables List Value (Selected) (Cleared) Air.Volume Fraction
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 132 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting the Solver Controls Tab Setting Adaption Criteria > Max. Num. Steps Adaption Criteria > Option Adaption Criteria > Node Factor Value 2 Multiple of Initial Mesh 4
Adaption Convergence Criteria > Max. Iter. 100 per Step Advanced Options Node Alloc. Param. Number of Levels 1.6 2
Note
You can nd descriptions of the mesh adaption process and of the parameters you are setting in Mesh Adaption (p. 173) in the ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide. The values used here were determined through experimentation. 3. Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Convergence Control > Max. Iterations Value 200
Convergence Control >Fluid Timescale Control Physical Timescale > Timescale Control Convergence Control >Fluid Timescale Control 0.25 [s] a > Physical Timescale Advanced Options Multiphase Control Multiphase Control > Volume Fraction Coupling Multiphase Control > Volume Fraction Coupling > Option
a
This value is based on the time it takes the water to ow over the bump.
Note
Selecting these options on the solver control activates the Coupled Volume Fraction solution algorithm. This algorithm typically converges better than the Segregated Volume Faction algorithm for buoyancy-driven problems such as this tutorial. The Segregated Volume Faction algorithm would have required a 0.05 second timescale, as compared with 0.25 seconds for the Coupled Volume Fraction algorithm.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 133
It is common for convergence in a residual sense to be difcult to obtain in a free surface simulation, due to the presence of small waves at the surface preventing the residuals from dropping to the target level. This is more frequently a problem in the subcritical ow regime, as the waves can travel upstream. In the supercritical regime, the waves tend to get carried downstream and out the domain. To satisfy convergence in these cases, monitor the value of a global quantity (for example, drag for ow around a ship's hull) to see when a steady state value is reached. Where there is no obvious global quantity to monitor, you should view the results to see where the solution is changing. You can do this by running transient (with timesteps that are small enough to capture transient effects) for a few timesteps, starting from a results le that you think is converged or from backup results les you have written at different timesteps. In both cases, look to see where the results are changing (this could be due to the presence of small transient waves). Also conrm that the value of quantities that you are interested in (for example, downstream uid height for this case) has reached a steady-state value. 1. 2. When a dialog box appears at the end of the run, select Post-Process Results. If using Standalone Mode, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 134 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Value XY Plane Rectangular 1.25 [m]a 0.3 [m] 0 [degree] Sample 160b 40 (Cleared) (Selected)
The Plane Bounds settings overlap the plane with the wireframe. You can experiment with other values and click Apply to see the results. The Plane Samples settings produce square elements. You can experiment with other values and click Apply to see the results.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click Apply. Clear the check box next to Plane 1. Create a new vector named Vector 1. Apply the following settings:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 135
Viewing Mesh Renement Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Locations Denition > Variable
a
Symbol
Symbol Size
0.5
a Because uids in a free-surface calculation share the same velocity eld, only the velocity of the rst non-vapor uid is available. The other allowed velocities are supercial velocities. For details, see Further Postprocessing (p. 140).
7. 8.
Click Apply. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Symbol Setting Denition > Variable Symbol Size Normalize Symbols Value Air.Supercial Velocity 0.15 (Selected)
9.
Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 136 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
6. 7.
Create a new volume named first refinement elements. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Variable Value Isovolume Renement Level
a
Denition > Mode Denition > Value Render Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Line Width Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Show Mesh Lines > Line Color
a
8.
Click Apply. You will see a band of green, which indicates the elements that include nodes added during the rst mesh adaption.
9.
10. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Value Isovolume
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 137
Creating an Isosurface to Show the Free Surface Tab Setting Denition > Variable Denition >Mode Denition > Value Color Render Color Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Line Width Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Show Mesh Lines > Line Color 11. Click Apply. You will see a band of white (with black lines); this indicates the elements that include nodes added during the second mesh adaption. 12. Zoom in to a region where the mesh has been rened. The Renement Level variable holds an integer value at each node, which is either 0, 1, or 2 (because you used a maximum of two adaption levels). The nodal values of renement level will be visualized next. 13. Create a new vector named Vector 2. 14. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Locations Denition > Variable
a
Value Renement Level At Value 2 White (Selected) (Selected) 4 User Specied (Black)
Color
Mode Variable
Symbol
The variable's magnitude and direction do not matter because you will change the vector symbol to a cube with a normalized size.
15. Click Apply. In Vector 2, Blue nodes (Renement Level 0 according to the color legend) are part of the original mesh. Green nodes (Renement Level 1) were added during the rst adaption step. Red nodes (Renement Level 2) were added during the second adaption step. Note that some elements contain combinations of blue, green, and red nodes.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 138 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating a Polyline that Follows the Free Surface intersection between one of the symmetry planes and an isosurface that follows the free surface. Start by creating an isosurface on the free surface: 1. 2. 3. Turn off the visibility for all objects except Wireframe. Create a new isosurface named Isosurface 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Variable Denition > Value 4. Click Apply. Creating isosurfaces using this method is a good way to visualize a free surface in a 3D simulation. 5. Right-click any blank area in the viewer, select Predened Camera, then select Isometric View (Y up). Value Water.Volume Fraction 0.5
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 139
As discussed in Creating Expressions for Initial and Boundary Conditions (p. 127), an approximate outlet elevation is imposed as part of the boundary, even though the ow is supercritical. The chart illustrates the effect of this, in that the water level rises just before the exit plane. It is evident from this plot that imposing the elevation does not affect the upstream ow. The chart shows a wiggle in the elevation of the free surface interface at the inlet. This is related to an over-specication of conditions at the inlet because both the inlet velocity and elevation were specied. For a subcritical inlet, only the velocity or the total energy should be specied. The wiggle is due to a small inconsistency between the specied elevation and the elevation computed by the solver to obtain critical conditions at the bump. The wiggle is analogous to one found if pressure and velocity were both specied at a subsonic inlet in a converging-diverging nozzle with choked ow at the throat.
Further Postprocessing
You may want to create some plots using the <Fluid>.Superficial Velocity variables. This is the uid volume fraction multiplied by the uid velocity and is sometimes called the volume ux. It is useful to use this variable for vector plots in separated multiphase ow, as you will only see a vector where a signicant amount of that phase exists.
Tip
You can right-click on an existing vector plot and select a new vector variable.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 140 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Setting up a supersonic ow simulation. Using the Shear Stress Transport turbulence model to accurately resolve ow around a wing surface. Dening a custom vector to display pressure distribution. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State Air Ideal Gas Single Domain Shear Stress Transport Total Energy Inlet (Supersonic) Outlet (Supersonic) Symmetry Plane Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Wall: Free-Slip Domain Interfaces Timestep CFD-Post Plots Other Fluid-Fluid (No Frame Change) Maximum Timescale Contour Vector Variable Details View
Component CFX-Pre
Approach to the Problem The environment is 300 K air at 1 atmosphere that passes the wing at 600 m/s. The turbulence intensity is low (.01) with an eddy length scale of .02 meters.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. WingSPSMesh.out WingSPS.pre
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Importing the Mesh 2. 3. 4. 5. Select General and click OK. Select File > Save Case As. Under File name, type WingSPS. Click Save.
When using an ideal gas, it is important to set an appropriate reference pressure because some properties depend on the absolute pressure level. b The Total Energy model is appropriate for high-speed ows because it includes kinetic energy effects.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 143
Creating the Boundaries Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Flow Regime > Option Mass And Momentum > Option Mass And Momentum > U Mass And Momentum > V Mass And Momentum > W Mass And Momentum > Rel. Static Pres. Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Len. Scale Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 3. Click OK. Value Inlet INLET Supersonic Cart. Vel. & Pressure 600 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [Pa] Intensity and Length Scale 0.01 0.02 [m] 300 [K]
Symmetry, which can make a 3D problem into a 2D problem, can be used when geometry and mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
3. 4. 5.
Click OK. Create a new boundary named SymP2. Apply the following settings
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 144 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating Domain Interfaces Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 6. 7. 8. Click OK. Create a new boundary named Bottom. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 9. Click OK. Value Symmetry BOTTOM Value Symmetry SIDE2
If particular items do not appear in the drop-down list, click the ellipsis
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 145
Setting Initial Values Tab Basic Settings Setting Interface Type Interface Side 1 > Region List Value Fluid Fluid Primitive 2D A
a
If particular items do not appear in the drop-down list, click the ellipsis
3.
Click OK.
Global Settings Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Temperature > Option Initial Conditions > Temperature > Temperature 3. Click OK.
Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Maximum Timescale Value (Selected)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 146 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Tab Setting Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Maximum Timescale > Maximum Timescale Convergence Criteria > Residual Target 3. Click OK. Value 0.1 [s]
1.0e-05
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 147
Displaying Pressure Information Tab Setting Variable Range Min Max # of Contours 5. 6. Click Apply. Clear the check box next to SymP2Mach. Value Mach Number User Specied 1 2 21
Displaying Pressure With User Vectors 2. Apply the following settings Name Variable 1 Setting Vector X Expression Y Expression Z Expression 3. 4. 5. Click Apply. Create a new vector named Vector 1. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Locations Variable Symbol 6. 7. Click Apply. Zoom in on the wing in order to see the created vector plot. Symbol Size Value WingSurface Variable 1 0.04 Value (Selected) (Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal X (Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal Y (Pressure+101325[Pa])*Normal Z
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 149
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using a rough wall boundary in CFX-Pre to simulate the pipe wall Creating a fully developed inlet velocity prole using the CFX Expression Language Setting up a Particle Tracking simulation in CFX-Pre to trace sand particles Animating particle tracks in CFD-Post to trace sand particles through the domain Performing quantitative calculation of average static pressure in CFD-Post on the outlet boundary. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Particle Tracking Boundary Conditions Inlet (Prole) Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Symmetry Plane Wall: No-Slip Wall: Rough CEL (CFX Expression Language) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Auto Time Scale Animation Default Locators Particle Track Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 151 Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon None
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Point Slice Plane Other Changing the Color Range Movie Generation Particle Track Animation Quantitative Calculation Symmetry, Reection Plane
Flows can contain particulates that affect the ow and cause erosion to pipe and valve components. You can use the particle-tracking capability of CFX to simulate these effects. In this example, water ows at 5 m/s through a 20 mm radius pipe that has a rough internal surface. The velocity prole is assumed to be fully developed at the pipe inlet. The ow, which is controlled by a buttery valve set at an angle of 55 to the vertical axis, contains sand particles ranging in size from 50 to 500 microns. The equivalent sand grain roughness is 0.2 mm. The reference temperature is 300 K; the reference pressure is 1 atm.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 152 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Before You Begin second set will be one-way coupled but will contain a much higher number of particles to provide a more accurate calculation of the particle volume fraction and local forces on walls, but without affecting the ow eld.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. PipeValveMesh.gtm PipeValve.pre
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 153
Creating the Domain To calculate the effect of the particles on the continuous uid, between 100 and 1000 particles are usually required. However, if accurate information about the particle volume fraction or local forces on wall boundaries is required, then a much larger number of particles needs to be modeled. When you create the domain, choose either full coupling or one-way coupling between the particle and continuous phase. Full coupling is needed to predict the effect of the particles on the continuous phase ow eld but has a higher CPU cost than one-way coupling; one-way coupling simply predicts the particle paths during post-processing based on the ow eld, but without affecting the ow eld. To optimize CPU usage, you can create two sets of identical particles. The rst set should be fully coupled and around 200 particles will be used. This allows the particles to inuence the ow eld. The second set uses one-way coupling but contains 5000 particles. This provides a more accurate calculation of the particle volume fraction and local forces on walls. (These values are dened in the inlet boundary denition.) For this tutorial you will create a Sand Fully Coupled boundary condition that has 200 particles moving with a mass ow rate of 0.01 kg/s and a Sand One Way Coupled boundary condition that has 5000 particles moving with a mass ow rate of 0.01 kg/s. In both cases the sand density is 2300 [kg m^-3]; particle diameters range from 50 e-6 m. to 500 e-6 m. with an average diameter of 250 e-6 m. and a standard deviation of 70 e-6 m. You will set a Finnie erosion model with a velocity power factor of 2 and a reference velocity of 1 m/s. 1. 2. Click Insert Material then create a new material named Sand Fully Coupled.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Material Group Thermodynamic State Material Properties Value Particle Solids (Selected)
Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State 2300 [kg m^-3]a > Density Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Specic Heat Capacity (Selected) 0 [J kg^-1 K^-1]
b
Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State (Selected) Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State Specied Point > Option Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State 300 [K]c > Ref. Temperature
a
From the problem description. This value is not used because heat transfer is not modeled in this tutorial. c From the problem description.
b
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click OK. Under Materials, right-click Sand Fully Coupled and select Duplicate from the shortcut menu. Rename the duplicate as Sand One Way Coupled. Sand One Way Coupled is created with properties identical to Sand Fully Coupled.
Creating the Domain 2. 3. 4. Double-click Default Domain. Under Fluid and Particle Denitions, delete Fluid 1 and click Add new item materials named Water, Sand Fully Coupled, and Sand One Way Coupled. Apply the following settings, which are taken from the problem description: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Water > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions Value Water Water Sand Fully Coupled to create three new
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled Sand Fully Coupled a > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled Particle Transport Solid > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled (Selected) > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled Normal in Diameter by > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Mass Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled 50e-6 [m] > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Minimum Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled 500e-6 [m] > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Maximum Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled 250e-6 [m] > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Mean Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand Fully Coupled 70e-6 [m] > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Std. Deviation Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Minimum Diameter Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 155 Sand One Way Coupled Sand One Way Coupled b Particle Transport Solid (Selected)
Creating the Domain Tab Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Maximum Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Mean Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions > Sand One Way Coupled > Morphology > Particle Diameter Distribution > Std. Deviation Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option Fluid Specic Models Fluid Fluid > Sand Fully Coupled > Erosion Model > Option Value 500e-6 [m]
250e-6 [m]
70e-6 [m]
Fluid > Sand Fully Coupled > Erosion Model > Vel. 2.0 Power Factor Fluid > Sand Fully Coupled > Erosion Model > Reference Velocity Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled 1 [m s^-1] (Selected)
Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model Finnie > Option Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model 2.0 > Vel. Power Factor Fluid > Sand One Way Coupled > Erosion Model 1 [m s^-1] > Reference Velocity
icon to open the Materials dialog box, then select Particle Solids > Sand Fully Coupled. icon to open the Materials dialog box, then select Particle Solids > Sand One Way Coupled.
b c
The turbulence model applies only to the continuous phase and not the particle phases.
5.
Apply the following settings: Tab Setting Value Water | Sand Fully Coupled
Fluid Pairs > Water | Sand Fully Coupled > Particle Fully Coupled Coupling Fluid Pairs >Water | Sand Fully Coupled > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Option Fluid Pair Schiller Naumanna Water | Sand One Way Coupled Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 156 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Inlet Velocity Prole Tab Setting Fluid Pairs > Water | Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Coupling Fluid Pairs > Water | Sand One Way Coupled > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Option
a
The Schiller Naumann drag model is appropriate for sparsely-distributed, solid spherical particles.
6.
Click OK.
U = Wmax
r 7 1 R max
(Eq. 11.1)
where Wmax is the pipe centerline velocity, R max is the pipe radius, and r is the distance from the pipe centerline. You can create a non-uniform (prole) boundary condition by doing one of the following: Creating an expression using CEL that describes the inlet prole. Using a CEL expression is the easiest way to create the prole. Creating a User CEL Function that uses a user subroutine (linked to the CFX-Solver during execution) to describe the inlet prole. The User CEL Function method is more complex, but is provided here as an example of how to use this feature. Loading a BC prole le (a le that contains boundary condition prole data). Proles created from data les are not used in this tutorial, but are used in the tutorial Flow in a Process Injection Mixing Pipe (p. 67).
Note
For complex proles, it may be necessary to use a User CEL Function or a BC prole le. Use a CEL expression to dene the velocity prole for the inlet boundary: 1. Click Insert Expression the problem overview: Name Rmax Wmax Wprof and create the following expressions using Equation 11.1 (p. 157) and values from
In the denition of Wprof, the variable r (radius) is a CFX System Variable dened as:
r = x 2+y 2
(Eq. 11.2)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 157
Creating the Boundary Conditions In this equation, x and y are dened as directions 1 and 2 (X and Y for Cartesian coordinate frames) respectively, in the selected reference coordinate frame. 2. Continue with the tutorial at Creating the Boundary Conditions (p. 158).
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle (Selected) Behavior > Dene Particle Behavior Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Mass Cart. Vel. Componentsc and Momentum > Option Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Mass 0 [m s^-1] And Momentum > U Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Mass 0 [m s^-1] And Momentum > V Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Mass Wprofd And Momentum > W Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle Uniform Injection Position > Option Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle Direct Specication Position > Number of Positions > Option Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle 200 Position > Number of Positions > Number Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Particle 0.01 [kg s^-1] Mass Flow > Mass Flow Rate Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Behavior > Dene Particle Behavior Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Mass and Momentum > Option Sand One Way Coupled (Selected) Cart. Vel. Componentse
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 158 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Mass And Momentum > U Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Mass And Momentum > V Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Mass And Momentum > W Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Position > Option Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Position > Number of Positions > Option Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Position > Number of Positions > Number Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way Coupled > Particle Position > Particle Mass Flow Rate > Mass Flow Rate
a
Value 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] Wproff Uniform Injection Direct Specication 5000 0.01 [kg s^-1]
to enter Wprof.
Do not select Particle Diameter Distribution. The diameter distribution was dened when creating the domain; this option would override those settings for this boundary only. c Instead of manually specifying the same velocity prole as the uid, you can also select the Zero Slip Velocity option. d As you did on the Boundary Details tab. e Instead of manually specifying the same velocity prole as the uid, you can also select the Zero Slip Velocity option. f As you did on the Boundary Details tab.
3.
Click OK.
One-way coupled particles are tracked as a function of the uid ow eld. The latter is not inuenced by the one-way coupled particles. The uid ow will therefore be inuenced by the 0.01 [kg s^-1] ow of two-way coupled particles, but not by the 0.01 [kg s^-1] ow of one-way coupled particles.
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named outlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Flow Regime > Option Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. Value Outlet outlet Subsonic Average Static Pressure 0 [Pa]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 159
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location
a
Symmetry can be used when geometry and mesh are invariant normal to the symmetry surface.
3.
Click OK.
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > Restitution Coefcient Option Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > 0.8b Perpendicular Coeff. Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled > Velocity > 1 Parallel Coeff.
a From the problem description. Make sure that you change the units to millimeters. The thickness of the rst element should be of the same order as the roughness height. b This value would typically come from experimental or reference data.
3. 4.
Apply the same setting values for Sand One Way Coupled as for Sand Fully Coupled. Click OK.
Boundary Conditions > Sand Fully Coupled 0.9a > Velocity > Perpendicular Coeff. Boundary Conditions Sand One Way Coupled
Boundary Conditions > Sand One Way 0.9 Coupled > Velocity > Perpendicular Coeff.
a This value would typically come from experimental or reference data. For this tutorial, the pipe wall and buttery valve are considered to be made of different materials, so their perpendicular coefcients are different.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 160 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Particle Integration > Max. Particle Intg. Time Step (Selected) Particle Integration > Max. Particle Intg. Time Step 1e+10 [s] > Value Particle Termination Control (Selected)
Particle Termination Control > Maximum Tracking (Selected) Time Particle Termination Control > Maximum Tracking 10 [s] Time > Value Particle Termination Control > Maximum Tracking (Selected) Distance Particle Termination Control > Maximum Tracking 10 [m] Distance > Value Particle Termination Control > Max. Num. Integration Steps (Selected)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 161
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Tab Setting Particle Termination Control > Max. Num. Integration Steps > Value
a
Value 10000a
This value controls the number of mesh elements a particle is allowed to cross and therefore must take into account the size and density of the mesh.
Note
The numeric values in the preceding table are all designed to put a high upper limit on the amount of processing that will be done. For example, the tracking time of 10 seconds would allow a particle to get caught in an eddy for a reasonable amount of time. 3. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 162 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Displaying Erosion on the Pipe Wall Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range Min Max
a
Value Variable Sand One Way Coupled.Erosion Rate Densitya User Specied 0 [kg m^-2 s^-1] 25 [kg m^-2 s^-1]b
This is statistically better than Sand Fully Coupled.Erosion Rate Density because many more particles were calculated for Sand One Way Coupled. b This range is used to gain a better resolution of the wall shear stress values around the edge of the valve surfaces.
3.
Click Apply. As can be seen, the highest values occur on the edges of the valve where most particles strike. Erosion of the low Z side of the valve would occur more quickly than for the high Z side.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 163
Value 20a
3. 4.
Click Apply. Right-click on a blank area anywhere in the viewer, select Predened Camera from the shortcut menu and select View Towards +X to view the particle track.
Note
Alternatively, you can apply Reect/Mirror, by double-clicking Default Domain to open up the Details panel. In the Instancing tab enable Apply Reection and select Method to YZ Plane. Click Apply. 3. 4. 5. Select Tools > Animation or click Animation Select Quick Animation. Select Res PT for Sand Fully Coupled: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 164 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. .
Determining Minimum, Maximum, and Average Pressure Values 6. Click Options to display the Animation Options dialog box, then clear Override Symbol Settings to ensure the symbol type and size are kept at their specied settings for the animation playback. Click OK.
Note
The arrow pointing downward in the bottom right corner of the Animation Window will reveal the Options button if it is not immediately visible. 7. 8. 9. Select Loop. Clear Repeat forever Select Save Movie. and ensure Repeat is set to 1.
10. Set Format to MPEG1. 11. Click Browse and enter tracks.mpg as the le name. .
13. If prompted to overwrite an existing movie, click Overwrite. The animation plays and builds an .mpg le. 14. Close the Animation dialog box.
Note
You should use Conservative variable values when performing calculations and Hybrid values for visualization purposes. Conservative values are set by default in CFD-Post but you can manually change the setting for each variable in the Variables Workspace, or the settings for all variables by using the Function Calculator. For details, see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 161) in the ANSYS CFX Reference Guide. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set Function to maxVal. Set Location to outlet. Set Variable to Pressure. Click Calculate. The result is the maximum value of pressure at the outlet. 6. 7. Perform the calculation again using minVal to obtain the minimum pressure at the outlet. Select areaAve, and then click Calculate. This calculates the area weighted average of pressure. The average pressure is approximately zero, as specied by the boundary.
Other Features
The geometry was created using a symmetry plane. In addition to the Reect/Mirror option from the shortcut menu, you also can display the other half of the geometry by creating a YZ Plane at X = 0 and then editing the Default Transform object to use this plane as a reection plane. When you have nished viewing the results, quit CFD-Post. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 165
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using multiple meshes in CFX-Pre. Joining meshes together using static uid-uid domain interfaces between the inlet/outlet anges and the central catalyst body. Applying a source of resistance using a directional loss model. Creating a chart to show pressure drop versus Z coordinate in CFD-Post. Exporting data from a line locator to a le. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Domain Type Fluid Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State Multiple Domain (Fluid, Porous) Ideal Gas k-Epsilon Isothermal Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Domain Interfaces Fluid-Fluid (No Frame Change) Fluid-Porous Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Contour Default Locators Outline Plot (Wireframe) Polyline Slice Plane Vector Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 167
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Other Details Chart Creation Data Export Title/Text Viewing the Mesh
In this tutorial, you will model a catalytic converter in order to determine the pressure drop through it when air enters the inlet at 25 m/s, and exits the outlet at a static pressure of 1 atm. For simplicity, you will not model chemical reactions. Assume that the catalytic converter contains isothermal air at a temperature of 600 K. You are provided with a mesh for the passageways inside a pipe-and-ange structure. You will use this mesh, and a copy of it, to model the pipe and ange portions of the ow eld, at both ends of the catalytic converter. For the housing, you are provided with a hexahedral mesh that was created in ICEM-Hexa. This mesh lls the entire 3D volume of the housing. To model the presence of the honeycomb structure that exists in the housing, you will model porosity and apply resistance to the ow. The honeycomb structure has a porosity of 70%, which means that 70% of the total volume is available for uid ow, and the other 30% is occupied by the solid material that comprises the honeycomb structure. The honeycomb structure is lined up with the ow, so that the ow cannot travel in the transverse direction. To model resistance to the ow, you will apply a streamwise quadratic resistance coefcient of 650 kg m^-4. To prevent any signicant transverse ow, apply a quadratic resistance coefcient of 6500 kg m^-4 in the transverse direction. These given resistance coefcients are based on the supercial ow velocity, rather than the true ow velocity.
Before You Begin You will create one porous domain for the housing, and one uid domain for both anges. You will model a honeycomb structure inside the housing by specifying a porosity and applying a directional momentum loss model.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. CatConvHousing.hex CatConvMesh.gtm CatConv.pre
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Next you will import the catalyst housing and a generic inlet/outlet section from provided les.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 169
Importing the Meshes Default Domain generation should be turned off because you will create a new domain manually, later in this tutorial. 2. Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears. 3. Apply the following settings: Setting Files of type Mesh Format Options > Mesh Units File name 4. Click Open. Value All Types(*) ICEM CFD cm CatConvHousing.hex
Later in this tutorial, you will create a porous domain for the housing in order to simulate ow through a honeycomb structure.
You now have a pipe and ange on the outlet end of the housing. In the next step, you will create a transformed copy of the pipe and ange for the inlet end.
Creating the Fluid Domain Setting Multiple Copies Multiple Copies > # of Copies
a
Value (Selected) 1
This species an axis located at the center of the housing parallel to the y-axis.
3.
Click OK.
Later in this tutorial, you will create a uid domain for both pipe and ange sections.
For demonstration purposes, you will create a composite region and use it as the location for a single uid domain. Create a single region that includes both pipe-ange regions: 1. 2. 3. 4. Create a new composite region by selecting Insert > Regions > Composite Region. In the Insert Region dialog box, set the name to CatConverter. Click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Dimension (Filter) Region List 5. Click OK. Value 3D B1.P3, B1.P3 2
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material Air Ideal Gas
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 171
Creating the Porous Domain Tab Setting Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature 6. Click OK. Value 1 [atm] Isothermal 600 [K]
= KQ U U i
(Eq. 12.1)
p is the pressure xi
where KQ is the quadratic resistance coefcient, U i is the local velocity in the i direction, and drop gradient in the i direction. 1. 2. 3. 4. Create a new domain by selecting Insert > Domain, or click Domain In the Insert Domain dialog box, set the name to Housing. Click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Location and Type > Domain Type Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Porosity Settings Volume Porosity > Option Volume Porosity > Volume Porosity Loss Model > Option Loss Model > Loss Velocity Type Value LIVEa .
Porous Domain Fluid 1 Air Ideal Gas 1 [atm] Value 0.7 Directional Loss Supercialb
Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > Cartesian Components Option Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > 0 X Component Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > 0 Y Component Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Direction > -1 Z Component
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 172 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Loss > Option Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Loss > Quadratic Resistance Coefcient Value Linear and Quadratic Resistance Coefcients (Selected)
Loss Model > Directional Loss > Streamwise Loss > 650 [kg m^-4]c Quadratic Resistance Coefcient > Quadratic Coefcient Loss Model > Directional Loss > Transverse Loss > Option Streamwise Coefcient Multiplier Loss Model > Directional Loss > Transverse Loss > Multiplier Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature
a
This is the entire housing section as predened in the mesh. Supercial velocity is the velocity at which the ow would travel if the porosity of the domain were 100%. It is less than the true velocity. c From the problem description.
b
5.
Click OK.
The default level of turbulence is suitable for this application. From the problem description.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 173
Creating the Domain Interfaces Tab Setting Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. The remaining outer surfaces are automatically assigned to the default (no slip wall) boundaries: Housing Default and Pipes Default. Value 0 [Pa]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 174 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Global Settings Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Automatic with Value Components > Option Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity 0 [m s^-1] Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity 0 [m s^-1] Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity -2.8 [m s^-1] Components > W 3. Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control Value Physical Timescale
Convergence Control >Fluid Timescale Control 0.04 [s] > Physical Timescale 3. Click OK.
Miscellaneous > porous cs discretization (Selected) option Miscellaneous > porous cs discretization 1 option > Value
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 175
Creating User Locations In the Outline tree view, four interface sides are listed. There are two sides to the interface between the housing and the inlet. Similarly, there are two sides to the corresponding interface on the outlet side. Examine the interface on the inlet side to see the nature of the GGI connection: 1. 2. In the Outline tree view, edit InletSide Side 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Render Setting Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Show Mesh Lines > Line Color 3. 4. 5. Click Apply. In the Outline tree view, edit InletSide Side 2. Apply the following settings: Tab Render Setting Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Show Mesh Lines > Line Color 6. 7. Click Apply. Click Fit View to re-center and re-scale the geometry. Value (Cleared) (Selected) User Specied (Green) Value (Cleared) (Selected) User Specied (Red)
You can now see the tetrahedral/prism and hexahedral mesh on each side of the GGI interface. This interface was used to produce a connection between dissimilar meshes before the solution was calculated. Notice that there are more tetrahedral/prism elements than hexahedral elements and that the extent of the two meshes is not quite the same (this is most noticeable on the curved edges).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 177
Creating Plots Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Y Color Mode Variable 4. Click Apply. Value ZX Plane 0.0 [m] Variable Pressure
Creating a Polyline
Later in this tutorial, you will make a chart that plots data from a polyline. The Method used to create the polyline can be From File, Boundary Intersection, or From Contour. If you select From File, you must specify a le containing point denitions in the required format. In this tutorial, you will use the Boundary Intersection method. This creates a polyline from the intersecting line between a boundary object and a location (for example, between a wall and a plane). The points on the polyline are where the intersecting line cuts through a surface mesh edge. You will be able to see the polyline following the intersecting line between the wall, inlet and outlet boundaries and the slice plane. 1. 2. Create a new polyline named Polyline 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Method Boundary List Intersect With Color Mode Color Render
a
Value Boundary Intersection Housing Default, Pipes Defaulta Plane 1 Constant (Yellow) 3
Line Width
Click the ellipsis icon to select multiple items using the Ctrl key.
3.
Click Apply.
Creating Plots
In this section, you will make plots on the slice plane and polyline locators.
Determined by experiment.
4.
Click Apply. From the contour plot, you can see that the pressure falls steadily through the main body of the catalytic converter.
Notice that the ow separates from the walls, where the inlet pipe expands into the ange, setting up a recirculation zone. The ow is uniform through the catalyst housing.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 179
Exporting Polyline Data 3. Click Apply. Through the main body of the catalytic converter you can see that the pressure drop is linear. This is in the region from approximately Z=0.06 to Z=0.26. The two lines show the pressure on each side of the wall. You can see a noticeable difference in pressure between the two walls on the inlet side of the housing (at around Z=0.26). 4. 5. If required, in the Outline tree view, select Contour 1, Polyline 1, and Vector 1. Click the 3D Viewer tab, then right-click a blank area and select Predened Camera > View Towards +Y. You should now see that the ow enters the housing from the inlet pipe at a slight angle, producing a higher pressure on the high X wall of the housing.
Precision
3.
Click Save. The le export.csv will be written to the current working directory in a comma-separated variable format. This le can be opened in any text editor. You can use the exported data le to plot charts in other software such as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
4.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 180 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using CFX Expression Language (CEL) to dene the properties of a shear-thickening uid. Using the Moving Wall feature to apply a rotation to the uid at a wall boundary. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain Laminar None Symmetry Plane Wall: No-Slip Wall: Moving CEL (CFX Expression Language) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Auto Time Scale Sampling Plane Vector
Component CFX-Pre
Background Theory
A Newtonian uid is a uid for which shear stress is linearly proportional to shear-strain rate, with temperature held constant. For such a uid, the dynamic viscosity is constant and equal to the shear stress divided by the shear-strain rate. A non-Newtonian uid is a uid for which the shear stress in not linearly proportional to the shear-strain rate. For such uids, the apparent viscosity is the ratio of shear stress to shear-strain rate for a given shear-strain rate.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 181
Overview of the Problem to Solve A shear-thickening uid is a type of non-Newtonian uid for which the apparent viscosity increases with increasing shear-strain rate.
This tutorial involves a shear thickening uid that obeys the Ostwald de Waele model between apparent viscosity and shear-strain rate:
= K ( ) n 1
(Eq. 13.1)
where is the apparent viscosity, K is the viscosity consistency, is the shear-strain rate, is a normalizing time constant, and n is the Power Law index. Note that the units for K are not tied to the value of n because the quantity in parentheses is dimensionless.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 182 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The shear-thickening liquid that is used in this tutorial obeys the Ostwald de Waele model with a viscosity consistency of 10.0 kg m-1 s-1, a Power Law index of 1.5, and a time constant of 1 s. This model is assumed to be valid for shear-strain rates ranging from 1.0E-3 s-1 to 100 s-1. The uid has a density of 1.0E4 kg m-3. The viscosity is plotted over this range in Figure 13.2, Apparent Viscosity of a Shear-thickening Fluid (p. 182).
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. NonNewton.pre NonNewtonMesh.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 183
Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity (Selected) Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Value > Option Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity 0 [J kg^-1 K^-1]b > Specic Heat Capacity Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 184 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domain Tab Setting Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State > Option Value (Selected) Specied Point
Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State > Ref. 25 [C] Temperature Thermodynamic Properties > Reference State > Reference Pressure Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity 1 [atm] (Selected)
Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Option Non Newtonian Model
a
This is not the correct value for molar mass, but this property is not used by CFX-Solver in this case. In other cases it might be used. This is not the correct value for specic heat, but this property is not used by CFX-Solver in this case because heat transfer is not modeled.
3.
Apply the following settings under Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Non Newtonian Viscosity Model: Setting Option Viscosity Consistency Min Shear Strain Rate Max Shear Strain Rate Time Constant Power Law Index Value Ostwald de Waele 10.0 [kg m^-1 s^1] 0.001 [s^-1] 100 [s^-1] 1 [s] 1.5
4.
Click OK.
Apply the following settings to NonNewton: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location Fluid and Particle Denitions Value B8 Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material myuid Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 185
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Option 4. Click OK. Value 1 [atm] Isothermal 25 C None (Laminar)
Setting Initial Values Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 3. 4. 5. Click OK. Create a new boundary named SymP2. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 6. Click OK. The outer annulus surfaces will default to the no-slip stationary wall boundary. Value Symmetry SymP2 Value Symmetry SymP1
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Advection Scheme > Option Advection Scheme > Blend Factor Value Specied Blend Factor 1a
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 187
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Tab Setting Convergence Control > Max. Iterations Convergence Criteria > Residual Type Convergence Criteria > Residual Target Value 50 RMS 1e-05
b
This is the most accurate but least robust advection scheme. This target demands a solution with a very high degree of convergence. For more information about recommended convergence targets, see Judging Convergence (p. 337).
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 188 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Method Denition > Point Value Point and Normal 0, 0, 0.015
a
Denition > Normal Plane Bounds > Type Plane Bounds > Radius Plane Type Plane Type > R Samples Plane Type > Theta Samples Render Show Faces Show Mesh Lines Show Mesh Lines > Color Mode Line Color
0, 0, 1 Circular 0.3 [m] Sample 32 24 (Cleared) (Selected) User Specied (Choose green, or some other color, to distinguish the sample plane from the Wireframe object.)
This is the point on the axis of the inner pipe, in the middle of the domain in the Z-direction.
4. 5.
Click Apply. Examine the sample plane. The sample points are located at the line intersections. Note that many of the sample points are outside the domain. Only those points that are in the domain are usable for positioning vectors in a vector plot. Turn off the visibility of Plane 1. Create a new vector plot named Vector 1 on Plane 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Locations Denition > Sampling Value Plane 1 Vertex
a
6. 7. 8.
Velocity (Selected)
c
Symbol
Symbol Size
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 189
a This causes the vectors to be located at the nodes of the sample plane you created previously. Note that the vectors can alternatively be spaced using other options that do not require a sample plane. For details, see Sampling (p. 92). b A reduction factor of 1.0 causes no reduction in the number of vectors so that there will be one vector per sample point. c The hybrid values are modied at the boundaries for post-processing purposes. For details, see Hybrid and Conservative Variable Values (p. 161). d Because CFD-Post normalizes the size of the vectors based on the largest vector, and because of the large variation of velocity in this case, the smallest velocity vectors would normally be too small to see clearly.
9.
Click Apply.
In CFX-Pre, you created a shear-thickening liquid that obeys the Ostwald de Waele model for shear-strain rates ranging from 1.0E-3 s-1 to 100 s-1. The values of dynamic viscosity, which are a function of the shear-strain rate, were calculated as part of the solution. You can post-process the solution using these values, which are stored in the Dynamic Viscosity variable. For example, you can use this variable to color graphics objects. Color Plane 1 using the Dynamic Viscosity variable: 1. 2. 3. Turn on the visibility of Plane 1. Edit Plane 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Render 4. Click Apply Show Faces Value Variable Dynamic Viscosity (Selected)
Try plotting Shear Strain Rate on the same plane. Note that the distribution is somewhat different than that of Dynamic Viscosity, as a consequence of the non-linear relationship (see Figure 13.2, Apparent Viscosity of a Shear-thickening Fluid (p. 182)). When you have nished, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 190 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Using the Turbo Wizard in CFX-Pre to quickly specify a turbomachinery application. Multiple Frames of Reference and Generalized Grid Interface. Using a Frozen Rotor interface between the rotor and stator domains. Modifying an existing simulation. Setting up a transient calculation. Using a Transient Rotor-Stator interface condition to replace a Frozen Rotor interface. Creating a transient animation showing domain movement in CFD-Post. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Details Turbo Wizard Steady State Transient Fluid Type Domain Type Ideal Gas Multiple Domain Rotating Frame of Reference Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions k-Epsilon Total Energy Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Domain Interfaces Frozen Rotor Periodic
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 191
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Transient Rotor Stator Timestep Physical Time Scale Transient Example Transient Results File CFX-Solver Manager Restart Parallel Processing CFD-Post Plots Animation Isosurface Surface Group Turbo Post Other Changing the Color Range Chart Creation Instancing Transformation Movie Generation Quantitative Calculation Time Step Selection Transient Animation
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 192 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The geometry to be modeled consists of a single stator blade passage and two rotor blade passages. This is an approximation to the full geometry since the ratio of rotor blades to stator blades is close to, but not exactly, 2:1. In the stator blade passage a 6 section is being modeled (360/60 blades), while in the rotor blade passage, a 6.372 section is being modeled (2*360/113 blades). This produces a pitch ratio at the interface between the stator and rotor of 0.942. As the ow crosses the interface, it is scaled to allow this type of geometry to be modeled. This results in an approximation of the inow to the rotor passage. Furthermore, the ow across the interface will not appear continuous due to the scaling applied. You should always try to obtain a pitch ratio as close to 1 as possible in your model to minimize approximations, but this must be weighed against computational resources. A full machine analysis can be performed (modeling all rotor and stator blades) which will always eliminate any pitch change, but will require signicant computational time. For this rotor/stator geometry, a 1/4 machine section (28 rotor blades, 15 stator blades) would produce a pitch change of 1.009, but this would require a model about 15 times larger than in this tutorial example. In this example, the rotor rotates about the Z-axis at 523.6 rad/s while the stator is stationary. Periodic boundaries are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled. The important parameters of this problem are: Total pressure = 0.265 bar Static Pressure = 0.0662 bar Total temperature = 328.5 K
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 193
The overall approach to solving this problem is to rst dene the Frozen Rotor simulation using the Turbomachinery wizard. The mesh for the rotor created in CFX-TASCow will then be imported and combined with a second mesh (the stator), which was created using CFX-Mesh. The results will be viewed using the Turbo-Post feature. The existing Frozen Rotor simulation will then be modied to dene the transient Rotor-Stator simulation. The transient Rotor-Stator simulation will be performed using the steady-state Frozen Rotor as an initial guess. Finally, a transient animation showing domain movement will be created in CFD-Post.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: Axial.pre AxialIni.pre AxialIni_001.res rotor.grd stator.gtm Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 194 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Dening a Frozen Rotor Case in CFX-Pre 2. Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Basic Settings
1. 2. Set Machine Type to Axial Turbine. Click Next.
Component Definition
Two new components are required. As they are created, meshes are imported. 1. 2. 3. Right-click in the blank area and select Add Component from the shortcut menu. Create a new component of type Stationary, named S1. Apply the following setting Setting Mesh > File
a
Value stator.gtma
You may have to select the CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) option under Files of type.
4. 5.
Create a new component of type Rotating, named R1. Apply the following settings Setting Component Type > Value Mesh > File Options > Mesh Units
a
You may have to select the CFX-TASCflow (*grd) option under Files of Type.
Note
The components must be ordered as above (stator then rotor) in order for the interface to be created correctly. The order of the two components can be changed by right-clicking on S1 and selecting Move Component Up. When a component is dened, Turbo Mode will automatically select a list of regions that correspond to certain boundary types. This information should be reviewed in the Region Information section to ensure that all is correct. This information will be used to help set up boundary conditions and interfaces. The upper case turbo Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 195
Physics Denition regions that are selected (e.g., HUB) correspond to the region names in the CFX-TASCow grd le. CFX-TASCow turbomachinery meshes use these names consistently. 6. Click Next.
Physics Definition
In this section, you will set properties of the uid domain and some solver parameters. 1. Apply the following settings Tab Physics Denition Setting Fluid Analysis Type > Type Model Data > Reference Pressure Model Data > Heat Transfer Model Data > Turbulence Value Air Ideal Gas Steady State 0.25 [atm] Total Energy k-Epsilon
Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inlet Mass (Selected) Flow Outlet Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > T-Total Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Mass Flow Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Mass Flow Rate Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Flow Direction Interface > Default Type Solver Parameters > Advection Scheme Solver Parameters > Convergence Control Solver Parameters > Physical Timescale
a
0 [atm] 340 [K] Per Component 0.06 [kg s^-1] Normal to Boundary Frozen Rotor High Resolution Physical Timescale 0.002 [s]a
This time scale is approximately equal to 1 / , which is often appropriate for rotating machinery applications.
2.
Click Next.
Interface Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate interfaces using the region names presented previously in the Region Information section. In this case, you should see that a periodic interface has been generated for both the rotor and the stator. These are required when modeling a small section of the true geometry. An interface is also required to connect the two components together across the frame change. 1. 2. Review the various interfaces but do not change them. Click Next.
Boundary Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate boundary conditions using the region names presented previously in the Region Information section. In this case, you should see a list of boundary conditions that have been generated. They can be edited or deleted in the same way as the interface connections that were set up earlier. 1. Review the various boundary denitions but do not change them. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 196 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Final Operations
1. 2. Set Operation to Enter General Mode. Click Finish. After you click Finish, a dialog box appears stating that the Turbo report will not be included in the solver le because you are entering General Mode. 3. Click Yes to continue.
When you are nished, proceed to Viewing the Frozen Rotor Results in CFD-Post (p. 198).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 197
When you are nished, proceed to Viewing the Frozen Rotor Results in CFD-Post (p. 198).
In Select Parallel Hosts, select another host name (this should be a machine that you can log into using the same user name). Click Add, and then Close. The names of the two selected machines should be listed in the Host Name column of the Dene Run dialog box.
5. 6. 7. 8.
Click Start Run. Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Initializing Turbo-Post
When initializing turbo components, span, a (axial) and r (radial) and Theta coordinates are generated for each component. Therefore, after entering the Turbo workspace and initializing the turbo components, you will be ready to start using the turbo-specic features offered in the Turbo workspace immediately. These features include Turbo Tree View, Turbo Surface, Turbo Line and Turbo Plots. For details see Turbo Workspace (p. 185) To initialize Turbo-Post, the properties of each component must be entered. This includes entering information about the inlet, outlet, hub, shroud, blade and periodic regions. Specication of the number of instances of each turbo component (e.g., stator, rotor, etc.) needed to represent the full geometry around the rotation axis is also required. 1. Click the Turbo tab. The Turbo Initialization dialog box is displayed, and asks you whether you want to auto-initialize all components.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 198 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box, you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view. 2. Click Yes. The Turbo tree view shows the two components in domains R1 and S1. In this case, the initialization works without problems. If there was a problem initializing a component, this would be indicated in the tree view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 199
Note
The session le creates a new simulation named Axial.cfx and will not modify the existing database. It also copies the required initial values le from the examples directory to the current working directory.
Note
Rotational Speed = 523.6 rad/s Rotor Pitch Modeled = 2 ( 2 rad/ 113) 0.1112 rad Time to pass through 1 pitch ( 0.1112 rad) / ( 523.6 rad/s ) 2.124 e 4 s
Since 10 time steps are used over this interval each time step should be 2.124e-5 s. 1. Select Tools > Turbo Mode. Basic Settings is displayed. 2. Click Next. Component Denition is displayed. 3. Click Next. Physics Denition is displayed. 4. Apply the following settings Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 200 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Output Control Tab Physics Denition Setting Fluid Analysis Type > Type Analysis Type > Total Time Analysis Type > Time Steps Interface > Default Type
a
Value Air Ideal Gas Transient 2.124e-4 [s]a 2.124e-5 [s]b Transient Rotor Stator
This gives 10 timesteps of 2.124e-5 s This timestep will be used until the total time is reached
Note
A transient rotor-stator calculation often runs through more than one pitch. In these cases, it may be useful to look at variable data averaged over the time interval required to complete 1 pitch. You can then compare data for each pitch rotation to see if a steady state has been achieved, or if the ow is still developing. 5. Click Next. A warning message is displayed. 6. Click Yes. Interface Denition is displayed. 7. Click Next. Boundary Denition is displayed. 8. Click Next. Final Operations is displayed. 9. Ensure that Operation is set to Enter General Mode. A message box noties you that a turbo report will not be included in the solver le. 11. Click Yes to continue. Initial values are required, but will be supplied later using a results le.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 201
2.124e-5 [s]
5.
Click OK.
Value Axial.defa
You do not need to set the path unless you are planning on saving the solver le somewhere other than the working directory.
3. 4.
Conrm that the rest of the execution control settings are set appropriately. Click OK.
Serial Solution
If you do not have a license, or do not want to run CFX in parallel, you can run it in serial. Solution time in serial is similar to the rst part of this tutorial. 1. 2. 3. Select Run Denition > Initial Values Specication. Under Initial Values Specication > Initial Values, select Initial Values 1. Under Initial Values Specication > Initial Values > Initial Values 1 Settings > File Name, click Browse . 4. 5. 6. 7. Select AxialIni_001.res from your working directory. Click Open. Under Initial Values Specication > Use Mesh From, select Solver Input File. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. Eventually a dialog box is displayed. 8. When CFX-Solver is nished, select the check box next to Post-Process Results. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 202 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Parallel Solution 9. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager.
10. Click OK. Continue this tutorial from Monitoring the Run (p. 203).
Parallel Solution
You can solve this example using either local parallel or distributed parallel, in the same way as in the rst part of this tutorial. For details, see Obtaining a Solution to the Frozen Rotor Model (p. 197).
Initializing Turbo-Post
All the pre-processing will be done during the initialization of the turbo components. Only a few steps will therefore be required to display a surface of constant span and to create a turbo surface later on in this tutorial. 1. Click the Turbo tab. The Turbo Initialization dialog box is displayed and asks you whether you want to auto-initialize all components.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box, you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view. 2. Click Yes. Both components (domains) are now being initialized based on the automatically selected turbo regions. When the process is complete, a green turbine icon appears next to each component entry in the list. Also, the viewer displays a green background mesh for each initialized component. 3. Double-click Component 1 (S1) and review the automatically-selected turbo regions.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 203
6. 7.
In the Animation dialog box, select the Keyframe Animation option. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
204
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 9, then press Enter while in the # of Frames box.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and conrm that the new number appears in the list before continuing. 10. Use the Timestep Selector to load the nal timestep. 11. In the Animation dialog box, click New 12. Click More Animation Options to create KeyframeNo2.
13. Click Options and set Transient Case to TimeValue Interpolation. Click OK. The animation now contains a total of 11 frames (9 intermediate frames plus the two Keyframes), one for each of the available time values. 14. In the expanded Animation dialog box, select Save Movie. 15. Set Format to MPEG1. 16. Click Browse , next to the Save Movie box and then set the le name to an appropriate le name.
17. If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box at the bottom of the Animation dialog box), click To Beginning to load it. Wait for CFD-Post to nish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding. 18. Click Play the animation .
It takes a while for the animation to complete. To view the movie le, you will need to use a media player that supports the MPEG format.
You will be able to see from the animation, and from the plots created previously, that the ow is not continuous across the interface. This is because a pitch change occurs. The relatively coarse mesh and the small number of timesteps used in the transient simulation also contribute to this. The movie was created with a narrow pressure range compared to the global range which exaggerates the differences across the interface.
Further Postprocessing
You can use the Turbo Calculator to produce a report on the performance of the turbine. 1. 2. 3. 4. Edit the Gas Turbine Performance macro in the Turbo tree view. Set Ref Radius to 0.4575 and leave other settings at their default values. Click Calculate. Click View Report.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 205
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Creating and using a multicomponent uid in CFX-Pre. Using CEL to model a reaction in CFX-Pre. Using an algebraic Additional Variable to model a scalar distribution. Using a subdomain as the basis for component sources. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Particle Tracking Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State Variable Composition Mixture Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Component Source Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Symmetry Plane Wall: Adiabatic Additional Variables CEL (CFX Expression Language) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Isosurface Slice Plane
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 207
The geometry consists of a mixing tube with three rings with twelve holes in each ring. The main inlet has water entering at 2 m/s with a temperature of 300 K. The pressure at the outlet is 1 atm. Through the ring of holes nearest the inlet, a solution of dilute sulfuric acid enters at 2 m/s with a temperature of 300 K. Through each of the two other rings of holes, a solution of dilute sodium hydroxide enters at 2.923 m/s with a temperature of 300 K. The properties of the solution of sulfuric acid are shown in Table 15.1, Properties of the Dilute Sulfuric Acid Solution (p. 208):.
Through the remaining two rings of holes, a solution of dilute sodium hydroxide (an alkali) enters with a temperature of 300K. The properties of the solution of sodium hydroxide are shown in Table 15.2, Properties of the Dilute Sodium Hydroxide Solution (p. 209).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 208 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Modeling Approach
The acid and alkali undergo an exothermic reaction to form a solution of sodium sulfate (a type of salt) and water according to the reaction:
The heat of reaction is 460 kJ per kg of dilute acid solution. The ow is assumed to be fully turbulent and turbulence is assumed to have a signicant effect on the reaction rate. After running the simulation, you will plot the distribution of pH in the tube, and determine the extent to which the pH is neutralized at the outlet. You will also plot mass fraction distributions of acid, alkali and product.
Modeling Approach
In order to reduce memory requirements and solution time, only a 30 slice of the geometry will be modeled, and symmetry boundary conditions will be applied to represent the remaining geometry. The reaction between acid and alkali is represented as a single-step irreversible liquid-phase reaction:
A+BC
Reagent A (dilute sulfuric acid) is injected through a ring of holes near the start of the tube. As it ows along the tube it reacts with Reagent B (dilute sodium hydroxide) which is injected through a further two rings of holes downstream. The product, C, remains in solution.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 209
Before You Begin You will create a variable-composition mixture1 that contains water, the reactants, and the product. To model the reaction, you will use CEL expressions to govern the mass sources for the acid, alkali and product components. You will also use CEL expressions to govern the thermal energy source. Providing mass and energy sources over a volume requires a subdomain. Because the reaction may occur anywhere in the domain, you will create a subdomain that occupies the entire ow domain. To model the pH, you will create an algebraic Additional Variable that is governed by a CEL expression for pH. The Additional Variable will be available in the solution results for analysis during post-processing.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. Reactor.pre ReactorExpressions.ccl ReactorMesh.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
You can also model this type of reaction using a reacting mixture as your uid. There is a tutorial that uses a reacting mixture: Combustion and Radiation in a Can Combustor (p. 291).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 210 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Acid Properties
The properties of the dilute sulfuric acid solution were stated in the problem description. 1. 2. Create a new material named acid. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option Thermodynamic State Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State Material Properties Option Value Pure Substance (Selected) Liquid General Material
Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > Value Option Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 19.517 [kg kmol^-1]a Molar Mass Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 1078 [kg m^-3] Density Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Option Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Specic Heat Capacity Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity (Selected) Value 4190 [J kg^-1 K^-1] (Selected)
Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Option Value Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Dynamic Viscosity Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 211 0.001 [kg m^-1 s^-1] (Selected)
Creating a Multicomponent Fluid Tab Setting Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Option Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Thermal Conductivity
a
The Molar Masses for the three materials do not affect the solution except through the post-processed variables Molar Concentration and Molar Fraction.
3.
Click OK.
Alkali Properties
The properties of the dilute sodium hydroxide solution were stated in the problem description. 1. 2. Create a new material named alkali. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option Thermodynamic State Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State Material Properties Option Value Pure Substance (Selected) Liquid General Material
Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > Value Option Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 18.292 [kg kmol^-1] Molar Mass Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 1029 [kg m^-3] Density Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Option Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Specic Heat Capacity Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity (Selected) Value 4190 [J kg^-1 K^-1] (Selected)
Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Option Value Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Dynamic Viscosity Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Option Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Thermal Conductivity 3. Click OK. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 212 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 0.001 [kg m^-1 s^-1] (Selected) Value 0.6 [W m^-1 K^-1]
Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > Value Option Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 18.600 [kg kmol^-1] Molar Mass Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State > 1031 [kg m^-3] Density Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Option Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Specic Heat Capacity Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity (Selected) Value 4190 [J kg^-1 K^-1] (Selected)
Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Option Value Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Dynamic Viscosity Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Option Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity > Thermal Conductivity 3. Click OK. 0.001 [kg m^-1 s^-1] (Selected) Value 0.6 [W m^-1 K^-1]
Fluid Properties
Dene a variable composition mixture by combining water with the three materials you have dened: acid, alkali, product. 1. 2. Create a new material named mixture. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option Value Variable Composition Mixture
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 213
Creating an Additional Variable to Model pH Tab Setting Material Group Materials List Thermodynamic State Value User, Water Data Water, acid, alkali, product (Selected)
This Additional Variable is now available for use when you create or modify a domain. You will set other properties of the Additional Variable, including how it is calculated, when you apply it to the domain later in this tutorial.
The rst section shows a derivation for the mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution. This ratio is used for calculating various quantities throughout this tutorial. The second subsection (Reaction Source Terms (p. 216)) shows you how reactions and reaction kinetics can be formulated using the Eddy Break Up (EBU) model. The third subsection (Calculating pH (p. 217)), shows you how pH is calculated. In the fourth subsection (Loading the Expressions to Model the Reaction and pH (p. 218)) you will use a provided le to load CEL expressions for the reaction source terms and the pH.
Stoichiometric Ratio
The mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution is a quantity that is used in several calculations in this tutorial. It represents the mass ratio of alkali solution to acid solution which leads to complete reaction with no excess alkali or acid (that is, neutral pH). This section of the tutorial shows you how to calculate the stoichiometric ratio, and introduces other quantities that are used in this tutorial. The alkali solution contains water and sodium hydroxide. In the alkali solution, it is assumed that the sodium hydroxide molecules completely dissociate into ions according to the following reaction: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 214 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
NaOH Na + + OH
The acid solution contains water and sulfuric acid. In the acid solution, it is assumed that the sulfuric acid molecules completely dissociate into ions according to the following reaction:
H2SO4 2H + + SO4 2
The Na
+
ions react to form sodium sulfate (a type of salt) and water according to the reaction:
to denote SO4
and Y
to denote Na , the ratio i can be computed as the ratio of the following two
i=
(Eq. 15.1)
where:
is the concentration of NaOH in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of Y + in kmol/kg solution). is the concentration of H2SO4 in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of X 2 in kmol/kg solution).
The molar mass of the alkali solution (given as 18.292 kg/kmol solution) is a weighted average of the molar masses of water (18.015 kg/kmol) and dry sodium hydroxide (39.9971 kg/kmol), with the weighting in proportion to the number of each type of molecule in the solution. You can compute the fraction of the molecules in the solution that are sodium hydroxide as:
NaOH fraction = =
molar mass alkali solution molar mass H 2O molar mass NaOH molar mass H 2O
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 215
Formulating the Reaction and pH as Expressions The molar mass of the acid solution (given as 19.517 kg/kmol solution) is a weighted average of the molar masses of water (18.015 kg/kmol) and dry sulfuric acid (98.07848 kg/kmol), with the weighting in proportion to the number of each type of molecule in the solution. You can compute the fraction of the molecules in the solution that are sulfuric acid as:
H2SO4 fraction = =
molar mass acid solution molar mass H 2O molar mass H 2SO 4 molar mass H 2O
Substituting the values for and into Equation 15.1 (p. 215) yields the mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution: i = 2.79.
(Eq. 15.2)
where t is time, U is velocity, is the local density of the variable composition mixture, m f acid is the mass fraction of the acid solution in the mixture, DA is the kinematic diffusivity of the acid solution through the mixture, and i is the stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution based on mass fraction. The right-hand side represents the mass source term that is applied to the transport equation for the acid solution. The left-hand side consists of the transient, advection and diffusion terms. In addition to specifying the sources for the acid solution and alkali solution, source coefcients will also be used in order to enhance solution convergence. For details, see the technical note at the end of this section. The reaction rate is computed as:
Reaction Rate =
4 k
where k is the turbulence kinetic energy, and is the turbulence eddy dissipation. Note that the reaction rate appears on the right-hand side of Equation 15.2 (p. 216). The reaction rate is also used to govern the rate of thermal energy production according to the relation:
From the problem description, the heat of reaction is 460 kJ per kg of acid solution.
Note
This is a technical note, for reference only. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 216 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Formulating the Reaction and pH as Expressions A source is fully specied by an expression for its value S . A source coefcient C is optional, but can be specied to provide convergence enhancement or stability for strongly-varying sources. The value of C may affect the rate of convergence but should not affect the converged results. If no suitable value is available for C , the solution time scale or time step can still be reduced to help improve convergence of difcult source terms.
Important
C must never be positive.
An optimal value for C when solving an individual equation for a positive variable with a source S whose strength decreases with increasing is
C=
C=
may be sufcient to ensure convergence. (This is the form used for the acid solution and alkali solution mass source coefcients in this tutorial.) Another useful formula for C is
C=
where is a local estimate for the source time scale. Provided that the source time scale is not excessively short compared to ow or mixing time scales, this may be a useful approach for controlling sources with positive feedback ( S > 0) or sources that do not depend directly on the solved variable .
Calculating pH
The pH (or acidity) of the mixture is a function of the volume-based concentration of H ions. The latter can be computed using the following two equations, which are based on charge conservation and equilibrium conditions, respectively:
+
H + + Y + = 2 X 2 + OH H + OH = KW
(where KW is the constant for the self-ionization of water (1.0E-14 kmol2 m-6)). You can substitute one equation into the other to obtain the following quadratic equation:
+ + + 2 H H + Y 2 X = KW
which can be rearranged into standard quadratic form as:
2 [ H + ] + Y + 2 X 2 H + KW = 0
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 217
]=
b = Y + 2 X 2 and c = KW.
The volume-based concentrations of X
2
and Y
where:
[ X 2 ] is the concentration of X 2 in kmol/m^3. [ Y + ] is the concentration of Y + in kmol/m^3. is the concentration of H2SO4 in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of X 2 in kmol/kg solution). is the concentration of NaOH in kmol/kg solution (equal to the concentration of Y + in kmol/kg solution). is the local density of the variable composition mixture. i is the mass-based stoichiometric ratio of alkali solution to acid solution.
Note that the second expression above can be re-written by substituting for using Equation 15.1 (p. 215). The result is:
mf [ Y + ] = 2 alkali + i
m f prod 1+ i
pH = log10 [ H + ]
In order to set a limit on pH for calculation purposes, the following relation will be used in this tutorial:
pH = log10 max H + , 10 15
Observe the expressions listed in the tree view of CFX-Pre. Some expressions are used to support other expressions. The main expressions are: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 218 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domain Expression Name pH HeatSource AcidSource AcidSourceCoeff AlkaliSource AlkaliSourceCoeff ProductSource Description The pH of the mixture. The thermal energy released from the reaction. Supporting Expressions Hions, a, b, c, Yions, Xions, alpha, i HeatReaction, Rate
The rate of production of acid due to the Rate reaction (always negative or zero). The source coefcient for AcidSource (to AcidSource enhance convergence). The rate of production of alkali due to the Rate reaction (always negative or zero). The source coefcient for AlkaliSource (to enhance convergence). AlkaliSource
The rate of production of salt water product Rate (always positive or zero).
Note that the expressions do not refer to a particular uid since there is only a single uid (which happens to be a multicomponent uid). In a multiphase simulation you must prex variables with a uid name, for example Mixture.acid.mf instead of acid.mf.
Component Models > Component > acid > Kinematic (Selected) Diffusivity
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 219
Component Models > Component > acid > Kinematic 0.001 [m^2 s^-1] Diffusivity > Kinematic Diffusivity 3. 4. Use the same Option and Kinematic Diffusivity settings for alkali and product as you have just set for acid. For Water, set Option to Constraint as follows: Tab Fluid Models Setting Component Models > Component Component Models > Component > Water > Option Value Water Constraint
One component must always use Constraint. This is the component used to balance the mass fraction equation; the sum of the mass fractions of all components of a uid must equal unity. 5. Apply the following settings to apply the Additional Variable that you created earlier: Tab Fluid Models Setting Value
Additional Variable Models > Additional (Selected) Variable > MixturePH Additional Variable Models > Additional Algebraic Equation Variable > MixturePH > Option a Additional Variable Models > Additional pH Variable > MixturePH > Add. Var. Value
The other possible options either involve a transport equation to transport the Additional Variable in the ow eld, or a Vector Algebraic Equation, which is for vector quantities. The Algebraic Equation is suitable because it allows the calculation of pH as a function of existing variables and expressions.
6.
Click OK.
Sources
(Selected) acid.mf
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 220 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Option Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Source Value (Selected) Source AcidSource
Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Source Coefcient (Selected) Sources > Equation Sources > acid.mf > Source Coefcient AcidSourceCoeff > Source Coefcient Sources > Equation Sources Sources > Equation Sources > alkali.mf Sources > Equation Sources > alkali.mf > Option Sources > Equation Sources > alkali.mf > Source Sources > Equation Sources > alkali.mf > Source Coefcient Sources > Equation Sources > alkali.mf > Source Coefcient > Source Coefcient Sources > Equation Sources Sources > Equation Sources > Energy Sources > Equation Sources > Energy > Option Sources > Equation Sources > Energy > Source Sources > Equation Sources Sources > Equation Sources > product.mf Sources > Equation Sources > product.mf > Option Sources > Equation Sources > product.mf > Source Sources > Equation Sources > product.mf > Source Coefcient Sources > Equation Sources > product.mf > Source Coefcient > Source Coefcient
a
alkali.mf (Selected) Source AlkaliSource (Selected) AlkaliSourceCoeff Energy (Selected) Source HeatSource product.mf (Selected) Source ProductSource (Selected) 0 [kg m^-3 s^-1]
4.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 221
Creating the Boundary Conditions 2. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 3. 4. Value Inlet InWater Normal Speed 2 [m s^-1] Static Temperature 300 [K]
Leave mass fractions for all components set to zero. Since Water is the constraint uid, it will be automatically given a mass fraction of 1 on this inlet. Click OK.
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Component Details > acid Component Details > acid > Mass Fraction Component Details > alkali Component Details > alkali > Mass Fraction Component Details > product Component Details > product > Mass Fraction 3. Click OK. Value Inlet InAlkali Normal Speed 2.923 [m s^-1] Static Temperature 300 [K] (Selected) 0 (Selected) 1 (Selected) 0
Outlet Boundary
Create a subsonic outlet at 1 atm (which is the reference pressure that was set in the domain denition): 1. 2. Create a new boundary named out. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. Value Outlet out Static Pressure 0 [Pa]
Symmetry Boundary
The geometry models a 30 slice of the full geometry. Create two symmetry boundaries, one for each side of the geometry, so that the simulation models the entire geometry. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named sym1. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 3. Click OK. Value Symmetry sym1
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 223
Setting Initial Values 4. 5. Create a new boundary named sym2. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 6. Click OK. Value Symmetry sym2
Note that, in this case, a periodic interface can be used as an alternative to the symmetry boundary conditions.
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Component Details Initial Conditions > Component Details > acid > Option Initial Conditions > Component Details > acid > Mass Fraction Initial Conditions > Component Details Initial Conditions > Component Details > alkali > Option Initial Conditions > Component Details > alkali > Mass Fraction Initial Conditions > Component Details 2 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] acid Automatic with Value 0 alkali Automatic with Value 0 product
Initial Conditions > Component Details > product > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Component Details > product > Mass Fraction 3. Click OK. 0
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 224 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
a The length of mixing tube is 0.06 m and inlet velocity is 2 m/s. An estimate of the dynamic time scale is 0.03 s. An appropriate time step would be 1/4 to 1/2 of this value.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 225
Create an expression for Turbulence Eddy Dissipation/Turbulence Kinetic Energy and create a contour plot using that expression. This quantity is an indicator of the reaction rate it represents 1 / mixing timescale.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 226 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Creating and using a solid domain as a heating coil in CFX-Pre. Creating a domain interface. Modeling conjugate heat transfer in CFX-Pre. Using electricity to power a heat source. Plotting temperature on a cylindrical locator in CFD-Post. Lighting in CFD-Post. Exporting thermal and mechanical data to be used with ANSYS Multi-eld solver.
Important
Note that this tutorial uses the electromagnetic model which is a BETA feature in the current release. Component CFX-Pre Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Conjugate Heat Transfer Electrical Resistance Heating Boundary Conditions Electrical Heating Coil Inlet (Subsonic) Opening Wall: No-Slip Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Multiple Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 227
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Wall: Adiabatic CEL (CFX Expression Language) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Cylinder Default Locators Contour Isosurface Other Changing the Color Range Expression Details View Lighting Adjustment Variable Details View
This tutorial also includes an optional step that demonstrates the use of the CFX to ANSYS Data Transfer tool to export thermal and mechanical stress data for use with ANSYS Multi-eld solver. A results le is provided in case you want to skip the model creation and solution steps within ANSYS CFX.
Starting CFX-Pre Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1) Running ANSYS CFX Tutorials in ANSYS Workbench (p. 1) Changing the Display Colors (p. 4) Playing a Tutorial Session File (p. 3)
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. HeatingCoil.pre HeatingCoil_001.res HeatingCoilMesh.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 229
Dening the Calcium Carbonate Deposit Material Tab Material Properties Setting Electromagnetic Properties > Electrical Conductivity Electromagnetic Properties > Electrical Conductivity > Electrical Conductivity Value (Selected) 59.6E+06 [S m^-1]
3.
Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Material Group Thermodynamic State Value User (Selected)
Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State Solid Material Properties Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State 100.087 [kg kmol^-1] > Molar Mass Thermodynamic Properties > Equation of State 2.71 [g cm^-3] > Density Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity Thermodynamic Properties > Specic Heat Capacity > Specic Heat Capacity (Selected) 0.9 [J g^-1 K^-1]
Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity (Selected) Transport Properties > Thermal Conductivity 3.85 [W m^-1 K^-1] > Thermal Conductivity 3. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 230 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domains Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Material Value B1.P3a Fluid 1 Water
Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure 1 [atm] Fluid Models Initialization
a
This region name may be different depending on how the mesh was created. You should pick the region that forms the exterior surface of the volume surrounding the coil.
4.
Click OK.
Create the solid domain as follows: 1. 2. Create a new domain named SolidZone. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Location and Type > Domain Type Solid Denitions Solid Denitions> Solid 1 > Solid 1 > Material Solid Models Heat Transfer > Option Electromagnetic Model Value B2.P3 Solid Domain Solid 1 Copper Thermal Energy (Selected)
Electromagnetic Model > Electric Field Model > Option Electric Potential Initialization Domain Initialization (Selected)
Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Temperature Automatic with Value > Option Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Temperature 550 [K] > Temperature 3. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 231
This region name may be different depending on how the mesh was created. You should pick one end of the heating coil.
3. 4.
Click OK. Create a similar boundary named Hot at the other end of the coil, region F12.B2.P3, and apply 4.4 V.
Inlet Boundary
You will now create an inlet boundary for the cooling uid (Water). 1. 2. Create a new boundary named inflow in the domain FluidZone. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 3. Click OK. Value Inlet inow Normal Speed 0.4 [m s^-1] Static Temperature 300 [K]
Opening Boundary
An opening boundary is appropriate for the exit in this case because, at some stage during the solution, the coiled heating element will cause some recirculation at the exit. At an opening boundary you need to set the temperature of uid that enters through the boundary. In this case it is useful to base this temperature on the uid temperature at the outlet, since you expect the uid to be owing mostly out through this opening. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Create a new expression named OutletTemperature. Set Denition to areaAve(T)@outflow Click Apply. Create a new boundary named outflow in the domain FluidZone. Apply the following settings:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 232 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domain Interface Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 6. Click OK. Value Opening outow Opening Pres. and Dirn 0 [Pa] Static Temperature OutletTemperature
The default adiabatic wall boundary will be applied automatically to the remaining unspecied external boundaries of the uid domain. Two more boundary conditions are generated automatically when a domain interface is created to connect the uid and solid domains. The domain interface is discussed in the next section.
Mesh Connection Method > Mesh Connection Automatic > Option Additional Interface Heat Transfer Models Heat Transfer > Interface Model > Option Heat Transfer > Interface Model > Material (Selected) Thin Material Calcium Carbonate
Heat Transfer > Interface Model > Thickness 1 [mm] 2. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 233
Convergence Control >Fluid Timescale Control 2 [s] > Physical Timescale For the Convergence Criteria, an RMS value of at least 1e-05 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default value is sufcient for demonstration purposes. 3. Click OK.
Heating Coil Temperature Range Moving the Light Source (p. 237)
4. 5.
Click Apply. Take note of the temperature range displayed below the Range drop-down box. The temperature on the outer surface of the deposit should range from around 400 K to 740 K. Change the contour location to Fluid Solid Interface Side 2 (The deposit side that is in contact with the coil) and click Apply. Notice how the temperature ranges from around 440 K to 810 K on the inner surface of the deposit.
Expression
1. 2. Create a new expression named expradius. Apply the following settings: Setting Denition 3. Click Apply. Value (x^2 + y^2)^0.5
Variable
1. 2. Create a new variable named radius. Apply the following settings: Setting Expression 3. Click Apply. Value expradius
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 235
Value radius 0.8 [m]a Variable Temperature User Speciedb 299 [K] 309 [K] (Selected)
Show Faces
The maximum radius is 1 m, so a cylinder locator at a radius of 0.8 m is suitable. Over most of the isosurface, the temperature is between 299 K and 309 K. The full temperature range is much larger due to temperature extremes on a very small fraction of the isosurface. By neglecting those extreme temperatures, more colors are used over the range of interest.
b
3.
Click Apply.
Note
The default range legend now displayed is that of the isosurface and not the contour. The default legend is set according to what is being edited in the details view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 236 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Specular Lighting 7. 8. 9. Set Location to Line 1. Click the Y Axis tab. Set Data Selection > Variable to Temperature.
10. Apply the following settings to Temperature Profile 11. Click Apply. You can see from the chart that the temperature spikes upward when entering the deposit region and is at its maximum at the center of the coil turns.
Specular Lighting
Specular lighting is on by default. Specular lighting allows glaring bright spots on the surface of an object, depending on the orientation of the surface and the position of the light. You can disable specular lighting as follows: 1. Apply the following settings to Isosurface 1 Tab Render 2. Click Apply. Setting Show Faces > Specular Value (Cleared)
Tip
If using the Standalone version, you can move the light source by positioning the mouse pointer in the viewer, holding down the Ctrl key, and dragging using the right mouse button.
Thermal Data
1. Start CFX-Solver Manager. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 237
Exporting Data from CFX-Solver Manager 2. Select Tools > Export to ANSYS MultiField. The Export to ANSYS MultiField Solver dialog box appears. 3. Apply the following settings: Setting Results File Export File Domain Name > Domain Domain Name > Boundary
a
3D Thermal (70)
Leave Boundary empty since the entire volume is exported for 3D data.
4.
Click Export. When the export is complete, click OK to acknowledge the message and continue with the next steps to export data for Mechanical Stresses (p. 238).
Mechanical Stresses
1. Apply the following settings in the Export to ANSYS MultiField Solver dialog box (see Step 2 (p. 238) above): Setting Results File Export File Domain Name > Domain Domain Name > Boundary Export Options > ANSYS Element Type 2. Click Export. Value HeatingCoil_001.res HeatingCoil_001_ansysfsi_154.cdb FluidZone FluidZone Default 2D Stress (154)
You now have two exported les that can be used with ANSYS Multi-eld solver. When you are nished, close CFX-Solver Manager and CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 238 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Setting up a multiphase ow simulation involving air and water. Importing meshes that have CFX-4 and CFX Mesh le formats. Setting up a simulation using multiple frames of reference. Using a uid dependent turbulence model to set different turbulence options for each uid. Specifying buoyant ow. Specifying a degassing outlet boundary to allow air, but not water, to escape from the boundary. Connecting two domains (one for a tank and one for an impeller inside the tank) via Frozen Rotor interfaces. Modeling rotational periodicity using periodic boundary conditions. Using periodic GGI interfaces where the mesh does not match exactly. Using thin surfaces for blade and bafe surfaces. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Multiple Domain Rotating Frame of Reference Turbulence Model Dispersed Phase Zero Equation Fluid-Dependent k-Epsilon Heat Transfer Buoyant Flow Multiphase Boundary Conditions Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Degassing) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 239 None
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Wall: Thin Surface Wall: (Slip Depends on Volume Fraction) Domain Interfaces Frozen Rotor Periodic Thin Surface Partners Output Control Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Default Locators Slice Plane Other Quantitative Calculation
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 240 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The gure above shows the full geometry with part of the tank walls and one bafe cut away. The symmetry of the vessel allows a 1/4 section of the full geometry to be modeled.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. MultiphaseMixer.pre MixerImpellerMesh.gtm MixerTank.geo
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 241
Next, you will import the mesh for the mixer tank, followed by the mesh for the impeller. The impeller mesh, as provided, is not located in the correct spatial position relative to the tank mesh. After importing the impeller mesh, you will move it to the correct position.
Note
This simulation involves the use of two domains: a stationary uid domain on the main 3D region of the tank mesh and a rotating uid domain on the main 3D region of the impeller mesh. It is not necessary to use separate meshes in this type of simulation, as long as there are 3D regions available for locating these two domains.
Importing the Meshes 2. Right-click Mesh and select Import Mesh > Other. The Import Mesh dialog box appears. 3. Apply the following settings: Setting Files of type File name Options > Mesh Units Advanced Options > CFX-4 Options > Create 3D Regions on > Fluid Regions (USER3D, POROUS)
a
In this case, the mesh le contains USER3D regions that you do not need.
4.
Click Open.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 243
You can now see the mesh on one of the periodic regions of the tank. To reduce the solution time for this tutorial, the mesh used is very coarse. This is not a suitable mesh to obtain accurate results, but it is sufcient for demonstration purposes.
Note
If you do not see the surface mesh, highlighting may be turned off. If highlighting is disabled, toggle Highlighting . The default highlight type will show the surface mesh for any selected regions. If you see a different highlighting type, you can alter it by selecting Edit > Options and browsing to CFX-Pre > Graphics Style.
Under the Fluid and Particle Denitions setting, delete Fluid 1 and create a new uid denition called Air. Click Add new item and name it Water
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Morphology > Mean Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Water > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity X Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Y Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Z Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Densitya Value Main Air Air at 25 C Dispersed Fluid 3 [mm] Water Water 1 [atm] Buoyant -9.81 [m s^-2] 0 [m s^-2] 0 [m s^-2] 997 [kg m^-3]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 244 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domains Tab Setting Domain Models > Domain Motion > Option Domain Models > Domain Motion > Angular Velocity Value Rotating 84 [rev min ^-1]b
Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Denition > Rotation Global X Axis Fluid Models Multiphase > Homogeneous Model Multiphase > Free Surface Model > Option Heat Transfer > Homogeneous Model Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Homogeneous Model Turbulence > Option Fluid Pair Fluid Pair Models Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Surface Tension Coefcient Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Surface Tension Coefcient > Surf. Tension Coeff. (Cleared)c None (Cleared) Isothermal 25 [C] (Cleared) Fluid Dependent Air | Water (Selected) 0.073 [N m^-1]d
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Grace Option Fluid Pair > Air |Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > (Selected) Volume Fraction Correction Exponent Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > 4e Volume Fraction Correction Exponent > Value Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Option Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Dispersion Coeff. Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Turbulence Transfer > Option Lopez de Bertodano 0.1 Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosityf
For dilute dispersed multiphase ow, always set the buoyancy reference density to that for continuous uid. Note the unit. c Turn off the homogeneous model to allow each uid to have its own velocity eld. d This must be set to allow the Grace drag model to be used. e A positive value is appropriate for large bubbles. For details, see Densely Distributed Fluid Particles: Grace Drag Model (p. 150). f This models particle-induced turbulence. For details, see Turbulence Enhancement (p. 158).
b
6.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 245
Creating the Boundaries Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Domain Models > Domain Motion > Option 4. Click OK. Value Primitive 3D Stationary
When the default wall boundary is generated, the internal 2D regions of an imported mesh are ignored, while the regions that form domain boundaries are included.
Note
The blade surfaces of the impeller will be modeled using domain interfaces later in the tutorial.
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Option Normal Speed Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Normal Speed 5 [m s^-1]
Boundary Conditions > Air > Volume Fraction Value > Option Boundary Conditions > Air > Volume Fraction 1 > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Water > Velocity > Option Boundary Conditions > Water > Velocity > Normal Speed Water Normal Speed 5 [m s^-1]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 246 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Boundary Conditions > Water > Volume Fraction > Option Boundary Conditions > Water > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction 3. Click OK. Value Value 0
Note that no pressure is specied for this boundary. The solver will compute a pressure distribution on this xed-position boundary to represent the surface height variations that would occur in the real ow.
Value Wall WALL_BAFFLESa Fluid Dependent Use Volume Fraction Air Free Slip Wallb Water No Slip Wall
The WALL_BAFFLES region includes the surfaces on both sides of the bafe (you can conrm this by examining WALL_BAFFLES in the region selector).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 247
The Free Slip Wall condition can be used for the gas phase since the contact area with the walls is near zero for low gas phase volume fractions.
3.
Click OK.
Boundary Conditions > Air > Mass And Coordinate Axis Momentum > Wall Velocity > Axis Denition > Option Boundary Conditions > Air > Mass And Global X Momentum > Wall Velocity > Axis Denition > Rotation Axis
a
3. 4.
Select Water and set the same values as for Air. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 248 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 249
Creating the Domain Interfaces Frozen Rotor interfaces between the impeller and tank domains.
Value Fluid Fluid impeller Blade impeller Solid 3.3 2, Solid 3.6 2 Side Dependenta
This is done so that we can set a uid dependent treatment on each side of the interface.
3.
Click OK. Two boundaries named Blade Thin Surface Side 1 and Blade Thin Surface Side 2 are created automatically.
4. 5.
In the tree view, open Blade Thin Surface Side 1 for editing. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Mass and Momentum > Option Wall Contact Model > Option Fluid Values Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Air > Mass And Momentum > Option Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Water > Mass And Momentum > Option Value Fluid Dependent Use Volume Fraction Air Free Slip Wall Water No Slip Wall
6. 7. 8.
Click OK. In the tree view, open Blade Thin Surface Side 2 for editing. Apply the same settings as for Blade Thin Surface Side 1.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 250 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Interface Models > Axis Denition > Rotation Global X Axis Mesh Connection Method > Mesh Connection Automatic > Option 3. 1. 2. Click OK. Create a new domain interface named TankPeriodic. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Interface Type Interface Side 1 > Domain (Filter) Interface Side 1 > Region List Interface Side 2 > Domain (Filter) Interface Side 2 > Region List Interface Models > Option Interface Models > Axis Denition > Option Value Fluid Fluid tank BLKBDY_TANK_PER1 tank BLKBDY_TANK_PER2 Rotational Periodicity Coordinate Axis
Interface Models > Axis Denition > Rotation Global X Axis Mesh Connection Method > Mesh Connection Automatic > Option 3. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 251
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 252 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Initial Values Tab Setting Interface Side 2 > Region List Interface Models > Option Interface Models > Frame Change/Mixing Model > Option 9. Click OK. Value BLKBDY_TANK_OUTER General Connection Frozen Rotor
For more details about the Frozen Rotor interface, see Frozen Rotor (p. 126).
Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0 > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Fluid Specic Initialization Water
Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Automatic Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Velocity Scale Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Velocity Scale > Value 3. Click OK. (Selected)
0 [m s^-1]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 253
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Advection Scheme > Option Convergence Control > Max. Iterations Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical Timescale Convergence Criteria
a
For advice on setting time steps in multiphase simulations, see Timestepping (p. 173). This is an aggressive time step for this case. c The default is an RMS value of 1.0E-04. If you are using a maximum edge length of 0.005 m or less to produce a ner mesh, use a target residual of 1.0E-05 to obtain a more accurate solution.
b
3.
Click OK.
TankAirHoldUp = volumeAve(Air.vf)@tank ImpellerAirHoldUp = volumeAve(Air.vf)@impeller TotalAirHoldUp = (volume()@tank * TankAirHoldUp + volume()@impeller * ImpellerAirHoldUp) / (volume()@tank + volume()@impeller) 2. 3. Click Output Control .
Apply the following settings: Tab Monitor Setting Monitor Options Value (Selected)
4. 5.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Total Air Holdup. Apply the following settings to Total Air Holdup: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
254
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Setting Option Expression Value 6. Click OK. Value Expression TotalAirHoldUp
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 255
Plotting Velocity
Recall that the homogeneous multiphase option was not used when specifying the domain settings (see the setting for Fluid Models > Multiphase Options > Homogeneous Model in Rotating Domain for the Impeller (p. 244)). As a consequence, the air and water velocity elds may differ from each other. Plot the velocity of water, then air on Plane 1: 1. 2. Create a new vector plot named Vector 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Locations Variable Symbol Symbol Size Normalize Symbols Value Plane 1 Water.Velocity in Stn Framea 0.2 (Selected)
a Using this variable, instead of Water.Velocity, results in the velocity vectors appearing to be continuous at the interface between the rotating and stationary domains. Velocity variables that do not include a frame specication always use the local reference frame.
3. 4. 5. 6.
Click Apply. Turn off the visibility of Plane 1 to better see the vector plot. Observe the vector plot (in particular, near the top of the tank). Note that the water is not owing out of the domain. Change the variable to Air.Velocity in Stn Frame and click Apply. Observe this vector plot, noting how the air moves upward all the way to the water surface, where it escapes.
7.
Turn off the visibility of Vector 1 in preparation for the next plots.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 256 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Plotting Volume Fractions Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range 3. Click Apply. Note that the pressure eld computed by the solver excludes the hydrostatic pressure corresponding to the specied buoyancy reference density. The pressure eld including this hydrostatic component (as well as the reference pressure) can by visualized by plotting Absolute Pressure. Value Variable Pressure Local
The user-specied range was made much narrower than the Global and Local ranges in order to better show the variation.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 257
Calculating Torque and Power Requirements Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range 4. Click Apply. Value Variable Water.Wall Shear Local
The legend for this plot shows the range of wall shear values. The global maximum wall shear stress is much higher than the maximum value on the default walls. The global maximum values occur on the TankShaft boundary directly above the inlet. Although these values are very high, the shear force exerted on this boundary is small since the contact area fraction of water is very small there.
Click Calculate to nd the torque about the X-axis imparted by both uids on location Blade Thin Surface Side 1. Repeat the calculation, setting Location to Blade Thin Surface Side 2.
The sum of these two torques is approximately -67.4 [N m] about the X-axis. Multiplying by -4 to nd the torque required by all of the impeller blades gives a required torque of approximately 270 [N m] about the X-axis. You could also include the contributions from the locations HubShaft and TankShaft; however in this case their contributions are negligible. The power requirement is simply the required torque multiplied by the rotational speed (84 rpm = 8.8 rad/s): Power = 270 N m * 8.8 rad/s = 2376 W. Remember that this value is the power requirement for the work done on the uids; it does not account for any mechanical losses, motor efciencies etc. Also note that the accuracy of these results is signicantly affected by the coarseness of the mesh. You should not use a mesh of this length scale to obtain accurate quantitative results.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 258 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Setting up a multiphase ow simulation involving air and water. Using a uid dependent turbulence model to set different turbulence options for each uid. Specifying buoyant ow. Specifying a degassing outlet boundary to allow air, but not water, to escape from the boundary. Using face culling in CFD-Post to turn off the visibility of one side of a surface. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Details General Steady State General Fluid Single Domain Dispersed Phase Zero Equation Fluid-Dependent Turbulence Model k-Epsilon Heat Transfer Buoyant Flow Multiphase Boundary Conditions Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Degassing) Symmetry Plane Wall: (Slip Depends on Volume Fraction) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Default Locators None
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 259
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Vector Other Changing the Color Range Symmetry
This tutorial models the dispersion of air bubbles in water. Air is supplied through a sparger at the bottom of the vessel and the rising action of the bubbles provides gentle agitation of the water. An internal tube (draft tube) directs recirculation of the ow. The airlift reactor is shown in a cut-away diagram in Figure 18.1, Cut-away Diagram of the Airlift Reactor (p. 260). Simple airlift reactors that are without a draft tube tend to develop irregular ow patterns and poor overall mixing. The draft tube in the airlift reactor helps to establish a regular ow pattern in the column and to achieve better uniformity in temperature, concentration, and pH in the liquid phase, but sometimes at the expense of decreased mass transfer from gas to liquid. This tutorial also demonstrates the use of pairs of internal wall boundaries to model thin 3D features. In this case, a pair of wall boundaries is used to model the draft tube. Other applications include bafes and guide vanes. In the postprocessing section of this tutorial, you will learn how to use face culling to hide one side of a boundary. This technique enables you to independently color each boundary of a pair of back-to-back boundaries (located at the same position in 3D space, but with opposite orientation). The airlift reactor that is modeled here is very similar to the laboratory bench scale prototype used by Garca-Calvo and Letn. A formal analysis of this simulation involving a ner mesh is available at the end of this tutorial. For details, see Additional Fine Mesh Simulation Results (p. 270). Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 260 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. BubbleColumn.pre BubbleColumnMesh.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 261
Creating the Domain Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Air > Morphology > Mean Diameter Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Water > Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity X Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Y Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Z Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Densitya Fluid Models Multiphase > Homogeneous Model Value B1.P3, B2.P3 Air Air at 25 C Dispersed Fluid 6 [mm] Water Water 1 [atm] Buoyant 0 [m s^-2] -9.81 [m s^-2] 0 [m s^-2] 997 [kg m^-3] (Cleared)
b
Multiphase > Free Surface Model > Option Heat Transfer > Homogeneous Model Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Homogeneous Model Turbulence > Option Fluid Pair Fluid Pair Models Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Surface Tension Coefcient Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Surface Tension Coefcient > Surf. Tension Coeff.
None (Cleared) Isothermal 25 [C] (Cleared) Fluid Dependent Air | Water (Selected) 0.072 [N m^-1]
c
Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Grace Option Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > (Selected) Volume Fraction Correction Exponent Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > 2 Volume Fraction Correction Exponent > Value d Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Option Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Momentum Transfer > Non-drag forces > Turbulent Dispersion Force > Dispersion Coeff. Lopez de Bertodano 0.3
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 262 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Fluid Pair > Air | Water > Turbulence Transfer > Option Value Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosity
e
For dilute dispersed multiphase ow, always set the buoyancy reference density to that for continuous uid. Turn off the homogeneous model to allow each uid to have its own velocity eld. c This must be set to allow the Grace drag model to be used. d A positive value is appropriate for large bubbles. For details, see Densely Distributed Fluid Particles: Grace Drag Model (p. 150). e This models particle-induced turbulence. For details, see Turbulence Enhancement (p. 158).
b
6.
Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
At the sparger, create an inlet boundary that injects air at 0.3 m/s with a volume fraction of 0.25: 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Sparger. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Fluid Values Mass And Momentum > Option Boundary Conditions Value Inlet Sparger Fluid Dependent Air
Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Option Normal Speed Boundary Conditions > Air > Velocity > Normal Speed 0.3 [m s^-1]
Boundary Conditions > Air > Volume Fraction Value > Option Boundary Conditions > Air > Volume Fraction 0.25 > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Water > Velocity > Option Boundary Conditions > Water > Velocity > Normal Speed Boundary Conditions > Water > Volume Fraction > Option Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 263 Water Normal Speed 0 [m s^-1] Value
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Boundary Conditions > Water > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction 3. Click OK. Value 0.75
Outlet Boundary
Create a degassing outlet boundary at the top of the reactor: 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Top. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details 3. Click OK. Mass And Momentum > Option Value Outlet Top Degassing Condition
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 264 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Now create a boundary named DraftTube Riser Side using the same settings, but located on F10.B1.P3 (the riser side of the draft tube).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 265
Since a single pressure eld exists for a multiphase calculation, do not set pressure values on a per-uid basis. 2. Apply the following settings: Tab Fluid Settings Setting Fluid Specic Initialization Value Air
Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic with Value > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0 [m s^-1] > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0.3 [m s^-1] > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions 0 [m s^-1] > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Fluid Specic Initialization > Air > Initial Conditions Automatic > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization Watera
Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Automatic with Value Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction
a
Since there is no water entering or leaving the domain, a stationary initial guess is recommended. The volume fractions must sum to unity over all uids. Since a value has been set for water, the volume fraction of air will be calculated as the remaining difference, in this case, 0.
b
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 266 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical Timescale Convergence Criteria > Residual Target
(Selected)
For advice on setting time steps in multiphase simulations, see Timestepping (p. 173). If you are using a maximum edge length of 0.005 m or less to produce a ner mesh, use a target residual of 1.0E-05 to obtain a more accurate solution.
b
3.
Click OK.
Note
If you are using a ne mesh for a formal quantitative analysis of the ow in the reactor, the solution time will be signicantly longer than for the coarse mesh. You can run the simulation in parallel to reduce the solution time. For details, see Obtaining a Solution in Parallel (p. 102). 1. 2. Ensure Dene Run is displayed. Click Start Run.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 267
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. 3. 4. 5. Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Creating Volume Fraction Plots 4. Apply the following settings to SymP1: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range Min Max 5. Click Apply. Observe the volume fraction values throughout the domain. 6. Turn off the visibility of SymP1. Value Variable Air.Volume Fraction User Specied 0 0.025
Next, plot the volume fraction of air on each side of the draft tube: 1. 2. 3. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Y up). Turn on the visibility of DraftTube Downcomer Side. Modify DraftTube Downcomer Side by applying the following settings: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Range Min Max 4. 5. Click Apply. Rotate the plot in the viewer to see both sides of DraftTube Downcomer Side. Notice that the plot appears on both sides of the DraftTube Downcomer Side boundary. When viewing plots on internal surfaces, you must ensure that you are viewing the correct side. You will make use of the face culling rendering feature to turn off the visibility of the plot on the side of the boundary for which the plot does not apply. The DraftTube Downcomer Side boundary represents the side of the internal surface in the downcomer (in this case, outer) region of the reactor. To conrm this, you could make a vector plot of the variable Normal (representing the face normal vectors) on the locator DraftTube Downcomer Side; the uid is on the side opposite the normal vectors. In this case, you need to turn off the front faces of the plot; The front faces are, by denition, on the same side of the plot as the normal vectors. 6. Modify DraftTube Downcomer Side by applying the following settings: Tab Render 7. Click Apply. Setting Show Faces > Face Culling Value Front Faces Value Variable Air.Volume Fraction User Specied 0 0.025
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 269
Displaying the Entire Airlift Reactor Geometry 8. 9. Rotate the image in the viewer to see the effect of face culling on DraftTube Downcomer Side. You should see that the color appears on the downcomer side only. Turn on the visibility of DraftTube Riser Side.
10. Color the DraftTube Riser Side object using the same color and rendering settings as for DraftTube Downcomer Side. The normal vectors for DraftTube Riser Side point opposite to those of DraftTube Downcomer Side, so the faces on DraftTube Riser Side are plotted only on the riser (in this case, inner) side of the airlift reactor. Rotating the geometry will now correctly show the air volume fraction on each side of the draft tube. Face culling was needed to prevent interference between the plots on each side of the draft tube. To demonstrate this, try turning off face culling for DraftTube Downcomer Side and watch the effect on the riser side. You might notice that the plot from the downcomer side interferes with, or even completely overrides, the riser-side plot. Results may vary, which is why face culling should always be used to prevent possible interference.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 270 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Additional Fine Mesh Simulation Results to under-predict both the supercial gas velocity in the riser, and the liquid velocity in the downcomer for gas hold-up values greater than 0.03.
Note
Multiphase results les contain the vector variable Fluid.Superficial Velocity dened as Fluid.Volume Fraction multiplied by Fluid.Velocity. This is sometimes also referred to as the uid volume ux. The components of this vector variable are available as scalar variables (for example, Fluid.Superficial Velocity X). Many reference texts on airlift reactors cite the Hughmark correlation as a standard for gas hold-up and supercial gas velocity in airlift reactors. However, the Hughmark correlation should not be used when liquid ow is concurrent with gas at velocities exceeding 0.1 m/s. In the airlift reactor described in this tutorial, the liquid velocity in the riser clearly exceeds 0.2 m/s, and the Hughmark correlation is therefore not applicable.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 271
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Important
You must have the required Fortran compiler installed and set in your system path in order to run this tutorial. For details on which Fortran compiler is required for your platform, see the applicable ANSYS, Inc. installation guide. If you are not sure which Fortran compiler is installed on your system, try running the cfx5mkext command (found in <CFXROOT>/bin) from the command line and read the output messages.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Importing CEL expressions. @REGION CEL syntax. Setting up a user CEL function. Setting up a monitor point to observe the temperature at a prescribed location. Using the Monte Carlo radiation model with a directional source of radiation. Post-processing a transient simulation. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Radiation Buoyant Flow Boundary Conditions Boundary Prole Visualization Inlet (Prole) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Details General Mode Transient General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Monte Carlo
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 273
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Wall: Adiabatic Wall: Fixed Temperature Output Control Transient Results Files Monitor Points CEL (CFX Expression Language) User CEL Function CFD-Post Plots Animation Isosurface Point Slice Plane Other Text Label with Auto Annotation Changing the Color Range Legend Time Step Selection Transient Animation with Movie Generation
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 274 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The thermostat switches the air conditioner on and off based on the following data: A set point of 22C (the temperature at or above which the air conditioner turns on) A temperature tolerance of 2C (the amount by which cooling continues below the set point before the air conditioner turns off) The temperature at a wall-mounted thermometer
Air ows in steadily from an inlet vent on the ceiling, and ows out through a return-air vent near the oor. When the air conditioner is turned on, the incoming air temperature is reduced compared to the outgoing air temperature. When the air conditioner is turned off, the incoming air temperature is set equal to the outgoing air temperature. Two windows allow sunlight to enter and heat the room. The walls (including a closed door) and windows are assumed to be at a constant 26C. The simulation is transient, and continues long enough to allow the air conditioner to cycle on and off.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: HVAC.pre HVAC_expressions.ccl
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 275
Note
You must have a Fortran compiler installed on your system to perform this tutorial. 2. Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
The table below lists the expressions, along with the denition and information for each expression: Expression Name ACOn Expression Denition Thermostat Function(TSensor,TSet,TTol,aitern) Information On/off status of the air conditioner (determined by calling a user CEL function with the thermometer
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 276 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Importing CEL Expressions Expression Name Expression Denition Information temperature, thermostat set point, and temperature tolerance). Cool TempCalc TVentOut - (HeatRemoved / (MassFlow * 1.004 [kJ kg^-1 K^-1 ])) 0.06 [m^3 s^-1] 1000 [J s^-1] 1.185 [kg m^-3] * Flowrate Temperature of air at the return-air vent (determined by a CEL function). Volumetric ow rate of air entering the room. Rate of thermal energy removal when the air conditioner is on. Mass ow rate of air entering the room.
ACOn*CoolTempCalc+(1-ACOn)*TVentOut Temperature of inlet vent air (a function of the air conditioner on/off status, return-air vent temperature, thermal energy removal rate, and mass ow rate). probe(T)@Thermometer Thermometer temperature (determined by a CEL function that gets temperature data from a monitor point). Thermometer set point. Temperature tolerance. Temperature of outlet vent air. Direction vector components for guiding the inlet vent air in a diverging manner as it enters the room. Time step size. Total time.
TSensor
tStep tTotal
The CEL function that evaluates the thermometer temperature relies on a monitor point that you will create later in this tutorial. The CEL expression for the air conditioner on/off status requires a compiled Fortran subroutine and a user CEL function that uses the subroutine. These are created next, starting with the compiled subroutine.
Note
The expression for the return-air vent temperature, TVentOut, makes use of @REGION CEL syntax, which indicates the mesh region named VentOut, rather than a boundary named VentOut. For details about @REGION CEL syntax, see Using Locators in Expressions (p. 130) in ANSYS CFX Reference Guide.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 277
! system ("cfx5mkext TStat_Control.F") == 0 or die "cfx5mkext failed"; This is equivalent to executing the following at an OS command prompt: cfx5mkext TStat_Control.F 5. The ! indicates that the following line is to be interpreted as power syntax and not CCL. Everything after the ! symbol is processed as Perl commands. system is a Perl function to execute a system command. The == 0 or die will cause an error message to be returned if, for some reason, there is an error in processing the command.
Note
You can use the -double option (i.e., cfx5mkext -double TStat_Control.F) to compile the subroutine for use with double precision CFX-Solver executables. A subdirectory will have been created in your working directory whose name is system dependent (e.g., on Linux it is named linux). This sub directory contains the shared object library.
Note
If you are running problems in parallel over multiple platforms then you will need to create these subdirectories using the cfx5mkext command for each different platform. You can view more details about the cfx5mkext command by running cfx5mkext -help. You can set a Library Name and Library Path using the -name and -dest options respectively. If these are not specied, the default Library Name is that of your Fortran le and the default Library Path is your current working directory. Close the Command Editor dialog box.
Setting the Analysis Type Create the user routine: 1. From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > User Routine or click User Routine 2. 3. .
Set the name to Thermostat Routine. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option Calling Name Library Name Library Path
a
This is the name of the subroutine within the Fortran le. Always use lower case letters for the calling name, even if the subroutine name in the Fortran le is in upper case. b This is the name passed to the cfx5mkext command by the -name option. If the -name option is not specied, a default is used. The default is the Fortran le name without the .F extension. c Set this to your working directory.
4. 1.
Click OK. From the main menu, select Insert > Expressions, Functions and Variables > User Function or click User Function .
2. 3.
Set the name to Thermostat Function. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option User Routine Name Argument Units Result Units
a
Value User Function Thermostat Routine [K], [K], [K], []a []b
These are the units for the four input arguments: TSensor, TSet, TTol, and aitern. The result will be a dimensionless ag with a value of 0 or 1.
4.
Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Analysis Type > Option Value Transient
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Option Total Time Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 279
Creating the Domain Tab Setting Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total Time Analysis Type > Time Steps > Option Value tTotal Timesteps
Analysis Type > Time Steps > Timesteps tStep Analysis Type > Initial Time > Option Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time 3. Click OK. Automatic with Value 0 [s]
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Air Ideal Gas Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option 1 [atm] Buoyant
Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity X 0 [m s^-2] Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Y 0 [m s^-2] Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity Z -g Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. 1.2 [kg m^-3] Density Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Thermal Radiation > Option 3. Click OK. Thermal Energy Monte Carlo
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 280 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Inlet Boundary
Create a boundary for the inlet vent, using the previously-loaded expressions for mass ow rate, ow direction, and temperature: 1. 2. Create a boundary named Inlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Value Inlet Inlet Mass Flow Rate
Mass and Momentum > Mass Flow Rate MassFlow Flow Direction > Option Flow Direction > X Component Flow Direction > Y Component Flow Direction > Z Component Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Plot Options Boundary Vector Boundary Vector > Prole Vec. Comps. 3. Click OK. The viewer shows the inlet velocity prole applied at the inlet, which uses the expressions XCompInlet and ZCompInlet to specify a diverging ow pattern. Cartesian Components XCompInlet 0 ZCompInlet Static Temperature TIn (Selected) Cartesian Components
Note
Ignore the physics errors that appear. They will be xed by setting up the rest of the simulation. The error concerning the expression TIn is due to a reference to Thermometer which does not yet exist. A monitor point named Thermometer will be created later as part of the output control settings.
Outlet Boundary
Create a boundary for the return-air vent, specifying a relative pressure of 0 Pa: 1. 2. Create a boundary named VentOut. Apply the following settings:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 281
Creating the Boundaries Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Value Outlet VentOut Average Static Pressure
Window Boundary
To model sunlight entering the room, the windows are required to emit directional radiation. To approximate the effect of the outdoor air temperature, assume that the windows have a xed temperature of 26C. Create a boundary for the windows using a xed temperature of 26C and apply a radiation source of 600 W m^-2 in the (1, 1, -1) direction: 1. 2. Create a boundary named Windows. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Sources Boundary Source Boundary Source > Sources Value Wall Window1,Window2 Temperature 26 [C] (Selected) (Selected)
3. 4.
Create a new radiation source item by clicking Add new item Apply the following settings to Radiation Source 1: Setting Option Radiation Flux Direction > Option Direction > X Component Direction > Y Component Direction > Z Component Value
5.
Apply the following settings: Tab Plot Options Setting Boundary Vector Value (Selected)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 282 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Initial Values Tab Setting Boundary Vector > Prole Vec. Comps. Value Cartesian Components in Radiation Source 1
6.
Because this boundary is opaque with an emissivity of 1, all of the radiation is absorbed and none of the radiation is reected. With no reected radiation, the Diffuse Fraction setting has no effect. For lower values of emissivity, some radiation is reected, and the Diffuse Fraction setting controls the fraction of the reected radiation that is diffuse, with the remainder being specular (directional). The default wall boundary includes the Door region, which is modeled as a wall (closed door) for simplicity. Since the Door region is part of the entire default boundary, it will not appear in the Wireframe object that appears in the viewer when the results le of the simulation is opened in CFD-Post, but it can still be viewed as a mesh region.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 283
Setting Solver Control Tab Setting Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Option Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure Value 0 [m s^-1] Automatic with Value 0 [Pa]
Initial Conditions > Temperature > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Temperature > Temperature 22 [C]
Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Option Intensity and Length Scale Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Fractional Intensity > Option Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Fractional Intensity > Value Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale > Option Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale > Value Automatic with Value 0.05 Automatic with Value 0.25 [m]
Initial Conditions > Radiation Intensity > Automatic with Value Option Initial Conditions > Radiation Intensity > (Selected) Blackbody Temperature Initial Conditions > Radiation Intensity > 22 [C] Blackbody Temperature > Blackbody a Temp.
a
The initial blackbody temperature of the air should be set to the initial temperature of the air.
3.
Click OK.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 284 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Click the Trn Results tab. In the Transient Results list box, click Add new item click OK. , set Name to Transient Results 1, and
Apply the following settings to Transient Results 1: Setting Option Output Variables Lista Output Variable Operators Output Variable Operators > Output Var. Operators Output Frequency > Option
a
Value Selected Variables Pressure, Radiation Intensity, Temperature, Velocity (Selected) Allb Every Timestep
Use the Ctrl key to select more than one variable. This causes the gradients of the selected variables to be written to the transient results les, along with other information.
To create the thermostat thermometer, set up a monitor point at the thermometer location. Also set up monitors to track the expressions for the temperature at the inlet, the temperature at the outlet, and the on/off status of the air conditioner. 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Monitor 2. 3. Setting Monitor Options Value (Selected)
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Thermometer. Apply the following settings to Thermometer: Setting Output Variables List Cartesian Coordinates Value Temperature 2.95, 1.5, 1.25
4. 5.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Temp at Inlet. Apply the following settings to Temp at Inlet: Setting Option Expression Value Value Expression TIn
6.
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named Temp at VentOut.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 285
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File 7. Apply the following settings to Temp at VentOut: Setting Option Expression Value 8. 9. Value Expression TVentOut
Create a new Monitor Points and Expressions item named ACOnStatus. Apply the following settings to ACOnStatus: Setting Option Expression Value Value Expression ACOn
Click one of the plot lines to see the value of the plot variable at that point. It is difcult to see the plot values because all of the monitor points are plotted on the same scale. To see the plots in more detail, try displaying subsets of them as follows: 1. 2. 3. Right-click in the plot area and select Monitor Properties from the shortcut menu. In the Monitor Properties dialog box, on the Plot Lines tab, expand the USER POINT branch in the tree. Clear the check boxes beside all of the monitor points except ACOnStatus, then click Apply. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
286
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post 4. Observe the plot for ACOnStatus. You might have to move the dialog box out of the way to see the plot. 5. 6. 7. 4. 5. 6. In the Monitor Properties dialog box, toggle each of the check boxes beside the monitor points, so that all of the monitor points are selected except for ACOnStatus, then click Apply. Observe the plots for Temp at Inlet, Temp at VentOut, and Thermometer (Temperature). Click OK to close the Monitor Properties dialog box.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click Ok.
Creating Planes
In order to show the key features of the temperature distribution, create two planes colored by temperature as follows: 1. 2. 3. Load the res le (HVAC_001.res) if you did not elect to load the results directly from CFX-Solver Manager. Right-click a blank area in the viewer, select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up). Create a ZX-Plane named Plane 1 with Y=1.5 [m]. Color it by Temperature using a user specied range from 19 [C] to 23 [C]. Turn off lighting (on the Render tab) so that the colors are accurate and can be interpreted properly using the legend. Create an XY plane named Plane 2 with Z=0.35 [m]. Color it using the same settings as for the rst plane, and turn off lighting.
4.
Creating an Isosurface
In order to show the plumes of cool air from the inlet vent, create a surface of constant temperature as follows: 1. 2. Click Timestep Selector . The Timestep Selector dialog box appears.
Double-click the value: 12 s. The time step is set to 12 s so that the cold air plume is visible.
3. 4.
Create an isosurface named Cold Plume as a surface of Temperature = 19 C. Color the isosurface by Temperature (select Use Plot Variable) and use the same color range as for the planes. Although the color of the isosurface will not show variation (by denition), it will be consistent with the coloration of the planes. On the Render tab for the isosurface, set Transparency to 0.5. Leave lighting turned on to help show the 3D shape of the isosurface. Click Apply.
5. 6.
Note
The isosurface will not be visible in some time steps, but you will be able to see it when playing the animation (a step carried out later).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 287
Click Apply.
Accept the default name and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Denition Setting Text String Embed Auto Annotation Type
a
The full text string should now be Time Elapsed: <aa>. The <aa> string represents the location where text is to be substituted.
4. 5.
Click More to add a second line of text to the text object. Apply the following settings: Tab Denition Setting Text String (the second one) Embed Auto Annotation Type (Selected) Expression Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Value Sensor Temperature:
288
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating an Animation Tab Setting Expression Appearance 6. 7. Click Apply. Ensure that the visibility for Text 1 is turned on. Height Value TSensor 0.03
Creating an Animation
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Ensure that the view is set to Isometric View (Z up). Click Timestep Selector .
Double-click the rst time value (0 s). In the toolbar at the top of the window click Animation .
In the Animation dialog box, select the Keyframe Animation option. Click New to create KeyframeNo1.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 200, then press Enter while in the # of Frames box.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and conrm that the new number appears in the list before continuing. This will place 200 intermediate frames between the rst and (yet to be created) second key frames, for a total of 202 frames. This will produce an animation lasting about 8.4 s since the frame rate will be 24 frames per second. Since there are 76 unique frames, each frame will be shown at least once. 8. 9. Use the Timestep Selector to load the last time value (225 s). In the Animation dialog box, click New to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value. 10. Click More Animation Options 11. Select Save Movie. 12. Set Format to MPEG1. 13. Specify a le name for the movie le. 14. Click the Options button. 15. Change Image Size to 720 x 480 (or a similar resolution). 16. Click the Advanced tab, and note the Quality setting. If your movie player cannot play the resulting MPEG, you can try using the Low or Custom quality settings. 17. Click OK. 18. Click To Beginning to rewind the active key frame to KeyframeNo1. to expand the Animation dialog box.
19. Click Save animation state and save the animation to a le. This will enable you to quickly restore the animation in case you want to make changes. Animations are not restored by loading ordinary state les (those with the .cst extension). 20. Click Play the animation .
21. If prompted to overwrite an existing movie, click Overwrite. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 289
Further Steps The animation plays and builds an mpg le. 22. When you have nished, quit CFD-Post.
Further Steps
This tutorial uses an aggressive ow rate of air, a coarse mesh, large time steps, and a low cap on the maximum number of coefcient loops per time step. Running this tutorial with a ow rate of air that is closer to 5 changes of air per hour (0.03 m3 s-1), a ner mesh, smaller time steps, and a larger cap on the maximum number of coefcient loops, will produce more accurate results. Running this simulation for a longer total time will allow you to see more on/off cycles of the air conditioner.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 290 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Creating thin surfaces for the inlet vanes. Using a Reacting Mixture. Using the Eddy Dissipation combustion model. Using the Flamelet Model. Changing the combustion model in a simulation. Using the P1 radiation model in CFX-Pre. Using the Discrete Transfer radiation model in CFX-Pre. Using the NOx model in CFX-Pre. Changing object color maps in CFD-Post to prepare a grayscale image. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Combustion Radiation Boundary Conditions Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 291 Details General Mode Steady State Reacting Mixture Single Domain k-Epsilon Thermal Energy
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Wall: Thin Surface Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Outline Plot (Wireframe) Sampling Plane Slice Plane Vector Other Changing the Color Range Color map Legend Quantitative Calculation
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 292 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
This tutorial demonstrates two combustion and radiation model combinations. The simulation in the rst part of this tutorial uses the Eddy Dissipation combustion model and the P1 radiation model. The simulation in the second part of this tutorial uses the Laminar Flamelet combustion model and the Discrete Transfer radiation model. The NOx model is also included. Different radiation models are used in this tutorial for demonstration purposes; the radiation models are independent of the combustion models. See Which Model is the Most Appropriate? (p. 228) in ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide for a comparison of the available combustion models: Eddy Dissipation Finite Rate Chemistry Combined EDM/FRC Laminar Flamelet Burning Velocity
Due to the fact that the fuel (methane) and oxidizer (air) undergo fast combustion (whereby the combustion rate is dominated by the rate of mixing of the materials), the Finite Rate Chemistry model is not a suitable combustion model for the combustor in this tutorial. The Combined EDM/FRC model capability is a superset of the Eddy Dissipation model capability, and has no benet over the Eddy Dissipation model in this case. In fact, the convergence behavior of the Combined EDM/FRC model may be worse than that of the Eddy Dissipation model. The Eddy Dissipation model, the Laminar Flamelet model, and the Burning Velocity model are suitable for modeling fast combustion. The Burning Velocity model capability is a superset of the Flamelet model capability, with the extra capability of being able to handle premixed fuel/oxidizer. Because the combustor in this tutorial does not use Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 293
Using Eddy Dissipation and P1 Models premixed fuel/oxidizer, the extra capability of the Burning Velocity model is not required and therefore it is sufcient to use the Flamelet model. The Eddy Dissipation model tracks each individual chemical species (except for the constraint material) with its own transport equation. This model is exible in that you can readily add new materials, such as additional fuels, to the simulation without complications. A limitation of this model is that radical or intermediate species, such as CO, cannot be calculated with adequate accuracy. This may lead to over-prediction of ame temperature, in particular in fuel-rich regions. The Laminar Flamelet model can simulate the products of incomplete combustion; for this reason, it generally provides a more accurate solution than the Eddy Dissipation model. One drawback of the Flamelet model is that it requires the availability of a amelet library suited for the required fuel/oxidizer combination over the pressure and temperature ranges of interest. The NO models used in the two parts of this tutorial are very similar. The only difference is in how the O-radical concentration is obtained for the 'Thermal NO' formation step: Eddy Dissipation model: The O-radical is not a component of the mixture; instead, its concentration is estimated using the O2 concentration and temperature. Flamelet model: The O-radical concentration is calculated from the Flamelet library, where its concentration information is directly available.
For details on the Thermal NO mechanism, see Thermal NO (p. 218) in ANSYS CFX-Solver Theory Guide.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. CombustorMesh.gtm CombustorEDM.pre CombustorFlamelet.pre CombustorEDM.cfx
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 294 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 295
Creating the Domain Tab Setting Mixture Properties > Radiation Properties > Scattering Coefcient
a
Value (Selected)
The Methane Air WD1 NO PDF reaction species complete combustion of the fuel into its products in a single-step reaction. The to display the Reactions List dialog box, then
formation of NO is also modeled and occurs in an additional reaction step. Click click Import Library Data
b
Setting the radiation properties explicitly will signicantly shorten the solution time since the CFX-Solver will not have to calculate radiation mixture properties.
3.
Click OK.
Value B152, B153, B154, B155, B156 Fluid 1 Methane Air Mixture 1 [atm]a Thermal Energy Eddy Dissipation (Selected) 0.5b P1 (Selected) Constraint
It is important to set a realistic reference pressure in this tutorial because the components of Methane Air Mixture are ideal gases. This includes a simple model for partial premixing effects by turning on the Product Limiter. When it is selected, non-zero initial values are required for the products. The products limiter is not recommended for multi-step eddy dissipation reactions, and so is set for this single step reaction only.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 296 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Normal Speed Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Component Details Component Details > CH4 > Mass Fraction 3. Click OK. Value Inlet fuelin 40 [m s^-1] 300 [K] CH4 1
The remaining mass fraction at the inlet will be made up from the constraint component, N2.
3.
Click OK.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Component Details > O2 > Mass Fraction
a
Value 0.232a
The remaining mass fraction at the inlet will be made up from the constraint component, N2.
3.
Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named out. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. Value Outlet out Average Static Pressure 0 [Pa]
Vanes Boundary
The vanes above the main air inlet are to be modeled as thin surfaces. To create a vane as a thin surface in CFX-Pre, you must specify a wall boundary on each side of the vanes. You will rst create a new region which contains one side of each of the eight vanes. 1. 2. Create a new composite region named Vane Surfaces. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Dimension (Filter) Region List Value 2Da F129.152, F132.152, F136.152, F138.152, F141.152, F145.152, F147.152, F150.152
3. 4. 5.
Click OK. Create another composite region named Vane Surfaces Other Side. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Dimension (Filter) Region List Value 2D F129.153, F132.153, F136.154, F138.154, F141.155, F145.155, F147.156, F150.156
6. 7.
Click OK. Create a new boundary named vanes. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
298
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Initial Values 8. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Value Wall Vane Surfaces, Vane Surfaces Other Side
9.
Click OK.
Since this tutorial serves as a basic model, heat transfer through the wall is neglected. As a result, no further boundary conditions need to be dened.
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Component Details Initial Conditions > Component Details > O2> Option 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 5 [m s^-1] O2 Automatic with Value
Initial Conditions > Component Details > O2 > Mass Fraction 0.232a Initial Conditions > Component Details Initial Conditions > Component Details > CO2 > Option Initial Conditions > Component Details > CO2 > Mass Fraction Initial Conditions > Component Details Initial Conditions > Component Details> H2O > Option Initial Conditions > Component Details > H2O > Mass Fraction
a
CO2 Automatic with Value 0.01 H2O Automatic with Value 0.01
The initial conditions assume the domain consists mainly of air and the fraction of oxygen in air is 0.232. A small mass fraction of reaction products (CO2 and H2O) is needed for the EDM model to initiate combustion.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 299
Note
If a ne mesh is used for a formal quantitative analysis of the ow in the combustor, the solution time will be signicantly longer than for the coarse mesh. You can run the simulation in parallel to reduce the solution time. For details, see Obtaining a Solution in Parallel (p. 102). 1. Ensure Dene Run is displayed. CFX-Solver Input File should be set to CombustorEDM.def. 2. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. Eventually a dialog box is displayed stating that the run has nished. 3. 4. 5. Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 300 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The large area of high temperature through most of the vessel is due to forced convection.
Note
Later in this tutorial (see Dening a Simulation Using Laminar Flamelet and Discrete Transfer Models in ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 303)), the Laminar Flamelet combustion model will be used to simulate the combustion again, resulting in an even higher concentration of high temperatures throughout the combustor.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 301
A small amount of NO is released from the outlet of the combustor. This amount is lower than can normally be expected, and is mainly due to the coarse mesh and the short residence times in the combustor.
Viewing Radiation Tab Setting Plane Type > X Samples Plane Type > Y Samples Render 8. 9. Click Apply. Modify Vector 1. Show Faces Value 30 30 (Cleared)
10. Apply the following setting Tab Geometry 11. Click Apply. To view the swirling velocity eld, right-click in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -Z. You may also want to turn off the wireframe visibility. In the region near the fuel and air inlets, the swirl component of momentum (theta direction) results in increased mixing with the surrounding uid and a higher residence time in this region. As a result, more fuel is burned. Setting Denition > Locations Value Plane 2
Viewing Radiation
Try examining the distribution of Incident Radiation and Radiation Intensity throughout the domain. When you are nished, quit CFD-Post.
Defining a Simulation Using Laminar Flamelet and Discrete Transfer Models in ANSYS CFX-Pre
In this second part of the tutorial, you will start with the simulation from the rst part of the tutorial and modify it to use the Laminar Flamelet combustion model and the Discrete Transfer radiation model. Running the simulation a second time will demonstrate the differences in the combustion models, including the variance in carbon dioxide distribution, which is shown below.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 303
2.
Click
to display the Reactions List dialog box, then click Import Library Data
3.
Click OK. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
304
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Some physics validation messages appear after this reaction is selected. In this situation, the messages can be safely ignored as the physics will be corrected once the domains and boundary conditions are modied.
Component Models > Component > N2 > Option Constraint Component Models > Component NO
Component Models > Component > NO > Option Transport Equation Component Models > Component Component Models > Component > (All other components) > Option
a
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 305
Setting Initial Values Tab Boundary Details Setting Mixture > Option Component Details Component Details > NO > Option Component Details > NO > Mass Fraction 3. Click OK. Value Oxidiser NO Mass Fraction 0
Apply the following settings Tab Advanced Options Setting Dynamic Model Control > Global Dynamic Model Control Thermal Radiation Control Value (Selected) (Selected) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
306
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Tab Setting Thermal Radiation Control > Iteration Interval Value (Selected)
Thermal Radiation Control > Iteration Interval > Iteration Interval 10 3. Click OK.
Viewing the NO Concentration in the Combustor Tab Color Setting Mode Mode > Variable 3. Click Apply. Value Variable Temperature
Calculating NO Concentration
The next calculation shows the amount of NO at the outlet. 1. 2. Select Tools > Function Calculator or click the Calculators tab and select Function Calculator. Apply the following settings Tab Setting Value massFlowAve out NO.Mass Fraction
Viewing CO Concentration
The next plot will show the concentration of CO (carbon monoxide), which is a by-product of incomplete combustion and is poisonous in signicant concentrations. As you will see, the highest values are very close to the fuel inlet and in the regions of highest temperature. 1. 2. Modify the plane named Plane 1. Apply the following settings Tab Color Setting Mode > Variable Range 3. Click Apply. Value CO.Mass Fraction Local
Further Postprocessing 2. Apply the following settings Tab Setting Value massFlowAve out CO.Mass Fraction
Function Calculator Function Location Variable 3. Click Calculate. There is approximately 0.4% CO by mass in the outlet stream.
Further Postprocessing
1. 2. 3. Try putting some plots of your choice into the Viewer. You can plot the concentration of other species and compare values to those found for the Eddy Dissipation model. Examine the distribution of Incident Radiation and Radiation Intensity throughout the domain. Load one combustion model, then load the other using the Keep current cases loaded option in the Load Results File dialog box. You can compare both models in the viewer at once, in terms of mass fractions of various materials, as well as total temperature and other relevant measurements.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 309
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Modeling ow with cavitation. Using vector reduction in CFD-Post to clarify a vector plot with many arrows. Importing and exporting data along a polyline. Plotting computed and experimental results. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Multiphase Boundary Conditions Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Symmetry Plane Wall: No-Slip Wall: Free-Slip Timestep CFX-Solver Manager CFD-Post Restart Plots Contour Line Locator Polyline Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 311 Physical Time Scale Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon Isothermal
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Slice Plane Streamline Vector Other Chart Creation Data Export Printing Title/Text Variable Details View
In this tutorial, an initial solution with no cavitation is generated to provide an accurate initial guess for a full cavitation solution, which is generated afterwards.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv HydrofoilGrid.def HydrofoilIni.pre Hydrofoil.pre HydrofoilIni_001.res Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 312 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating an Initial Simulation 2. Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Loading Materials
Since this tutorial uses Water Vapour at 25 C and Water at 25 C, you need to load these materials. 1. In the Outline tree view, right-click Materials and select Import Library Data. The Select Library Data to Import dialog box is displayed. 2. 3. 4. Expand Water Data. Select both Water Vapour at 25 C and Water at 25 C by holding Crtl when selecting. Click OK.
2.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 313
Creating the Boundaries 3. Under Fluid and Particle Denitions, delete Fluid 1 and create a new uid denition called Liquid Water. Use the button to create another uid named Water Vapor.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Value Liquid Water
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Liquid Water > Material Water at 25 C Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Water Vapor > Material
a
Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluid Models Multiphase > Homogeneous Model Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Turbulence > Option
a
4.
Click OK.
Inlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named Inlet. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Normal Speed Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Fractional Intensity Turbulence > Eddy Len. Scale Fluid Values Boundary Conditions Value Inlet IN 16.91 [m s^-1] Intensity and Length Scale 0.03 0.0076 [m] Liquid Water
Boundary Conditions > Liquid Water > Volume 1 Fraction > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Water Vapor
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 314 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Boundaries Tab Setting Boundary Conditions > Water Vapor > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction 3. Click OK. Value 0
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named Outlet. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure 3. Click OK. Value Outlet OUT Static Pressure 51957 [Pa]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 315
Setting Initial Values Tab Setting Location 3. Click OK. Value SYM2
Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W 16.91 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] Liquid Water Automatic with Value 1 Water Vapor Automatic with Value 0
Fluid Settings
Fluid Specic Initialization Fluid Specic Initialization > Liquid Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Liquid Water > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Fluid Specic Initialization Fluid Specic Initialization > Water Vapor > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Option Fluid Specic Initialization > Water Vapor > Initial Conditions > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction
3.
Click OK.
Note
For the Convergence Criteria, an RMS value of at least 1e-05 is usually required for adequate convergence, but the default value is sufcient for demonstration purposes. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 316 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 317
Plotting Pressure Distribution Data Tab Setting Denition > Z Render 4. 5. 6. Click Apply. Create a new polyline named Foil by selecting Insert > Location > Polyline from the main menu. Apply the following settings Tab Geometry Setting Method Boundary List Intersect With 7. Click Apply. Zoom in on the center of the hydrofoil (near the cavity) to conrm the polyline wraps around the hydrofoil. 8. Dene the following expressions, remembering to click Apply after entering each denition: Name PCoef FoilChord
a
Show Faces
This creates a normalized chord, measured in the X direction, ranging from 0 at the leading edge to 1 at the trailing edge of the hydrofoil.
9.
10. Apply the following settings Setting Method Scalar Expression 11. Click Apply. 12. Create a new variable named Chord. 13. Apply the following settings Setting Method Scalar Expression 14. Click Apply. Value Expression (Selected) FoilChord Value Expression (Selected) PCoef
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 318 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Although the variables that were just created are only needed at points along the polyline, they exist throughout the domain. Now that the variables Chord and Pressure Coefficient exist, they can be associated with the previously dened polyline (the locator) to form a chart line. This chart line will be added to the chart object, which is created next. 1. 2. 3. Select Insert > Chart from the main menu. Set the name to Pressure Coefficient Distribution. Apply the following settings Tab General Data Series Setting Title Name Location X Axis Data Selection > Variable Value Pressure Coefcient Distribution Solver Cp Foil Chord
Axis Range > Determine ranges automatically (Cleared) Axis Range > Min Axis Range > Max Axis Labels > Use data for axis labels Axis Labels > Custom Label Y Axis Data Selection > Variable 0 1 (Cleared) Normalized Chord Position Pressure Coefcient
Axis Range > Determine Ranges Automatically (Cleared) Axis Range > Min Axis Range > Max Axis Range > Invert Axis Axis Labels > Use data for axis labels Axis Labels > Custom Label 4. 5. Click Apply. The chart appears on the Chart Viewer tab. -0.5 0.4 (Selected) (Cleared) Pressure Coefcient
Saving the Post-Processing State Tab Setting Export Geometry Information Select Variables
a
3.
In the next part of this tutorial, the solver will be run with cavitation turned on. Similar post-processing follows, and the effect of cavitation on the pressure distribution around the hydrofoil will be illustrated in a chart.
Adding Cavitation
1. 2. Double-click Default Domain in the Outline tree view. Apply the following settings Tab Fluid Pair Models Setting Fluid Pairs > Liquid Water | Water Vapor > Mass Transfer > Option Fluid Pairs > Liquid Water | Water Vapor > Mass Transfer > Cavitation > Saturation Pressure Fluid Pairs > Liquid Water | Water Vapor > Mass Transfer > Cavitation > Saturation Pressure > Saturation Pressure
a
3574 [Pa]a
Although saturation pressure is optional, it must be set for this example. It is optional because saturation pressure can also be set by setting a homogeneous binary mixture, but one has not been used in this tutorial.
3.
Click OK. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
320
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Value 150a
3.
Click OK.
Value Hydrofoil.defa
You do not need to set the path unless you are planning on saving the solver le somewhere other than the working directory.
3. 4.
Conrm that the rest of the execution control settings are set appropriately. Click OK.
Initial Values Specication > Initial Values Initial Values 1 Initial Values Specication > Initial Values HydrofoilIni_001.res > Initial Values 1 Settings > File Namea
Click Browse
This is the solution from the starting-point run. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 321
Viewing the Results of the Cavitation Simulation 3. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. Eventually a dialog box is displayed. 4. 5. Click Yes to post-process the results. If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Solver Manager.
Note
The experimental data is provided in <CFXROOT>/examples/HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv which must be copied to your working directory before proceeding with this part of the tutorial.
Note
If using ANSYS Workbench, CFD-Post will already be in the state in which you left it in the rst part of this tutorial. In this case, proceed to step 5 below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Select File > Load State. Clear Load results. Select Cp_plot.cst. Click Open. Click the Chart Viewer tab. Edit Report > Pressure Coefficient Distribution. Click the Data Series tab. Apply the following setting: Tab Data Series Setting Name Value Solver Cp - with cavitation
This reects the fact that the user-dened variable Pressure Coefficient is now based on the current results. 9. Click Apply. You will now add the chart line from the rst simulation. 10. Create a new polyline named NoCavCpPolyline. 11. Apply the following setting: Tab Geometry 12. Click Apply. The data in the le is used to create a polyline with values of Pressure Coefficient and Chord stored at each point on it. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 322 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. Setting File Value NoCavCpData.csv
Viewing the Results of the Cavitation Simulation 13. Edit Report > Pressure Coefficient Distribution. 14. Click the Data Series tab. 15. Click New .
16. Select Series 2 from the list box. 17. Apply the following settings: Tab Data Series Setting Name Location Custom Data Selection X Axis > Variable Y Axis > Variable 18. Click Apply. The chart line (containing data from the rst solution) is created, added to the chart object, and displayed on the Chart Viewer tab. You will now add a chart line to show experimental results. 19. Click New . Value Solver Cp - no cavitation NoCavCpPolyline (Selected) Chord on NoCavCpPolyline Pressure Coefcient on NoCavCpPolyline
20. Apply the following settings Tab Data Series Setting Name Data Source > File Data Source > File Line Display Line Display > Line Style Line Display > Symbols 21. Click Apply. The chart line (containing experimental data) is created, added to the chart object, and displayed on the Chart Viewer tab. 22. If you want to save an image of the chart, select File > Save Picture from the main menu while the Chart Viewer tab is selected. This will allow you to save the chart to an image le. 23. When you are nished, close CFD-Post. Value Experimental Cp - with cavitation (Selected) HydrofoilExperimentalCp.csv Automatic Rectangle
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 323
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Moving mesh Fluid-solid interaction (without modeling solid deformation) Movie creation Monitoring points. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Output Control CEL (CFX Expression Language) Boundary Conditions Opening Symmetry Wall Timestep Transient Results File CFD-Post Plots Animation Point Slice Plane Vector Other Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 325 Opening Transient Details General Mode Transient General Fluid Single Domain k-Epsilon None
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Symmetry Plane Wall: No Slip Wall: Moving
Check valves are commonly used to allow unidirectional ow of liquids and act as pressure-relieving devices. The check valve for this tutorial comprises of a ball connected to a spring, with a stiffness constant of 300 N/m. The ball is made of steel with density of 7800 kg/m3 and 4 mm diameter. The liquid medium for this tutorial comprises of a tank region lled with Methanol (CH4O) at 25 C and 1 atm, which is located below the valve housing region. High pressure from the liquid (6 atm relative pressure at the tank opening) causes the ball to move up, thus allowing the uid to leave. The spring pushes the ball downward when the ball is raised above its initial position. The pressure variation causes the ball to oscillate along y-axis as a result of an imbalance in the spring forces; the ball stops moving when forces on it are in equilibrium. The forces on the ball are the force due to the spring (not shown in the gure) and the force due to uid ow. Gravity is neglected here for simplicity. The ball is represented as a cavity region in the mesh.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 326 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Modeling the Ball Dynamics This tutorial explores the uid mesh deformation resulting due to the uid-solid interaction between the ball and the surrounding uid; the deformation of ball itself is not modeled. CEL expressions are used to account for the motion of the ball, determined by solving a solid dynamics equation that depends upon the forces acting on the ball.
mBall
d dt
(Eq. 22.1)
where mBall is the mass of the ball (which is constant), velBall is the velocity of the ball in the y coordinate direction, FFlow is the ow (viscous and drag) force acting on the ball, and FSpring is the spring force acting on the ball. The left hand side of the equation is discretized to include an expression for the new displacement of the ball (relative to the spring's neutral position). The time derivative of the ball velocity is discretized as:
d dt
( velBall) =
(Eq. 22.2)
velBallNew =
(Eq. 22.3)
The new displacement of the ball also appears in the expression for spring force:
(Eq. 22.4)
The discrete form of the equation of motion for the ball is re-assembled, and the ball displacement is isolated as:
dBallNew =
(Eq. 22.5)
No further substitutions are required because all of these quantities are available through the CFX Expression Language as presented later in this tutorial.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. ValveFSI.pre ValveFSI_expressions.ccl ValveFSI.out
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 327
Dening a Simulation in CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
a This mesh was created using units of millimeters; however, the units are not stored with this type of mesh. Set Mesh Units to mm when importing the mesh into CFX-Pre so that the mesh remains the intended size.
3.
Click Open.
Setting the Analysis Type 1. Select File > Import > CCL. This le is located in the working directory. 2. Select ValveFSI_expressions.ccl This le contains following expressions that are used later in the tutorial: Expression Name tStep tTotal 5.0e-5 [s] 7.5e-3 [s] Denition Purpose These expressions dene the values for duration and timesteps that were chosen to study the transient response of ball under the effect of spring forces and the forces due to uid ow. This expression denes the ball motion required for the specication of mesh motion for the ball boundary. For details, see Modeling the Ball Dynamics. These are intermediate expressions used for the calculation of dBallNew.
dBallNew
dBallNumer/dBallDenom
300 [N m^-1] 7800 [kg m^-3] pi * (2.0 [mm])^2 * 1e-4 [m] denBall * volBall force_y()@Ball areaAve(Mesh Velocity v)@Ball areaAve(Total Mesh Displacement Y)@Ball FFlow + mBall*velBallOld/tStep + mBall*dBallOld/tStep^2 kSpring+mBall/tStep^2
a These expressions use areaAve function calls that are evaluated using solution data from the end of the previous time step; These calls are not updated during the solution of the mesh displacement equations. Thus, dBallOld and velBallOld represent the required old values.
3. 4.
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total Time tTotal Analysis Type > Time Steps > Timesteps Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time 3. Click OK. tStep 0 [s]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 329
Note
You may ignore the physics validation message regarding the lack of transient results les. You will set up transient results les later.
Domain Models > Mesh Deformation > Mesh (Expand) Motion Model Domain Models > Mesh Deformation > Mesh Increase Near Small Volumes Motion Model > Mesh Stiffness > Option Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fluid Temperature Isothermal 25 [C]
icon to open the Material dialog box, then click Import Library Data
to Import dialog box. In that dialog box, expand Constant Property Liquids in the tree, then select Methanol CH4O and click OK. Next, select Methanol CH4O in the Material dialog box and click OK. b The Regions of Motion Specied option permits wall boundaries and subdomains to move, and makes mesh motion settings available.
3.
Click OK.
a The stationary option for the tank volume (subdomain) ensures that the mesh does not fold at the sharp corner that exists where the valve joins the tank.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 330 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Mesh deformation specications are applied to two and three dimensional regions of the domain (i.e. boundaries and subdomains, respectively). For example, the Ball boundary uses mesh motion specication in the form of ball displacement, which is given by the expression dBallNew. However, mesh deformation specications are also used in this tutorial to help ensure that the mesh does not fold, as set for the Tank subdomain, earlier in the tutorial, and the TankOpen boundary (see below).
Ball Boundary
To move the ball, create a wall boundary with a displacement in the Y direction given by the expression dBallNew. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Ball. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Value Wall BALL
Mass And Momentum > Wall Velocity Relative (Selected) To Mass And Momentum > Wall Velocity Relative Mesh Motion To > Wall Vel. Rel. To Mesh Motion > Option Mesh Motion > X Component Mesh Motion > Y Component Mesh Motion > Z Component Specied Displacement 0 [m] dBallNew 0 [m]
3.
Click OK.
Symmetry Boundary
Since a 2D representation of the ow eld is being modeled (using a 3D mesh with one element thickness in the Z direction) symmetry boundaries will be created on the low and high Z 2D regions of the mesh. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Sym. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 331 Value Symmetry SYMP1, SYMP2
Mass And Momentum > Wall Velocity Relative (Selected) To Mass And Momentum > Wall Velocity Relative Boundary Frame To > Wall Vel. Rel. To Mesh Motion > Option Unspecied a
The Unspecied setting allows the mesh nodes to move freely. The motion of the mesh points on this boundary will be strongly inuenced by the motion of the ball. Since the ball moves vertically, the surrounding mesh nodes will also move vertically and will therefore remain on the valve housing. This mesh motion specication helps to preserve the quality of the mesh on the upper surface of the ball.
3.
Click OK.
This value is based on the problem statement. Remember to use the [atm] units for this setting. The stationary option for the tank opening prevents the mesh nodes from moving (If the tank opening had unspecied mesh motion, the mesh nodes on this boundary would move vertically and separate from the non-vertical parts of the boundary.).
b
3.
Click OK.
Setting Initial Values Tab Boundary Details Setting Mass And Momentum > Option Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure Turbulence > Option Mesh Motion > Option
a b
This pressure value is relative to the uid domain's reference pressure of 1 [atm]. The stationary option for the valve opening prevents the mesh nodes from moving.
3.
Click OK.
Note
Opening boundary types are used to allow the ow to leave and re-enter the domain across the inow and outow boundaries. This behavior is expected due to the oscillatory motion of the ball and due to the potentially large region of ow re-circulation that will occur on the downstream side of the ball.
The Global Initialization form will appear with the Option for each variable set to Automatic with Value. 2. Apply the following settings Tab Global Settings Setting Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure
a
This setting implies that the uid ow is initially in the y direction only. This is an initial velocity to maintain unidirectional uid ow in the positive y-direction and to prevent initial backow in the check-valve. The actual values could be derived from the steady state analysis (not considered for this tutorial).
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 333
Click the Trn Results tab. In the Transient Results tree view, click Add new item click OK. , set Name to Transient Results 1, and
Apply the following settings to Transient Results 1: Setting Option Output Variables Lista Output Variable Operators Output Variable Operators > Output Var. Operators Output Frequency > Option Output Frequency > Time Interval
a
Value Selected Variables Pressure, Velocity (Selected) Allb Time Interval tStep
Use the Ctrl key to select more than one variable. This causes the gradients of the selected variables to be written to the transient results les, along with other information.
5. 6. 7.
Click the Monitor tab. Select Monitor Options. Under Monitor Points and Expressions: 1. 2. 3. 4. Click Add new item .
Set Name to Ball Displacement. Set Option to Expression. Set Expression Value to dBallOld.
8.
Click OK.
Obtaining a Solution using the CFX-Solver Manager 5. If using Standalone Mode, quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) le at your discretion.
This setting creates an XY plane that lies midway between the two symmetry planes.
4.
Creating a Point
1. Create a point at (0, 0.0003, 0.0001) using the XYZ method. This is a reference point for the low Y point of the ball at timestep 0. Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 335
Creating an Animation with Velocity Vectors 2. Click Timestep Selector and load the results for a few different timesteps, selecting one entry at a time. For example, double-click rows with the step values of 0, 10, 20, 50, and 90 to see the ball in different positions. The mesh deformation will also be visible.
The maximum displacement, which was also monitored earlier in the CFX-Solver, occurs at around 20 timesteps before the ball reaches equilibrium.
The Animation dialog box appears. 5. In the Animation dialog box, apply the following settings: 1. 2. 3. Select Keyframe Animation. Click New to create KeyframeNo1.
Highlight KeyframeNo1, then change # of Frames to 148. This will produce an animation keyframe at each time step, resulting in a movie that plays for just over six seconds.
6. 7.
Load the last timestep (150) using the timestep selector. In the Animation dialog box, apply the following settings: 1. Click New to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Click More Animation Options to expand the Animation dialog box.
Click the Options button to open the Animation Options dialog box. On the Options tab, change Image Size to 720 X 480 (NTSC). Click the Advanced tab, then set Quality to Custom. Clear Variable Bit Rate and set Bit Rate to 3000000. This limits the bit rate so that the movie will play in most players. You can lower this value if your player cannot handle this bit rate.
7. 8. 9.
Click OK. Select Save Movie. Set Format to MPEG1. next to Save Movie and set a le name for the movie le.
If the le path is not given, the le will be saved in the working directory. 11. Click Open. This sets the movie le name and path, but does not create the movie. 12. If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box at the bottom of the Animation dialog box), click To Beginning to load it. Wait for CFD-Post to nish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding. 13. Click Play the animation .
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 336 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating an Animation with Velocity Vectors The movie is created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow, since a timestep must be loaded and objects must be created for each frame. To view the movie le, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format. 8. When you have nished, exit from CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 337
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Moving mesh Fluid-structure interaction (including modeling structural deformation using ANSYS) Running an ANSYS Multi-eld (MFX) simulation Post-processing two results les simultaneously. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Details General Mode Transient ANSYS Multi-eld Fluid Type Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Output Control General Fluid Single Domain Laminar None Monitor Points Transient Results File Boundary Details Wall: Mesh Motion = ANSYS MultiField Wall: No Slip Wall: Adiabatic Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 339
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Timestep CFD-Post Plots Details Transient Animation Contour Vector
An initial pressure of 100 Pa is applied to one side of the thin plate for 0.5 seconds in order to distort it. Once this pressure is released, the plate oscillates backwards and forwards as it attempts to regain its equilibrium (vertical) position. The surrounding uid damps the plate oscillations, thereby decreasing the amplitude of oscillations with time. The CFX solver calculates how the uid responds to the motion of the plate, and the ANSYS solver calculates how the plate deforms as a result of both the initial applied pressure and the pressure resulting from the presence of the uid. Coupling between the two solvers is required since the structural deformation affects the uid solution, and the uid solution affects the structural deformation.
A Save As dialog box appears. Select the path to your working directory to store les created during this tutorial. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory. 3. Under File name, type OscillatingPlate and click Save. The project les and their associated folder locations appear under the Files View. To make the Files View visible, select View > Files from the main menu of ANSYS Workbench.
3.
Now right-click the Setup cell in the Structural system and select Transfer Data to New > Fluid Flow (CFX). A Fluid Flow system, coupled to the ANSYS system, is added to the Project Schematic.
4.
Change the name of this system to Fluid; this name will be used while referring to the Fluid Flow (CFX) system in this tutorial.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 341
Adding a New Material for the Project For this tutorial, the Solution and Results cells of the Structural system will be removed because they are not used for two-way FSI analysis. This tutorial relies on the solution and result generated in the Fluid system, which you have already connected to the Structural system. The following steps outline the removal of these cells from the Structural system: 1. 2. In the Structural system, right-click the Solution cell and select Delete. Click OK on the pop-up message box to conrm the deletion of the cell with the solution data from the Structural system. The Solution and Results cells disappear from the Structural system. The updated project is shown in Figure 23.1, Project setup for two-way FSI analysis (p. 342).
3.
Now from the main menu, select File > Save to save the project setup.
The Structural and Fluid systems contain various cells and ANSYS Workbench provides visual indications of a cell's state at any given time via icons on the right side of each cell. In Figure 23.1, Project setup for two-way FSI analysis (p. 342), most cells appear with a blue question mark (?), indicating that cells need to be set up before continuing the analysis. As these cells are set up, the data transfer occurs from top to bottom. See Understanding States in ANSYS Workbench help for a description of various cell states. Now the project is ready for further processing. A project with inter-connected systems enables you to perform the analysis by adding a new material, sharing the geometry, setting up the physics in the Structural system, and setting up the physics in the Fluid system. Later, the analysis will be performed in the Fluid system for solving and viewing results. In Figure 23.1, Project setup for two-way FSI analysis (p. 342), the Engineering Data cell appears in an up-to-date state, because a default material denition is already available for the project. However, the default material is not used in this tutorial. Thus, the next step in the analysis is to add a new material with properties desired for exhibiting an oscillation under the inuence of external pressure, as outlined in Overview of the Problem to Solve (p. 340). The new material can be created using the Engineering Data application in ANSYS Workbench, as described in the next section.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 342 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Adding Geometry to the Project 4. Now from toolboxes located on the left side of the ANSYS Workbench window, expand the Physical Properties toolbox. Select Density and drag it onto the cell containing Plate in the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering Data window. Density is added as the plate property in the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, as shown in the following gure.
5. 6.
In the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, set Density to 2550 [kg m^-3]. Similarly, from the Linear Elastic toolbox, drag Isotropic Elasticity onto Plate in the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering Data window. Isotropic Elasticity is added as the plate property in the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window.
7.
In the Properties of Outline Row 4: Plate window, expand Isotropic Elasticity by clicking on the plus sign. Now set Young's Modulus to 2.5e06 [Pa] and Poisson's Ratio to 0.35.
Now the desired plate data is created and will be available to remaining cells in the Structural system. The next step is to set Plate as the default material for the analysis as outlined below: 1. 2. 3. In the Outline of Schematic A2: Engineering Data window, under Material, right-click Plate to open the shortcut menu. In the shortcut menu, select Default Solid Material For Model. Now from the main menu, select File > Save to save material settings to the project.
Now from the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, click Return to Project to close the Engineering Data workspace and return to the Project Schematic. The Outline and Properties windows disappear.
Dening the Physics in the Mechanical Application 1. On Project Schematic, right-click the Geometry cell in the Structural system and select Import Geometry > Browse. In the Open dialog box, select OscillatingPlate.agdb from your working directory. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory. The geometry is included in the project and Geometry cells appear in an up-to-date state in both the Structural and Fluid systems. 2. In the Structural system, double-click the Geometry cell to edit the geometry using DesignModeler.
Note
The Geometry cell in the Fluid system cannot be edited because it is being shared with the Geometry cell in the Structural system. In DesignModeler, the Tree Outline contains two bodies, Fluid body and Solid body, under the branch named 2 Parts, 2 Bodies, as shown in the following gure.
The Fluid body appears in a suppressed state, shown with an x mark, implying that the body is not visible. When a body is suppressed in DesignModeler, its model data is not exported to subsequent cells in the analysis systems. For this tutorial, all bodies will be unsuppressed in DesignModeler so that all geometry data is transferred to the subsequent cells in the Structural and Fluid systems. Later in the tutorial, the Solid and Fluid body will be selectively suppressed in the Structural and Fluid systems, respectively, before generating an appropriate structural or uid mesh. 1. In the Tree Outline, right-click the Fluid and select Unsuppress Body. The status of the Fluid body changes to a green check mark. 2. In the Tree Outline, select the branch named 2 Parts, 2 Bodies, both the Fluid and Solid bodies should be visible in the Graphics window. Click Zoom to Fit to view the entire model in the Graphics window.
This nishes the geometry setup for the project. Save these changes by selecting File > Save Project from the main menu, and select File > Close DesignModeler to return to the Project Schematic. Now the updated geometry is available for both the Structural and Fluid systems.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 344 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
For the Structural system, mesh needs to generated from the Solid body. As such, the Fluid body will be suppressed before the mesh generation operation. 3. Right-click the Fluid geometry and select Suppress Body from the shortcut menu. The Fluid body becomes suppressed and its status changes to an x mark. Click Zoom to Fit model suitable for viewing in the Graphics window. 4. In the tree view, right-click Mesh and select Generate Mesh from the shortcut menu. The hex mesh is generated. to re-size the
Note
Do not type in units while entering data for the time settings, Time Step and Step End Time. Set Auto Time Stepping to Off Set Time Step to 0.1 Set Step End Time to 5.
Inserting Loads
The loads applied for the nite element analysis are equivalent to the boundary conditions in uid analysis. In this section, you will set a xed support, a uid-solid interface, and a pressure load. On the surfaces of the plate that lie coincident with the symmetry planes, no loads are set. As a result, the default of an unconstrained condition will be applied on these surfaces. For this particular application, this is a reasonable approximation of the frictionless support that would otherwise be applied.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 345
Inserting Loads
Fixed Support
The xed support is required to hold the bottom of the thin plate in place. 1. 2. In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select Insert > Fixed Support from the shortcut menu. Rotate the geometry using the Rotate select Face and click the low-y face. button so that the bottom (low-y) face of the solid is visible, then
That face should be highlighted to indicate the selection. 3. In the Details view, click Apply to set the xed support. The text next to the Geometry setting changes to 1 Face. If the Apply button is not visible, select Fixed Support in the tree view and, in the Details view, click on the text next to the Geometry setting to make the Apply button re-appear.
Fluid-Solid Interface
The uid-solid interface denes the interface between the uid in the Fluid system and the solid in the Structural system. This interface is dened on regions in the structural model. Data is exchanged across this interface during the execution of the simulation. 1. 2. In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select Insert > Fluid Solid Interface from the shortcut menu. Using the same face-selection procedure described earlier in Fixed Support (p. 346), select the three faces of the geometry that form the interface between the structural model and the uid model (low-x, high-y and high-x faces) by holding down Ctrl to select multiple faces. Note that this load (uid-solid interface) is automatically given an interface number of 1.
Pressure Load
The pressure load provides the initial additional pressure of 100 [Pa] for the rst 0.5 seconds of the simulation. It is dened using a step function. 1. 2. 3. 4. In the Mechanical application, expand Project > Model and right-click Transient in the tree view and select Insert > Pressure from the shortcut menu. Select the low-x face for Geometry and click Apply. In the Details view, select Magnitude, and using the arrow that appears, select Tabular data. Under Tabular Data at the bottom right of the Mechanical application window, set a pressure of 100 in the table row corresponding to a time of 0.
Note
Do not type in units while entering the tabular data. The units for time and pressure in this table are the global units of [s] and [Pa], respectively. 5. You now need to add two new rows to the table. This can be done by typing the new time and pressure data into the empty row at the bottom of the table, and rows will be automatically re-ordered based on the time value. Enter a pressure of 100 for a time value of 0.499, and a pressure of 0 for a time value of 0.5.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 346 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Completing the Setup for the Structural System This gives a step function for pressure that can be seen in the chart to the left of the table. The settings for structural physics are now complete. Save these settings by selecting File > Save Project from the main menu, and select File > Close Mechanical to close the Mechanical applicationand return to the Project Schematic.
This completes the setup for the Structural system. In the next section, the Fluid system will be set up. As the Geometry cell is already up to date for both the Solid and Fluid systems, the next section begins with the setup of Mesh cell. Before generating mesh for the Fluid system, geometry faces will be grouped by creating Named Selections in the Meshing application as discussed in the next section.
Note
If you have congured the Meshing application to use CFX-Mesh as the default mesh method, then upon editing the Mesh cell for the rst time, the Meshing application will load initially and will be replaced by CFX-Mesh automatically. However, if you are editing the Mesh cell in a subsequent attempt, then only the Meshing application opens. Typically, the Meshing application and CFX-Mesh can be identied from their tree views, as shown in the following gure. In the Meshing application, Project appears as the top-level item in the tree view, whereas Model is the top-level item in the tree view of CFX-Mesh. Also, notice differences in names of the tree view windows, Outline versus Tree View.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 347
Now create a Named Selection, Sym1, by selecting the high-z face of the Fluid body, as outlined below. The procedure to create the Named Selections is outlined below: 1. In the Meshing application, expand Project > Model > Geometry in the tree view. Two items, Fluid body and Solid body, appear under the Geometry tree object. 2. Right-click the Solid body and select Suppress Body from the shortcut menu. The Solid body becomes suppressed and its status changes to an x mark. 3. In the tree view, right-click the Fluid body and select Create Selection Group from the shortcut menu. The Selection Name dialog box appears. 4. In the Selection Name dialog box, type in Sym1 for the name of the selection group. A Named Selections branch is added to the tree view. 5. Expand the Named Selections branch and select Sym1. The details of Sym1 appear in the Details view below the tree view. Notice Scope > Geometry is set to 1 Body. 6. 7. In the Details view, click 1 Body to make the Apply button appear. In the graphics window, rotate the geometry using the Rotate is visible, then select Face and click the high-z face. button so that the high-z face of the geometry
That face should be highlighted to indicate the selection. 8. In the Details view, Click Apply to set the selected face. The Geometry setting changes to 1 Face. Similarly, create another Named Selection, Sym2 by selecting the low-z face of the Fluid body, as outlined below: 1. In the tree view, right-click the Fluid body and select Create Selection Group from the shortcut menu. The Selection Name dialog box appears. 2. In the Selection Name dialog box, type in Sym2 for the name of the selection group. Sym2 is added to the Named Selection branch in the tree view. 3. Select Sym2 in the tree view. The details of Sym2 appear in the Details view below the tree view. Notice Scope > Geometry is set to 1 Body. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 348 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Generating the Mesh for the Fluid System 4. 5. In the Details view, click 1 Body to make the Apply button appear. In the graphics window, rotate the geometry using the Rotate is visible, then select Face and click the low-z face. button so that the low-z face of the geometry
That face should be highlighted to indicate the selection. 6. In the Details view, Click Apply to set the selected face. The Geometry setting changes to 1 Face. This nishes the creation of Named Selections on the Fluid body. Do not close the Meshing application yet, the tutorial continues to set up mesh settings and generate mesh for the Fluid system in the next section.
Now in the tree view, right-click Mesh and select Generate Mesh from the shortcut menu. The mesh is generated.
10. This nishes the mesh generation for the Fluid system. From the main menu, select File > Save Project to save these changes to the project, and select File > Close Meshing to return to the Project Schematic. On the Project Schematic, the Mesh cell in the Fluid system appears in an update-required state. Right-click the Mesh cell and select Update from the shortcut menu. Updating of the Meshing cell is required as opening ANSYS CFX-Pre, from the Setup cell, with an out-of-date Meshing cell can potentially corrupt the project.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 349
Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Duration > Total 5 [s] Time Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Steps > Option Timesteps Coupling Time Control > Coupling Time Steps > Timesteps Analysis Type > Option Analysis Type > Time Duration > Option 0.1 [s] Transient Coupling Time Duration a Coupling Timesteps a Coupling Initial Time
a
Analysis Type > Time Steps > Option Analysis Type > Initial Time > Option
Once the timesteps and time duration are specied for the ANSYS Multi-eld run (coupling run), CFX automatically picks up these settings and it is not possible to set the timestep and time duration independently. Hence the only option available for Time Duration is Coupling Time Duration, and similarly for the related settings Time Step and Initial Time.
4.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 350 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Option Thermodynamic State Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State Material Properties Equation of State > Molar Mass Equation of State > Density Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity Transport Properties > Dynamic Viscosity > Dynamic Viscosity
a
Value Pure Substance (Selected) Liquid 1 [kg kmol^-1] a 1 [kg m^-3] b (Selected) 0.2 [Pa s] b
The molar mass is not used for this tutorial setup and has been set only for the completeness of the uid property. The uid properties are chosen to ensure that the plate generates a reasonable amplitude of vibration that doesn't decay too fast under the inuence of uid.
b
3.
Click OK.
Value Fluid 1 Fluid 1 [atm] a Regions of Motion Specied None None (Laminar)
The reference pressure has no effect on this simulation so leave it as the default.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 351
Value Wall F33.30, F34.30, F35.30a ANSYS MultiField Total Mesh Displacement FSIN_1 Total Force
Alternatively, the geometry faces could be grouped together and named using Named Selections in the Meshing application.
3.
Click OK.
Symmetry Boundaries
Since a 2D representation of the ow eld is being modeled (using a 3D mesh with one element thickness in the Z direction) symmetry boundaries will be created on the low and high Z 2D regions of the mesh. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Sym1. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 3. 4. Click OK. Create a new boundary named Sym2. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 352 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. Value Symmetry Sym1
Setting Initial Values 5. Apply the following settings Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location 6. Click OK. Value Symmetry Sym2
These settings ensure that the uid is at rest initially, and the ow is generated by the initial motion of the plate.
3.
Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Transient Scheme > Option Value Second Order Backward Euler
Convergence Control > Max. Coeff. Loops 3 External Coupling Coupling Step Control > Solution Sequence Before CFX Fields Control > Solve ANSYS Fields
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 353
Setting Output Control Tab Setting Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > FZ Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > FZ > Convergence Target Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > FZ > Convergence Target > Convergence Target Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > UZ Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > UZ > Convergence Target Coupling Data Transfer Control > Ansys Variable > UZ > Convergence Target > Convergence Target Value FZ (Selected) (Selected) 1a
UZ (Selected) (Selected) 1a
a Since the Z component of both the force (FZ) and resultant displacement (UZ) are negligible for this 2D case, their convergence targets are set to large values in order to negate their inuence when determining load convergence.
3.
Click OK.
Click the Trn Results tab. In the Transient Results tree view, click Add new item Apply the following settings: Setting Option Output Variable List Output Frequency > Option
a
Value Selected Variables Pressure, Total Mesh Displacement, Velocity Every Coupling Stepa
5. 6. 7.
Click the Monitor tab. Select Monitor Options. Under Monitor Points and Expressions: 1. 2. Click Add new item and accept the default name.
Set Option to Cartesian Coordinates. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
354
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution using ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager 3. 4. Set Output Variables List to Total Mesh Displacement X. Set Cartesian Coordinates to [0, 1, 0]. This monitor point measures the x-component of the total mesh displacement at the top of the plate. 8. Click OK.
The settings for uid physics are now complete. From the main menu, select File > Save Project to save these changes to the project, and select File > Quit to close ANSYS CFX-Pre and return to the Project Schematic.
Note
On the Run Denition tab, the Initialization Option eld is set to Current Solution Data (if possible), its default setting. These runs use the results from any previous solution run as initial values for a subsequent update. This may not be desirable when restarting transient runs, which typically need to start from the initial conditions specied in the Setup cell. See Properties View (p. 46) in ANSYS CFX Introduction for more details. The run begins by some initial processing of the ANSYS Multi-eld input which results in the creation of a le containing the necessary multi-eld commands for ANSYS, and then the ANSYS Solver is started. The CFX Solver is then started in such a way that it knows how to communicate with the ANSYS Solver. After the run is under way, two new plots appear in ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager: ANSYS Field Solver (Structural) This plot is produced only when the solid physics is set to use large displacements or when other non-linear analyses are performed. It shows convergence of the ANSYS Solver. Full details of the quantities are described in the ANSYS user documentation. In general, the CRIT quantities are the convergence criteria for each relevant variable, and the L2 quantities represent the L2 Norm of the relevant variable. For convergence, the L2 Norm should be below the criteria. The x-axis of the plot is the cumulative iteration number for ANSYS, which does not correspond to either timesteps or stagger iterations. Several ANSYS iterations will be performed for each timestep, depending on how quickly ANSYS converges. You will usually see a somewhat spiky plot, as each quantity will be unconverged at the start of each timestep, and then convergence will improve. ANSYS Interface Loads (Structural) This plot shows the convergence for each quantity that is part of the data exchanged between the CFX and ANSYS Solvers. Six lines appear, corresponding to three force components (FX, FY, and FZ) and three displacement components (UX, UY, and UZ). Each quantity is converged when the plot shows a negative value. The x-axis of the plot corresponds to the cumulative number of stagger iterations
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 355
Viewing Results in ANSYS CFD-Post (coupling iterations) and there are several of these for every timestep. Again, a spiky plot is expected as the quantities will not be converged at the start of a timestep. The ANSYS out le is displayed in ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager as an extra tab. Similar to the CFX out le, this is a text le recording output from ANSYS as the solution progresses. 1. Click the User Points tab and watch how the top of the plate displaces as the solution develops. When the solver run has nished, a completion message appears in a dialog box. 2. Click OK.
From the main menu, select File > Quit to close ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager and return to the Project Schematic.
6. 7.
The corresponding transient results are loaded and you can see the mesh move in both the CFX and ANSYS regions. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 356 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating an Animation 1. 2. 3. Turn off the visibility of Default Boundary (under ANSYS at 1s > Default Domain). Create a contour plot, set Locations to ANSYS > Default Boundary and Fluid > Sym2, and set Variable to Total Mesh Displacement. Click Apply. Using the timestep selector, load time value 0.8 [s] (which is where the maximum total mesh displacement occurs).
This veries that the contours of Total Mesh Displacement are continuous through both the ANSYS and CFX regions. Many FSI cases will have only relatively small mesh displacements, which can make visualization of the mesh displacement difcult. ANSYS CFD-Post allows you to visually magnify the mesh deformation for ease of viewing such displacements. Although it is not strictly necessary for this case, which has mesh displacements which are easily visible unmagnied, this is illustrated by the next few instructions. 1. 2. Using the timestep selector, load time value 0.1 [s] (which has a much smaller mesh displacement than the currently loaded timestep). Place the mouse over somewhere in the viewer where the background color is showing. Right-click and select Deformation > Auto. Notice that the mesh displacements are now exaggerated. The Auto setting is calculated to make the largest mesh displacement a xed percentage of the domain size. To return the deformations to their true scale, right-click and select Deformation > True Scale.
3.
Creating an Animation
1. 2. 3. 4. Using the Timestep Selector dialog box, ensure the time value of 0.1 [s] is loaded. Turn off the visibility of Contour 1. Turn on the visibility of Sym2. Apply the following settings to Sym2. Tab Color Setting Mode Variable 5. 6. 7. 8. Click Apply. Create a vector plot, set Locations to Sym1 and leave Variable set to Velocity. Set Color to be Constant and choose black. Click Apply. Turn on the visibility of Default Boundary (under ANSYS at 0.1s > Default Domain), and set Color to a constant blue. Click Animation . Value Variable Pressure
Highlight KeyframeNo1, then change # of Frames to 48. Load the last timestep (50) using the timestep selector. Click New to create KeyframeNo2.
The # of Frames parameter has no effect for the last keyframe, so leave it at the default value. 5. 6. Select Save Movie. Set Format to MPEG1.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 357
Creating an Animation
7.
Click Browse
next to Save Movie to set a path and le name for the movie le.
If the le path is not given, the le will be saved in the directory from which CFD-Post was launched. 8. Click Save. The movie le name (including path) will be set, but the movie will not be created yet. 9. If frame 1 is not loaded (shown in the F: text box in the middle of the Animation dialog box), click To Beginning to load it. Wait for CFD-Post to nish loading the objects for this frame before proceeding. 10. Click Play the animation .
The movie will be created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow, since a timestep must be loaded and objects must be created for each frame. To view the movie le, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format. 11. Save the results by selecting File > Save Project from the main menu. When you are nished viewing results in ANSYS CFD-Post, return to the Project Schematic and select File > Exit to exit from ANSYS Workbench.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 358 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
Some of the instructions in this tutorial assume that you have sufcient licensing to have multiple applications open. If you do not have sufcient licensing, you may not be able to keep as many of the applications open as this tutorial suggests. In this case, simply close the applications as you nish with them.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Creating a geometry in DesignModeler and creating a mesh in CFX-Mesh. Using General mode in CFX-Pre to set up a problem. Using design points to manually vary characteristics of the problem to see how you can improve the mixing. Using Design Exploration to vary characteristics of the problem programmatically to nd an optimal design. Feature Details Geometry Creation Named Selections CFX-Mesh CFX-Pre User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Mesh Creation General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain
Component DesignModeler
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 359
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Details k-Epsilon Thermal Energy Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall: No-Slip Wall: Adiabatic Timescale Expressions CFD-Post Parameters Design Exploration Expressions Design Points Goal Driven Optimization Physical Timescale Workbench input parameter Workbench output parameter Manual changes Design of Experiments Response Surface Optimization
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 360 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Figure 24.1. Static Mixer with 2 Inlet Pipes and 1 Outlet Pipe
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 361
In the Tree Outline, click Sketch1. Select the Sketching tab (below the Tree Outline) to view the available sketching tool boxes.
You now have a grid of squares with the smallest squares being 50 cm across. Because Snap is enabled, you can select only points that are on this grid to build your geometry; this can often help you to position objects correctly. The triad at the center of the grid indicates the local coordinate frame. The color of the arrow indicates the local axis: red for X, green for Y, and blue for Z.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 362 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Solid a. b. Click on the grid in the position where one of the points from the shape needs to be placed (it does not matter which point, but a suggested order is given in the graphic below). Click on each successive point to make the shape. If at any point you click on the wrong place, click with the right-mouse button over the Graphics window and select Back from the shortcut menu to undo the point selection. c. To close the polyline after selecting the last point, right-click and choose Closed End from the shortcut menu.
The information of the new sketch, Sketch1, appears in the Details View. Note that the longest straight line (4 m long) in the diagram below is along the X-axis (located at Y = 0 m). The numbers and letters in the image below are added here for your convenience but do not appear in the software.
Details of the Revolve operation are shown in the Details View at the bottom left of the window. Leave the name of the Revolve as the default, Revolve1. The Base Object denes the sketch to be revolved. Select Sketch1. 2. 3. In the Details View you should see Apply and Cancel buttons next to the Axis parameter; if those buttons are not displayed, click on the word Axis. In the Graphics window, click on the grid line that is aligned with the X-axis of the plane represented by a red arrow (the X-axis of the plane is aligned with the global Z-axis), then click Apply in the Details View. The text next to Axis now changes to Selected. Leave Operation set to Add Material because you need to create a solid. Ensure that Angle is set to 360 degrees and leave the other settings at their defaults. To activate the revolve operation, click Generate . You can select this from the 3D Features Toolbar or from the shortcut menu by right-clicking in the graphics window.
4. 5.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 363
Select the Sketching tab. Create a circle as shown in the gure below: a. b. Select the Draw Toolbox. Select Circle, click and hold on the grid to mark the center of the circle, drag while holding to the desired radius, then release to set the radius.
7.
Select the Dimensions Toolbox, select General, click on the circle in the sketch, then click near the circle to set a dimension. In the Details View, click the check box beside D1. When prompted, rename the parameter to inDia and click OK. This dimension will be a parameter that is modied in Design Exploration.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 364 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
In the Details View, change Direction to Reversed to reverse the direction of the extrusion (that is, click the word Normal, then from the pull-down menu select Reversed). Change Depth to 3 (meters) and press Enter to set this value. All other settings can remain at their default values. The Add Material setting indicates that material is added to the existing solid, rather than a new solid being created. To perform the extrude operation, click Generate .
4.
3.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 365
Creating the Solid 3. 4. 5. 6. In the Details View, click beside Transform 1 (RMB) and choose the axis about which you want to rotate the inlet: Rotate about X. Click the check box in the FD1, Value 1 eld. This sets the angle of rotation of this plane as a new design parameter. When prompted, set the name to in2Angle and click OK. Click Generate .
In the Tree Outline click on Plane4, then create a new sketch (Sketch3) based on this plane by clicking New Sketch on the Active Plane/Sketch toolbar.
7. 8. 9.
Select the Sketching tab. Click on Settings to open the Settings Toolbox. Click on Grid and select Show in 2D and Snap.
10. Click on Major Grid Spacing and set it to 1. 11. Click on Minor-Steps per Major and set it to 2. 12. Right-click over the Graphics window and select Isometric View to put the sketch into a sensible viewing position. Zoom in, if required, to see the level of detail in the image below. 13. From the Draw Toolbox, select Circle and create a circle as shown below:
14. Select the Dimensions Toolbox, click General, click on the circle in the sketch, then click near the circle to set a dimension. In the Details View, click the check box beside D1. When prompted to create a new design parameter, name the parameter inDia and click OK. 15. Click Extrude from the 3D Features Toolbar.
16. In the Details View, ensure Direction is set to Normal in order to extrude in the same direction as the plane normal. 17. Ensure that Depth is set to 3 (meters). Leave the other settings at their defaults. 18. To activate the extrude operation, click Generate .
19. Right-click Solid in the Tree Outline and select Show Body. The geometry is now complete.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 366 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
The 3D Viewer must be in viewing mode for you to be able to orient the geometry and the 3D Viewer must be in select mode for you to be able to select a boundary in the geometry. You set viewing mode or select mode by clicking the icons in the viewer toolbar:
To create the named selections: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. In viewing mode, orient the static mixer so that you can see the inlet that has the lowest value of Y-coordinate. (You can rotate the mixer by holding down the middle-mouse button or the mouse scroll wheel.) In select mode, highlight the inlet by left-clicking the inlet face, then right-click on the inlet and select Named Selection. In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: in1 Click Generate .
Orient the static mixer so that you can see the inlet that has the highest value of Y-coordinate. Highlight the inlet by left-clicking the inlet face, then right-click on the inlet and select Named Selection. In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: in2 Click Generate .
Orient the static mixer so that you can see the outlet (at the lowest value of the Z-coordinate).
10. Highlight the outlet by left-clicking the outlet face, then right-click on the outlet and select Named Selection. 11. In the Details View, click Apply, then rename the Named Selection to: out 12. Click Generate .
13. Click Save on the ANSYS Workbench toolbar. This enables you to recover the work that you have performed to this point, if desired, until the next time you save the tutorial.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 367
Right-click inMassFlow in the Expressions area and select Use as Workbench Input Parameter. A small P with a right-pointing arrow appears on the expression's icon.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 368 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
4.
Dene the characteristics of the domain: a. b. c. Click the Outline tab. Double-click Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Default Domain to open it for editing. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Value Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 > Water Material Domain Models > Pressure > Reference Pressure Fluids Models d. 5. Click OK. Heat Transfer > Option 1 [atm] Thermal Energy
Create the rst inlet boundary: a. b. c. From the CFX-Pre menu bar, select Insert > Boundary. In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary in1 and click OK. Apply the following settings to in1: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass Flow Rate Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Value Inlet in1 Mass Flow Rate inMassFlowa 315 [K]
a To enter this expression name into the Mass Flow Rate eld, click in the blank eld, click on the Enter Expression icon that appears, right-click in the blank eld, then select the inMassFlow expression that appears.
d. 6.
Click OK.
Create the second inlet boundary: a. From the CFX-Pre menu bar, select Insert > Boundary.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 369
Setting up the Case with CFX-Pre b. c. In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary in2 and click OK. Apply the following settings to in2: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass Flow Rate Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Value Inlet in2 Mass Flow Rate inMassFlowa 285 [K]
a To enter this expression name into the Mass Flow Rate eld, click in the blank eld, click on the Enter Expression icon that appears, right-click in the blank eld, then select the inMassFlow expression that appears.
d. 7.
Click OK.
Create the outlet boundary: a. b. c. From the CFX-Pre menu bar, select Insert > Boundary. In the Insert Boundary dialog, name the new boundary out and click OK. Apply the following settings to out: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details d. Click OK. CFX-Pre and ANSYS Workbench both update automatically. The three boundary conditions are displayed in the viewer as sets of arrows at the boundary surfaces. Inlet boundary arrows are directed into the domain; outlet boundary arrows are directed out of the domain. Value Outlet out
8.
Solver Control parameters control aspects of the numerical solution generation process. Set the solver controls as follows: a. b. Click Solver Control .
On the Basic Settings tab, set Advection Scheme > Option to Upwind. While an upwind advection scheme is less accurate than other advection schemes, it is also more robust. This advection scheme is suitable for obtaining an initial set of results, but in general should not be used to obtain nal results.
c.
Set Convergence Control > Min. Iterations to 5. This change is required because when the solver is restarted from a previous converged solution for each design point, the solver may think the solution is converged after one or two iterations and halt the solution prematurely if the default setting (1) is maintained.
d.
Set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control to Physical Timescale and set the physical timescale value to 2 [s]. The time scale can be calculated automatically by the solver or set manually. The Automatic option tends to be conservative, leading to reliable, but often slow, convergence. It is often possible to accelerate convergence by applying a time scale factor or by choosing a manual value that is more aggressive than Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
370
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting the Output Parameter in CFD-Post the Automatic option. By selecting a physical time scale, you obtain a convergence that is at least twice as fast as the Automatic option. e. Click OK. CFX-Pre and ANSYS Workbench both update automatically. 9. In the Project Schematic, right-click the Solution cell and select Update. CFX-Solver obtains a solution.
10. When the Solution cell shows an up-to-date state, right-click the Results cell and select Refresh. When the refresh is complete, right-click the Results cell again and select Edit. CFD-Post starts.
You need to create an expression for the response parameter to be examined (Outlet Temperature) called OutTempRange, which will be the maximum output temperature minus the minimum output temperature: 1. 2. 3. On the Expressions tab, right-click on Expressions > New. Type OutTempRange and click OK. In the Denition area: a. b. c. Right-click Functions > CFD-Post > maxVal. With the cursor between the parentheses, right-click and select Variables > Temperature. Left-click after the @, then right-click and select Locations > out. That species the maximum output temperature.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 371
Investigating the Impact of Changing Design Parameters Manually d. Now, complete the expression so that it appears as follows: maxVal(Temperature)@out - minVal(Temperature)@out e. Click Apply. The new expression appears in the Expressions list. Note the value of the expression. 4. 5. In the Expressions list, right-click OutTempRange and select Use as Workbench Output Parameter. A small P with a right-pointing arrow appears on the expression's icon. Repeat the steps above for a second expression called OutTempAve. This expression will be used to monitor the output temperature. We expect the overall output temperature to be the average of the two input temperatures given that the incoming mass ows are equal. Make this expression's denition: massFlowAve(Temperature)@out Be sure to also set this expression to Use as Workbench Output Parameter. When you click Apply note the value of the expression. 6. 7. Click Save on the ANSYS Workbench toolbar to save the project. In CFD-Post, select File > Quit.
Tip
If necessary, you can close the Toolbox view to gain more space. To restore it, select View > Toolbox. When you highlight Parameters (cell A7), among the new views are: Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters, which lists the input and output parameters and their values (which match the values observed in previous steps) Table of Design Points, which lists one design point named Current. Ensure that this view is wide enough to display the Exported column. In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters view, change the in2Angle value from 0 to 45 and press Enter. In the Project Schematic, right-click Geometry and select Update. Notice how the geometry changes in ANSYS DesignModeler. In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change the in2Angle value from 45 back to 0 and press Enter. In the Project Schematic, right-click Geometry and select Update. Again, notice how the geometry changes in ANSYS DesignModeler.
Now you will change the design parameter values from the Outline of Schematic A7: Parameters view: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 372 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Investigating the Impact of Changing Design Parameters Manually 5. In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change the inMassFlow value from 1500 to 1600 and press Enter. Notice how the value of the expression has changed in the Expressions tree view in CFX-Pre; (the change is not reected in the Expressions Details view unless you refresh the contents of the tab, for example by hiding and reopening it). In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7), then in the Outline of Schematic A7 view, change the inMassFlow value from 1600 back to 1500 and press Enter.
6.
You have modied design parameter values and returned each to its original value. In doing this, the Outline of Schematic view's values and the Table of Design Points view's values have become out-of date. Right-click any cell in the Table of Design Points view's Current row and select Update Selected Design Point. This process updates the project and all of the ANSYS Workbench views. ANSYS Workbench may also close any open ANSYS CFX applications and run them in the background. When the update is complete, all of the results cells show current values and all of the cells that display status are marked as being up-to-date. Now, you will make changes to design parameters as design points. You will create three design points, each of which will change the value of one parameter: 1. In the Project Schematic, highlight Parameters (cell A7). In the Table of Design Points view in the line under Current, make the following entries to create the rst design point (DP 1). Notice that cells autoll with the values from the Current row, so you need enter only the value that differs from that: P1 inDia: 1 P2 in2Angle: -45 P3 inMassFlow: 1500 In the Table of Design Points > Exported column, select the check box.
Note
You should save the project once before you export a design point. Right-click in the row for DP 1 and select Update Selected Design Point. ANSYS Workbench recalculates all of the values for the input and output parameters. All of the views are updated. Because you selected the check box in the Exported column, the update process writes a copy of the project (as project_name_dpdp_number.wbpj) so that you can refer back to the data for that design point. 2. Modify the design point (DP 1) using these values, including exporting the design point: P1 inDia: 1.5 P2 in2Angle: 0 P3 inMassFlow: 1500
Right-click in the row for DP 1 and select Update Selected Design Point. If you had not kept the check box in the Exported column selected, the data in the design point's project le would not be rewritten and so the data in that le would not be consistent with the updated results now shown in ANSYS Workbench. 3. Repeat the previous step to create the second design point (DP 2) using these values: P1 inDia: 1 P2 in2Angle: 0 P3 inMassFlow: 1600
Right-click in the row for DP 2 and from the tool bar select Update All Design Points. (This command updates any out-of-date design points in a sequential fashion. In this case as only one design point is out of date, only it will be updated.) 4. Click Save on the ANSYS Workbench toolbar to save the project.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 373
Using Design of Experiments Recall that the goal of this design study is to maximize the mixing (which occurs when OutTempRange reaches its minimum value). From these manual tests, it appears that the best results are obtained by changing the input angle of one inlet. In all studies, the OutTempAve value stays very near a constant 300 K, as expected. In the next section you will automate that manual process of repeatedly changing variable values by using Design Exploration.
Select cell P2 in2Angle (cell A5). In the Properties of Outline A5: P2 view, set: Lower Bound: 45 Upper Bound: 0
5. 6.
In the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, ensure that View > Table is set. In the ANSYS Workbench toolbar, click Preview Design of Experiments. The Table of Schematic B2: Design of Experiments appears. This table has nine entries in the Name column, each of which represents a solver run to be performed. Beside the Name column are columns that have the values for the two input parameters, and a column to hold the value the solver will obtain for the output parameter. This preview gives an indication of the time that the nine solver runs will require. In the Project Schematic, right-click the Design of Experiments cell and select Update. You can monitor the progress of the solver runs by clicking Show Progress in the lower-right corner of the ANSYS Workbench window. When the processing is complete, the Table of Schematic B2: Design of Experiments displays the results. Click on the down-arrow on the P4 OutTempRange (K) cell to sort in ascending order and show the best combination of input angle and mass ow. Note that the best results are returned from a low mass ow and the greatest difference in input angle.
7.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 374 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Optimization The Properties of Outline A12: Response shows the values that are being used to display the 2D graph. Note that the other variable that was considered in the Design of Experiments (inMassFlow) is held at 1500.
4.
Add the full range of inMassFlow results to the chart: right-click the chart and select Toggle 2D/3D Chart. A 3D chart appears that shows in more detail that the best results are returned from a low mass ow and the greatest difference in input angle.
5. 6. 7.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 375
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
This tutorial is intended to be run on Windows-based machines only.
Tutorial Features
This tutorial addresses the following features of ANSYS Workbench. Component ANSYS BladeGen ANSYS TurboGrid Feature Geometry Mesh Details Transfer of geometry to ANSYS TurboGrid. H/J/C/L-Grid Topology Shroud Tip dened by Prole Control Point Movements Edge Split Controls Transfer of Mesh to a CFX System CFX-Pre Turbo Mode Machine Type Component Type Analysis Type Boundary Template Flow Direction Domain Type Timestep CFD-Post Report Used to dene a Turbomachinery CFD Simulation Centrifugal Compressor Rotating Steady State P-Total Inlet Mass Flow Outlet Cylindrical Components Single Domain Physical Timescale Computed Results Table
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 377
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Blade Loading Span 50 Streamwise Plot of Pt and P Velocity Streamlines Stream Blade TE Static Structural (ANSYS) System Static Structural Analysis CFX Pressure data applied to Structural Simulation Fixed Support Static Structural Solutions Von Mises Stresses Total Deformation
The compressor has 24 blades that revolve about the Z-axis at 22360 RPM. A clearance gap exists between the blades and the shroud of the compressor. The outer diameter of the blade row is approximately 40 cm.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 378 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Before You Begin To begin analysis of the aerodynamic performance, a mesh will be created in ANSYS TurboGrid using an existing design which is to be reviewed beforehand in BladeGen. Once the mesh has been created, initial parameters dening the aerodynamic simulation will be set in CFX-Pre and then solved in CFX-Solver. The aerodynamic solution from the solver will then be processed and displayed in CFD-Post. You will then use the Mechanical application to simulate structural stresses on the blade due to pressure loads from the aerodynamic analysis and rotationally-induced inertial effects. You will view an animation that shows the resulting blade distortion.
In the dialog box that appears, browse to the working directory, set File name to Compressor, and click Save. In the Toolbox view, open Component Systems and double-click BladeGen. A BladeGen system opens in the Project Schematic view, and is ready to be given a name.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 379
7.
Type Compressor in the name eld and then either press Enter or click outside the name eld in order to end the rename operation. If you need to begin a new rename operation, right-click the blue BladeGen cell (cell A1) and select Rename from the shortcut menu. Now that renaming systems has been demonstrated, most of the other systems involved in this tutorial will simply use default names.
8.
Later in this tutorial, you will require the Blade Design cell to provide the blade geometry to a Geometry cell of another system. To avoid the uid zone surrounding the blade from also being provided, change the Blade Design cell properties as follows: 1. Right-click the Blade Design cell of the BladeGen system and select Properties. The Properties view shows properties that control how the geometry is imported into downstream systems. 2. In the Properties view, clear the Create Fluid Zone check box. By clearing the check box, you are specifying that only the blade geometry, and not the volume around the blade, should be sent to downstream cells. The properties should appear as follows:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 380 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
You now have a BladeGen system that contains a Blade Design cell; the latter is presently in an unfullled state, as indicated by the question mark. In the next section, you will fulll the cell requirements by loading the provided geometry le. In general, you could also fulll the cell requirements by creating a geometry from scratch.
The Blade Design cell now displays a green check mark to indicate that the cell is up-to-date. This means that you now have a geometry for the centrifugal compressor that is ready to be used for meshing purposes. In the next section, you will create a CFD-compatible mesh based on this geometry.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 381
2.
Accept the default name by pressing Enter. The Turbo Mesh cell displays a pair of green curved arrows to indicate that the cell has not received the latest upstream data. Normally, you would right-click such a cell and select Refresh to transfer data in from the upstream cell. However, for a newly-added Turbo Mesh cell (and whenever ANSYS TurboGrid is not open), this action is not necessary because ANSYS TurboGrid always reads the upstream cell data upon starting up. If you were to refresh the Turbo Mesh cell, it would show a question mark to indicate that, although the cell's inputs are current, further attention is required in order to bring the cell to an up-to-date status; that further action would typically be to run ANSYS TurboGrid and produce a mesh with it.
3.
The next several sections guide you through the steps to create a mesh.
a A reduced O-Grid width helps to improve mesh quality where the blade thickness is a large fraction of the passage width, as is the case at the upstream end of the hub.
3.
Click Apply to set the topology. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
382
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Modifying the Topology 4. Right-click Topology Set and turn off Suspend Object Updates. After a short time, the topology is generated. 5. Click Freeze to freeze the topology settings. This prevents unintended automatic changes to the topology. You now have a mesh topology that requires some adjustments before it is suitable for use in creating a mesh. You can see a 2D preview of the mesh on each of the two layers.
Turn off the visibility of Layers > Shroud Tip (by clearing the check box next to it) to make the hub topology more visible. Open Layers > Hub in the object editor and note that, in the object editor, the mesh measures are shown in red text. Double-click Minimum Face Angle to highlight the areas of the mesh that have the smallest angles. The areas that have the smallest angles are marked with red lines in the viewer.
7. 8.
Zoom in on the leading edge as shown in Figure 25.1, Modifying Control Points on the Hub Layer (p. 384). Click Select then move the control points as shown by the displacement vectors in Figure 25.1, Modifying Control Points on the Hub Layer (p. 384).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 383
Conrm that the Minimum Face Angle and Maximum Face Angle mesh measures have improved for the hub layer. 9. Right-click the master topology line marked A in Figure 25.2, Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer (p. 385) and select Insert Edge Split Control from the shortcut menu.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 384 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Figure 25.2. Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer
10. In the object editor, change Split Factor to 2.0. 11. Click Apply. This causes more elements to be placed along the topology line marked A in the gure. 12. Using the same technique, add an edge split control with the same split factor at the topology line marked B in Figure 25.2, Adding Edge Split Controls near the Leading Edge on the Hub Layer (p. 385). The hub layer is now acceptable for the purposes of this tutorial. Note that it is normal for mesh cells next to the blade to have extremely high aspect ratios. Note also that some elements near the trailing edge appear crooked or wavy; this is an effect caused by inaccuracies in the viewer transformation to Blade-to-Blade (Theta-M') coordinates, and will not affect the resulting mesh.
Open Layers > Shroud Tip in the object editor. Double-click Minimum Face Angle to highlight the areas of the mesh that have the smallest angles. Zoom in on the leading edge as shown in Figure 25.3, Modifying Control Points on the Shroud Tip Layer (p. 386). Click Select then move the control points as shown by the displacement vectors in Figure 25.3, Modifying Control Points on the Shroud Tip Layer (p. 386).
7.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 385
8.
Conrm that the Minimum Face Angle and Maximum Face Angle mesh measures have improved for the shroud tip layer.
The topology has been improved. In the next section, you will set some parameters that affect the mesh node count and distribution.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 386 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Generating the CFD Mesh Tab Setting O-Grid > Method O-Grid > # of Elements Inlet/Outlet Inlet Domain > Override default # of Elements Value Element Count and Size 6 (Selected)
Inlet Domain > Override default # of Elements > # of 50 Elements Outlet Domain > Override default # of Elements (Selected)
Outlet Domain > Override default # of Elements > # 25 of Elements 3. Click Apply.
Note
Your mesh quality could decrease slightly after increasing the node count. If so, you might want to make minor adjustments to the hub and shroud control points to improve the quality of your mesh before saving it and using it in the aerodynamic simulation that follows. 4. 5. Open Layers for editing. In the list of layers in the object editor, right-click Hub and select Insert Layer After to insert a layer midway between the hub and shroud tip layers. This helps to guide the mesh along the blade in the spanwise direction.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 387
2.
Accept the default name by pressing Enter. The Setup cell displays a pair of green curved arrows to indicate that the cell has not received the latest upstream data. Since you have not yet opened CFX-Pre, you can disregard the cell status; CFX-Pre will automatically read the upstream cell data upon starting up for the rst time (from this cell).
3.
4. 5. 6. 7.
Select Tools > Turbo Mode. In Basic Settings panel, set Machine Type to Centrifugal Compressor, Rotation Axis to Z, and leave the other settings at their defaults. Click Next. On the Component Denition panel, select R1 and set the following values: Setting Component Type > Type Component Type > Value Mesh > Available Volumes > Volumes Wall Conguration Wall Conguration > Tip Clearance at Shroud Leave the other settings at their defaults. Value Rotating 22360 [rev min^-1] Inlet, Outlet, Passage Main (Selected) Yes
8. 9.
Click Next. On the Physics Denition panel, set the following values: Setting Fluid Analysis Type > Type Model Data > Reference Pressure Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inlet Mass Flow Outlet Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > T-Total Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Mass Flow Value Air Ideal Gas Steady State 1 [atm] (Selected) 0 [atm] 20 [C] Per Component
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 388 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution to the Aerodynamic Simulation using CFX-Solver Setting Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Mass Flow Rate Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Flow Direction Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > Inow Direction (a, r, t) Solver Parameters > Convergence Control Solver Parameters > Physical Timescale Leave the other settings at their defaults. 10. Click Next. 11. On the Interface Denition panel, verify that each interface is set correctly; click an interface listed in the tree view and then examine the associated settings (shown in the lower portion of the panel) and highlighted regions in the viewer. If no regions appear highlighted in the viewer, ensure that highlighting is turned on in the viewer toolbar. 12. Click Next. 13. On the Boundary Denition panel, verify that each boundary is set correctly; click a boundary listed in the tree view and then examine the associated settings and highlighted regions. 14. Click Next. 15. On the Final Operations panel, leave the operation set to Enter General Mode and click Finish. 16. Optionally quit CFX-Pre. 17. Return to the Project Schematic view. Value 0.167 [kg s^-1] Cylindrical Components 1, 0, 0 Physical Timescale 0.0002 [s]
After the solution has been generated, return to the Project Schematic view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 389
Simulating Structural Stresses due to Pressure Loads 3. In the tree view, under Report, double-click Computed Performance Results Table. This table presents measures of aerodynamic performance including required power and efciencies. 4. Double-click Blade Loading Span 50. This is a plot of the pressure vs. streamwise distance along both the pressure and suction sides of the blade at mid-span. 5. Double-click Streamwise Plot of Pt and P. This is a plot of the streamwise variation of pressure and total pressure. 6. Double-click Velocity Streamlines Stream Blade TE View. This is a trailing-edge view of the streamlines that start upstream of the blade.
7.
To view a full report, click the Report Viewer tab found near the bottom right of the window. A report will be generated (this may take a few minutes) that includes all gures available under Report in the tree view. This report can be viewed in CFD-Post or published to be viewed externally as an .html or .txt le. Note that if you have visited the Report Viewer tab before loading the template, or have otherwise made any changes to the report denition after rst viewing the report, you need to click to update the report as displayed. in the Report Viewer
8. 9.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 390 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
2. 3.
Accept the default name by pressing Enter. Right-click the Geometry cell and select Update. DesignModeler runs in the background, and imports the geometry from BladeGen.
4.
Right-click the Model cell and select Update. The Mechanical application runs in the background, and imports the solid model of the centrifugal compressor.
5.
Connect the Solution cell of the CFX system to the Setup cell of the Static Structural (ANSYS) system. This makes the CFD solution data available for use in a structural analysis.
6.
Double-click the Setup cell. If a dialog box asks you if you want to read the upstream data, click Yes. The Mechanical application opens so that you can prepare a static structural analysis.
7. 8. 9.
Select the following object from the tree view: Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Imported Load (Solution) > Imported Pressure. In the details view, click the eld beside Scope > Geometry, then select the blade surface (the large surface; not the thin surface along the edge) by clicking it in the viewer. In the details view next to Scope > Geometry, click Apply. The eld beside Geometry should now display the text 1 Face. You have now chosen the solid model surface onto which to apply the CFD pressure data.
10. In the details view, click the eld beside Transfer Denition > CFD Surface, and select R1 Blade from the drop-down. You have now chosen the CFD boundary from which to get the CFD pressure data. 11. Right-click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) in the tree view and select Insert > Fixed Support. 12. In the viewer, right-click a blank area of the screen and select View > Bottom. 13. Select the long thin face of the blade that is at the forefront of the displayed geometry. 14. In the details view next to Scope > Geometry, click Apply. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 391
Simulating Structural Stresses due to Rotation The face that you selected is now connected to the hub. 15. In the tree view, right-click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) and select Insert > Stress > Equivalent (von-Mises). 16. From the tool bar, click Solve and wait for the solver to nish.
17. To verify that the pressure data was applied correctly to the blade, inspect Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Imported Load (Solution) > Imported Pressure > Imported Load Transfer Summary. The signicant discrepancy shown in the load transfer summary is due to a difference in geometry; the surface onto which the CFX pressures were mapped does not include the blade tip or trailing-edge surfaces. In general, accurate load mapping requires that the surfaces match in terms of geometry and the length scale of mesh elements. 18. Click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) > Equivalent Stress to prepare to examine the von-Mises stress results. 19. Animate the physical deformation of the blade along with the associated von-Mises stress results, by clicking Play in the Graph window.
Note
You may need to drag the viewer window up in order to see the Graph window. 20. Right-click Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) and select Insert > Deformation > Total. 21. From the tool bar, click Solve .
When the solver has nished, select Project > Model (D4) > Static Structural (D5) > Solution (D6) > Total Deformation to prepare to examine the Total Deformation solution. 22. Animate the physical deformation by clicking the Play button in the Graph window. 23. Select File > Close Mechanical. 24. Return to the Project Schematic view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 392 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
9.
10. To animate the total deformation or equivalent stress of the blade, select the corresponding object (either Total Deformation or Equivalent Stress, respectively) under Project > Model (E4) > Static Structural (E5) > Solution (E6) and click Play 11. Select File > Close Mechanical. 12. Return to the Project Schematic view. 13. From the tool bar, click 14. Exit ANSYS Workbench. to save the project. in the Graph window.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 393
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Selection of material properties from the International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam (IAPWS) database. Setting property table ranges. Setting up an equilibrium steam calculation. Reviewing solution variables particular to the equilibrium solution. Setting up a non-equilibrium steam calculation. Post-processing features special to the non-equilibrium solution. Reviewing solution variables particular to the non-equilibrium solution. Feature User Mode Machine Type Fluid Type Details Turbo Wizard Axial Turbine Binary Homogeneous Mixture (equilibrium solution) Multi-Fluid Model (non-equilibrium solution) Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Multiple Domain k-Epsilon Total Energy (equilibrium solution) Fluid Dependent (non-equilibrium solution) Boundary Conditions Inlet (subsonic): Total Pressure/Temperature and
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 395
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Details Mass Fraction(s) (equilibrium solution) Inlet (subsonic): Total Pressure/Temperature, Volume Fractions and Droplet Number (non-equilibrium solution) Outlet: Static Pressure Domain Interfaces Frozen Rotor Periodic Timestep Material Properties Fluid Pair Models Physical Time Scale IAPWS Water Database Small droplet heat transfer, small droplet phase change (non-equilibrium solution) Nucleation, small droplet temperature, droplets with phase change (non-equilibrium solution) Turbo Surface Contour
Fluid Models
CFD-Post
Location Plots
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 396 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The geometry to be modeled consists of a single stator blade passage and two rotor blade passages. This is an approximation to the full geometry since the ratio of rotor blades to stator blades is close to, but not exactly, 2:1. In the stator blade passage a 6 section is being modeled (360/60 blades), while in the rotor blade passage, a 6.372 section is being modeled (2*360/113 blades). This produces a pitch ratio at the interface between the stator and rotor of 0.942. As the ow crosses the interface, it is scaled to allow this type of geometry to be modeled. This results in an approximation of the inow to the rotor passage. Furthermore, the ow across the interface will not appear continuous due to the scaling applied. In this example, the rotor rotates at 523.6 rad/s about the Z-axis while the stator is stationary. Periodic boundaries are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled. The important problem parameters are: Total inlet pressure = 0.265 bar Static outlet pressure = 0.0662 bar Total inlet temperature = 328.5 K
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 397
In this tutorial, you will generate two steady-state solutions: one using a multicomponent uid consisting of a homogeneous binary mixture of liquid water and water vapor, the other using two separate phases to represent liquid water and water vapor in a non-equilibrium simulation. The solution variables particular to the equilibrium and non-equilibrium solutions will be processed in order to understand the differences between the two solutions.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. WaterVaporEq.pre WaterVaporEq.cfx WaterVaporNonEq.pre stator.gtm rotor.grd
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 398 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Basic Settings
1. 2. Set Machine Type to Axial Turbine. Click Next.
Component Definition
Two new components are required. As you specify them, CFX-Pre imports the meshes. 1. 2. 3. Right-click a blank area near the Component Denition tree and select Add Component from the shortcut menu. Create a new component of type Stationary, named S1. Apply the following setting: Setting Mesh > File
a
Value stator.gtma
You may have to select the CFX Mesh (*gtm *cfx) option under Files of type in order to see the le.
4. 5.
Create a new component of type Rotating, named R1. Apply the following settings: Setting Component Type > Value Mesh > File Options > Mesh Units
a
You may have to select the CFX-TASCflow (*grd) option under Files of type in order to see the le.
Note
The components must be ordered as above (stator then rotor) in order for the interface to be created correctly. The order of the two components can be changed, if necessary, by right-clicking S1 and selecting Move Component Up. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 399
Physics Denition When a component is dened, Turbo Mode will automatically select a list of regions that have been recognized as potential boundaries and interfaces. This information should be reviewed in the Region Information section, situated below the Mesh section, to ensure that all is correct. This information will be used to help set up boundary conditions and interfaces. The upper case turbo regions that are selected (e.g., HUB) correspond to the region names in the CFX-TASCow grd le. CFX-TASCow turbomachinery meshes use these names consistently. 6. Click Next.
Physics Definition
In this section, you will set properties of the uid domain and some solver parameters. Note that initially you will choose the uid to be Water Ideal Gas, but later you will create a new uid based on the IAPWS database for water and override this initial setting with it. 1. Apply the following settings Tab Physics Denition Setting Fluid Analysis Type > Type Model Data > Reference Pressure Model Data > Heat Transfer Model Data > Turbulence Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inlet P-Static Outlet Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Total Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > P-Static Inow/Outow Boundary Templates > T-Total Interface > Default Type Value Water Ideal Gas Steady State 0 [atm]a Total Energy k-Epsilon (Selected) 0.265 [bar] 0.0662 [bar] 328.5 [K]b Frozen Rotor
Solver Parameters > Convergence Control Physical Timescale Solver Parameters > Physical Timescale
a
0.0005 [s]c
Because this tutorial involves vaporization, it is recommended that absolute pressures be used throughout. This can be accomplished by setting the reference pressure to 0 atm. b From the problem description. c The physical timescale that will be set up is derived from the rotational speed of the 113 rotor blades. Also see the ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery, where an explanation of how this value is calculated is provided.
2.
Click Next.
Interface Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate interfaces using the region names viewed previously in the Region Information section (in the Component Denition setup screen). In this case, you should see that a periodic interface has been generated for both the rotor and the stator. The generated periodic interface can be edited or deleted. Interfaces are required when modeling a small section of the true geometry. An interface is also needed to connect the two components together across the frame change. 1. Review the various interfaces but do not change them. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 400 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Boundary Definition
CFX-Pre will try to create appropriate boundary conditions using the region names presented previously in the Region Information section. In this case, you should see a list of generated boundary conditions. They can be edited or deleted in the same way as the interface connections that were set up earlier. 1. 2. Review the various boundary denitions but do not change them. Click Next.
Final Operations
1. 2. Set Operation to Enter General Mode. Click Finish. After you click Finish, a dialog box appears stating that Turbo report will not be included in the solver le because you are entering General Mode. 3. Click Yes to continue.
Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic Gas State Material Properties Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Minimum Temperature Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Minimum Temperature > Min. Temperature (Selected) (Selected) 250 [K]a
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 401
Dening the Properties of Water Tab Setting Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Maximum Temperature Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Maximum Temperature > Max. Temperature Value (Selected) 400 [K]
Thermodynamic Properties > Table (Selected) Generation > Minimum Absolute Pressure Thermodynamic Properties > Table 0.01 [bar] Generation > Minimum Absolute Pressure > Min. Absolute Pres. Thermodynamic Properties > Table (Selected) Generation > Maximum Absolute Pressure Thermodynamic Properties > Table 0.6 [bar] Generation > Maximum Absolute Pressure > Max. Absolute Pres. Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Maximum Points Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Maximum Points > Maximum Points
a
(Selected) 100
The H2Og minimum temperature is set to 250 K as the vapor might possibly supercool (in the NES calculations) to temperatures lower than the triple point temperature.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Click OK. In the Outline tree, under Materials, right-click H2Og and select Duplicate. Rename Copy of H2Og to H2Ol (using the letter l as in liquid). Open H2Ol for editing. On the Basic Settings tab, change Thermodynamic State > Thermodynamic State from Gas to Liquid. Click OK
10. Create a new material named H2Olg. 11. Enter the following settings for H2Olg: Tab Basic Settings Setting Options Material Group Material 1 Material 2 Saturation Properties Option Table Generation Value Homogeneous Binary Mixture IAPWS IF97 H2Og H2Ol IAPWS Library (Selected)
Table Generation > Minimum Temperature (Selected) Table Generation > Minimum Temperature 273.15 [K]a > Min. Temperature Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 402 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Modications to Domain and Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Table Generation > Maximum Temperature Table Generation > Maximum Temperature > Max. Temperature Table Generation > Minimum Absolute Pressure Table Generation > Minimum Absolute Pressure > Min. Absolute Pres. Table Generation > Maximum Absolute Pressure Table Generation > Maximum Absolute Pressure > Max. Absolute Pres. Table Generation > Maximum Points Thermodynamic Properties > Table Generation > Maximum Points > Maximum Points Value (Selected) 400 [K] (Selected) 0.01 [bar] (Selected) 0.6 [bar] (Selected) 100
a The minimum temperature is set to 273.15 K due to the fact that the saturation properties implied by H2Ogl are not likely to be used below the triple point temperature.
Set Name to H2Olg and click OK. Set Fluid and Particle Denitions > H2Olg > Material to H2Olg and click Apply. On the Fluid Models tab set Component Models > Component > H2Og > Option to Equilibrium Fraction and click OK. Open Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > S1 > S1 Inlet for editing. On the Boundary Details tab, set Component Details > H2Og > Mass Fraction to 1.0. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 403
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File 2. Enter the following settings: Tab Global Settings Setting Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Option Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure Value Automatic with Value 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 100 [m s^-1]a Automatic with Value 0.2 [bar]
Initial Conditions > Temperature > Option Automatic with Value Initial Conditions > Temperature > Temperature 328.5 [K]a
Initial Conditions > Component Details > Automatic with Value H2Og > Option Initial Conditions > Component Details > 1.0 H2Og > Mass Fraction
a
3.
Click OK.
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box, you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
2. 3.
Turn off the visibility of Static Pressure when you have nished observing the results. Create a contour plot on Turbo Surface 1 that shows the mass fraction of the liquid phase: 1. Create a new contour plot named Mass Fraction of Liquid Phase.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 405
Dening the Non-Equilibrium Case in CFX-Pre 2. In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to H2Ol.Mass Fraction, then click Apply.
4.
Turn off the visibility of Mass Fraction of Liquid Phase when you have nished observing the results.
2.
Once you have observed the results save the state and exit CFD-Post.
Modifying the Domains at the inlet, you would have a choice of specifying either droplet number or droplet diameter as a boundary along with the volume fraction. 1. 2. Open domain R1. On the Basic Settings tab under Fluid and Particle Denitions, delete any existing items by selecting them and clicking Remove selected item 3. 4. . icon.
Create two new materials named H2Og and H2Ol by using the Add new item Apply the following settings to domain R1: Tab Basic Settings Setting Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > H2Og > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > H2Og > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > H2Ol > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > H2Ol > Morphology > Option Fluid Models Multiphase > Homogeneous Model Heat Transfer > Homogeneous Model Heat Transfer > Option Fluid Specic Models Fluid Fluid > H2Og > Heat Transfer > Heat Transfer > Option Fluid Fluid > H2Ol > Heat Transfer > Heat Transfer > Option Fluid > H2Ol > Nucleation Model Fluid > H2Ol > Nucleation Model > Option Fluid > H2Ol > Nucleation Model > Nucleation Bulk Tension Factora Fluid > H2Ol > Nucleation Model > Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor > Nucleation Bulk Tension Fluid Pair Models Fluid Pair Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Interphase Transfer > Option Value H2Og H2Og
Continuous Fluid H2Ol H2Ol Droplets (Phase Change) (Selected) (Cleared) Fluid Dependent H2Og Total Energy H2Ol Small Droplet Temperature (Selected) Homogeneous (Selected)
0.85
Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Mass Transfer Phase Change > Option Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 407
Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Mass Transfer Small Droplets > Phase Change Model > Option Fluid Pair > H2Og | H2Ol > Heat Transfer Small Droplets > Option
a
The Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor scales the bulk surface tension values used in the nucleation model. Classical nucleation models are very sensitive to the bulk surface tension, and only slight adjustments will modify the nucleation rate quite signicantly. It is common practice in CFD simulations to alter the bulk surface tension values slightly in order to bring results in-line with experiment. The values of Nucleation_Bulk_Tension_Factor range from 0.8 to 1.1 for water. Studies suggest that with the IAPWS database and conditions less than 1 bar, a Nucleation Bulk Tension Factor of 0.85 is the best rst setting.
Note
The small droplet setting for H2Ol heat transfer implies that the temperature is algebraically determined as a function of the droplet diameter, which in turn is calculated from other solution variables such as H2Ol volume fraction and droplet number. 5. 6. 7. Click OK. Apply the same settings to domain S1. Open S1 Inlet and enter the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Fluid Values Setting Heat Transfer > Option Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > H2Og > Heat Transfer > Option Boundary Conditions > H2Og > Heat Transfer > Total Temperature Value Fluid Dependent H2Og Total Temperature 328.5 [K]
Boundary Conditions > H2Og > Volume 1.0 Fraction > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > H2Ol > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions > H2Ol > Droplet Number > Option Boundary Conditions > H2Ol > Droplet Number > Droplet Number
a
8. 9.
10. On the Basic Settings tab, set Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Physical Timescale to 5e-005 [s] and click OK. Because the non-equilibrium simulation involves vapor and therefore tends to be unstable, it is recommended that you set the physical timescale to a relatively small value. The value set here was found to be suitable for this simulation by trial and error.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 408 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
You may notice messages in the solver output regarding problems with evaluating material properties. This is a result of the absolute pressure reaching values outside the range of internal material property tables. In this case, the messages are temporary and stop appearing well before convergence. If you encounter a simulation where the messages persist, or you otherwise suspect that the results might be adversely affected, you can change the ranges of internal material property tables by editing the relevant materials in CFX-Pre. 2. 3. 4. At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results. If using Standalone mode, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 409
Note
If you do not see the Turbo Initialization dialog box, or as an alternative to using that dialog box, you can initialize all components by clicking the Initialize All Components button which is visible initially by default, or after double-clicking the Initialization object in the Turbo tree view.
2.
Turn off the visibility of Supercooling when you have nished observing the results.
Turn off the visibility of Nucleation Rate when you have nished observing the results. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
410
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Displaying the Non-Equilibrium Solution Variables using Contour Plots 3. Create a droplet number contour plot on Turbo Surface 1. This will display the predicted droplet concentration resulting from phase transition. 1. 2. 3. 4. Create a new contour plot named Droplet Number. In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to H2Ol.Droplet Number. Click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Droplet Number when you have nished observing the results.
Turn off the visibility of Particle Diameter when you have nished observing the results.
Displaying the Non-Equilibrium Solution Variables using Contour Plots condensed phase temperatures separate from the gas phase, the inuence of thermodynamic losses are included in the predictions. This is because it becomes possible to account for heat ow between the vapor and condensed phases as they pass through the domain. Due to this, non-equilibrium efciency predictions are more accurate than ones obtained using an equilibrium model. 1. Create a gas phase static temperature contour plot on Turbo Surface 1: 1. 2. 3. 2. 3. Create a new contour plot named Gas Phase Static Temperature. In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to H2Og.Temperature. Click Apply.
Turn off the visibility of Gas Phase Static Temperature when you have nished observing the results. Create a condensed phase static temperature contour plot on Turbo Surface 1. 1. 2. 3. Create a new contour plot named Condensed Phase Static Temperature. In the Details view on the Geometry tab, set Locations to Turbo Surface 1 and Variable to H2Ol.Temperature. Click Apply.
4.
Once you have observed the results, save the state and exit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 412 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Setting up an immersed solids domain. Applying a counter-rotating wall boundary. Monitoring an expression during a solver run. Creating an XY-transient chart in CFD-Post. Creating an animation. Feature User Mode Domain Type Details General Mode Immersed Solid Fluid Domain Analysis Type Fluid Type Boundary Conditions Transient Continuous Fluid Inlet Boundary Outlet Boundary Domain Interface CFD-Post Charts Fluid Fluid Mass Flow Rate Pressure Difference Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 413
Component CFX-Pre
Overview of the Problem to Solve Component Feature Animation Details Velocity Vector Movie
The inlet has a relative total pressure of 10 psi; the average static pressure at the outlet is equal to the reference pressure. The inner rotor (gear) rotates at a rate of 7 revolutions per second; the outer rotor rotates at 6 revolutions per second. The diameter of the uid region between the rotors is approximately 7.3 cm. You will use an immersed solid domain to model the inner rotor, a rotating uid domain to model the water immediately surrounding the inner rotor, and a stationary uid domain to model the water in the inlet and outlet channels. To model the stationary pump housing (not shown in the gure), you will apply a counter-rotating wall condition to the top (high Z) surface of the rotating uid domain, on the non-overlap portion (which lies between the inlet and outlet channels). To model the upper surfaces of the teeth of the outer rotor, you will apply a rotating wall condition on the non-overlap portions of the lower (low Z) surfaces of the inlet and outlet chambers. For more information about non-overlap conditions, see Non-overlap Boundary Conditions (p. 133) in ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide. The following conditions will be met to promote the establishment of a cyclic ow pattern: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 414 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Before You Begin The mesh of the rotating domain should be rotationally periodic so that it looks the same after each (outer) rotor tooth passes. The mesh on the outer boundary of the immersed solid domain should be rotationally periodic so that it looks the same after each (inner) rotor tooth passes. (The mesh inside the immersed solid domain has no effect in this tutorial.) An integer number of time steps should pass as one rotor tooth passes.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. ImmersedSolid.pre ImmersedSolid.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 415
Next, you will create an expression dening the total simulation time. Make the simulation run long enough for 3 rotor teeth to pass: 3/42 s. This will give the solution time to establish a periodic nature. 1. 2. 3. Create an expression called total time. Set Denition to (3/42)[s]. Click Apply.
Analysis Type > Time Duration > Total total timea Time Analysis Type > Time Steps > Option Analysis Type > Time Steps > Timesteps Timesteps dt
Analysis Type > Initial Time > Option Automatic with Value Analysis Type > Initial Time > Time 0 [s]
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 416 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
In the Insert Domain dialog box, set the name to ImmersedSolid and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Location and Type > Domain Type Value Inner Rotor Immersed Solid
Location and Type > Coordinate Frame Coord 0 Domain Models > Domain Motion > Option Domain Models > Domain Motion > Angular Velocity Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Denition > Option Rotating 7 [rev s^-1] Two Points
Domain Models > Domain Motion > 0.00383, 0, 0 Axis Denition > Rotation Axis From Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Denition > Rotation Axis To 4. Click OK. 0.00383, 0, 1
Location and Type > Coordinate Frame Coord 0 Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid 1
Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 Material Library > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 Water > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Fluid 1 Continuous Fluid > Morphology > Option
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 417
Domain Models > Pressure > Reference 1 [atm] Pressure Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Non Buoyant Domain Models > Domain Motion > Option Stationary
Domain Models > Mesh Deformation > None Option Fluid Models Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Wall Function Combustion > Option Thermal Radiation > Option Initialization Domain Initialization Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Velocity Type Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W None k-Epsilon Scalable None None (Selected) Cartesian Automatic with Value
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
0 [m s^-1]
Domain Initialization > Initial Automatic with Value Conditions > Static Pressure > Option Domain Initialization > Initial 0 [Pa] Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure Domain Initialization > Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Option 3. Click OK. Medium Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio
Creating the Domain Interface 3. 4. 5. Rename the domain to RotatingFluid. Edit RotatingFluid. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Domain Models > Domain Motion > Option Domain Models > Domain Motion > Angular Velocity Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Denition > Option Domain Models > Domain Motion > Axis Denition > Rotation Axis 6. Click OK. Value Gear Chamber Rotating 6 [rev s^-1] Coordinate Axis Global Z
Mesh Connection Method > Mesh Connection GGI > Option Additional Interface Mass and Momentum > Option Models Mass and Momentum > Interface Model > Option 4. Click OK. Conservative Interface Flux None
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 419
Creating the Domain Interface Apply a counter-rotating no-slip wall condition to the non-overlap portion of the domain interface on the rotating domain side, because this surface represents part of the stationary housing of the pump. 1. Edit RotatingFluid > Domain Interface 1 Side 2. If this object does not appear in the tree view, then edit Case Options > General, select Show Interface Boundaries in Outline Tree, and click OK. 2. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Nonoverlap Conditions Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Option Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Option 3. Click OK. Value (Selected) No Slip Wall (Selected) Counter Rotating Wall
Apply a rotating no-slip wall condition to the non-overlap portions of the domain interface on the stationary domain side, because these surfaces represent faces of the rotor teeth of the outer rotor, and the latter rotates at 6 rev/s about the Z axis. 1. 2. Edit StationaryFluid > Domain Interface 1 Side 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Nonoverlap Conditions Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Option Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Option Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Angular Velocity Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Axis Denition > Option Nonoverlap Conditions > Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Axis Denition > Rotation Axis 3. Click OK. Value (Selected) No Slip Wall (Selected) Rotating Wall 6 [rev s^-1]
Coordinate Axis
Global Z
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 420 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Inlet Boundary
Create a total pressure inlet at a relative pressure of 10 psi: 1. 2. 3. In the Outline tree view, right-click StationaryFluid and select Insert > Boundary. Set Name to in and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Value Inlet Inlet Total Pressure (stable)
Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure 10 [psi] Flow Direction > Option Turbulence > Option 4. Click OK. Normal to Boundary Condition Medium (Intensity = 5%)
Outlet Boundary
Create an outlet with an average static pressure equal to the reference pressure: 1. 2. Create a boundary named out in the StationaryFluid domain. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Value Outlet Outlet Average Static Pressure
Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure 0 [Pa] Mass And Momentum > Pres. Prole Blend Pressure Averaging > Option 3. Click OK. 0.05 Average Over Whole Outlet
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 421
Setting Output Control Tab Basic Settings Setting Advection Scheme > Option Transient Scheme > Option Value High Resolution Second Order Backward Euler
Transient Scheme > Timestep Initialization Automatic > Option Turbulence Numerics > Option Convergence Control > Min. Coeff. Loops First Order 1
Convergence Control > Max. Coeff. Loops 10 Convergence Control > Fluid Timescale Control > Timescale Control Convergence Criteria > Residual Type Convergence Criteria > Residual Target 3. Click OK. Coefcient Loops RMS 1.0 E 4
Click the Trn Results tab. In the Transient Results list box, click Add new item click OK. , set Name to Transient Results 1, and
Apply the following settings to Transient Results 1: Setting Option File Compression Output Variables List Output Boundary Flows Output Boundary Flows > Boundary Flows Output Frequency > Option Value Selected Variables Default Pressure, Velocity, Velocity in Stn Frame (Selected) All Every Timestep
5. 6. 7.
Click the Monitor tab. Select Monitor Options. Under Monitor Points and Expressions: 1. 2. 3. Click Add new item .
Accept the default name and click OK. Set Option to Expression. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
422
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File 4. 8. Set Expression Value to massFlow()@in.
Click OK.
Select the check box next to Post-Process Results when the completion message appears at the end of the run. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 423
3. 4. 5.
Click the Data Series tab. Right-click in the Data Series list box and select New, or click New Apply the following settings: Tab Data Series Setting Series 1 Name Data Source > Expression Data Source > Expression Y Axis Axis Range > Determine ranges automatically Axis Range > Min Axis Range > Max
a
Value (Selected) Inlet Mass Flow (Selected) massFlow()@in a (Cleared) 0.16 0.23
You will have to either type it manually or right-click and choose massFlow()@ from theFunctions > CFD-Post and type in.
6.
Click Apply.
The mass ow rate settles into a repeating pattern with a period of 1/42 s, which is the time it takes a rotor tooth to pass.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 424 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Changing the Appearance in Preparation for a Movie Tab Setting Denition > Z 4. 5. 6. 7. Click Apply. Turn off the visibility of Plane 1. Create a new vector plot named Vector 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Domains Denition > Locations Denition > Sampling Denition > Spacing Denition > Variable Color Mode Range Min Max Symbol Symbol Symbol Size Normalized Symbols 8. Click Apply. Value All Domains Plane 1 Rectangular Grid 0.03 Velocity Use Plot Variable User Specied 0 [m s^-1] 2 [m s^-1] Arrow3D 10 (Cleared) Value 0.003 [m]
Make the inlet and outlet channels visible as follows: Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 425
Generating an Animated Movie 1. 2. Edit StationaryFluid > StationaryFluid Default. Apply the following settings: Tab Render Setting Show Faces Show Faces > Transparency Show Mesh Lines 3. Click Apply. Value (Selected) 0.8 (Cleared)
Make the walls of the rotating uid domain visible as follows: 1. 2. Edit RotatingFluid > RotatingFluid Default. Apply the following settings: Tab Color Setting Mode Color Render Show Faces Show Faces > Transparency Show Mesh Lines 3. Click Apply. Value Constant (White) (Selected) 0.0 (Cleared)
Make the walls of the immersed solid domain visible as follows: 1. 2. Edit ImmersedSolid > ImmersedSolid Default. Apply the following settings: Tab Color Setting Mode Color Render Show Faces Show Faces > Transparency Show Mesh Lines 3. 1. 2. 3. Click Apply. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards +Z. Rotate the view a few degrees so that you can see the 3D nature of the geometry. Turn off the visibility of User Locations and Plots > Wireframe. Value Constant (Blue) (Selected) 0.0 (Cleared)
Make the following other changes in preparation for the animation that you will create in the next section:
Generating an Animated Movie and end it at the 90th time step. The 60th time step corresponds with 2/42 s, and the 90th corresponds with 3/42 s; the 1/42 s interval is the period over which the solution repeats. Because the 60th and 90th time steps look the same, the 60th time step is omitted to avoid having a pair of adjacent identical frames in the animation when the latter is played in a repeating loop. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Click Timestep Selector Click Animation . and load the time value of 0.048413 s (which is the 61st time step).
In the Animation dialog box, select the Keyframe Animation option. Click New to create KeyFrameNo1.
Select KeyframeNo1, then set # of Frames to 28, then press Enter while the cursor is in the # of Frames box.
Tip
Be sure to press Enter and conrm that the new number appears in the list before continuing. 6. 7. 8. 9. Use the Timestep Selector to load the time value of 0.071429 s (which is the 90th time step). In the Animation dialog box, click New Ensure that More Animation Options Select Loop. next to Repeat is not selected (not pushed down). to create KeyframeNo2. is pushed down to show more animation settings.
10. Ensure that the Repeat forever button 11. Select Save Movie. 12. Set Format to MPEG1. 13. Click Browse next to Save Movie.
14. Set File name to ImmersedSolid.mpg. 15. If required, set the path location to a different directory. 16. Click Save. The movie le name (including path) has been set, but the animation has not yet been produced. 17. Click To Beginning .
This ensures that the animation will begin at the rst keyframe. 18. Click Play the animation .
The MPEG will be created as the animation proceeds. This will be slow, since results for each time step will be loaded and objects will be created. To view the movie le, you need to use a viewer that supports the MPEG format.
Note
To explore additional animation options, click the Options button. On the Advanced tab of the Animation Options dialog box, there is a Save Frames As Image Files check box. By selecting this check box, the JPEG or PPM les used to encode each frame of the movie will persist after movie creation; otherwise, they will be deleted. 19. When you have nished, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 427
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Preparing and running a series of related simulations to generate cavitation performance data for a pump. Creating a drop curve chart in CFD-Post. Using isosurfaces in CFD-Post to visualize regions of cavitation. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Details General Mode Steady State Transient Fluid Type Water at 25 C Water Vapour at 25 C Fluid Models Domain Type Turbulence Model Heat Transfer Boundary Conditions Homogeneous Model Single Domain k-Epsilon Isothermal Inlet (Subsonic) Outlet (Subsonic) Wall (Counter Rotating) Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Time Scale Contour
Component CFX-Pre
Before You Begin determined by the temperature of the liquid. In such cases, the uid begins to vaporize in a process called cavitation. Cavitation involves a very rapid increase in the volume occupied by a given mass of uid, and when signicant, can inuence the ow distribution and operating performance of the device. In addition, the vaporization of the liquid, and the subsequent collapse of the vapor bubbles as the local pressure recovers, can cause damage to solid surfaces. For these reasons (among others), it is desirable, in the design and operation of devices required to move liquid, to be able to determine if cavitation is present, including where and the extent of the cavitation. Furthermore it is also useful to examine this behavior for a range of conditions. For details please refer to the CFX Best Practices Guide for Cavitation (p. 99). The model conditions for this example are turbulent and incompressible. The speed and direction of rotation of the pump is 132 rad/sec about the Z-axis (positive rotation following the right hand rule). The relevant problem parameters are: Inow total pressure = 100000 Pa Outow mass ow = 16 kg/s Inlet turbulence intensity = 0.03 Inlet length scale = 0.03 m
The SHF (Societe Hydraulique Francaise) pump has seven impeller blades. Due to the periodic nature of the geometry, only a single blade passage of the original pump needs to be modeled, thus minimizing the computer resources required to obtain a solution. The objective of this tutorial is to show pump cavitation performance in the form of a drop curve. The drop curve is a chart of Head versus Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH). This tutorial provides the data for the drop curve, but also has instructions for optionally generating the data by running a series of simulations with progressively lower inlet pressures. Each simulation is initialized with the results of the previous simulation.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 430 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. CavitationIni.pre CavitationIni.cfx Cavitation_100000.pre Cavitation.gtm
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Loading Materials
Since this tutorial uses water at 25 C and water vapor at 25 C, you need to load these materials. Note that you will only use the liquid water for the rst part of the tutorial. The vapor is being loaded now in anticipation of using it for the cavitation model later in the tutorial. 1. In the Outline tree view, right-click Simulation > Materials and select Import Library Data. The Select Library Data to Import dialog box is displayed.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 431
Creating the Domain 2. 3. 4. Expand Water Data. Select both Water at 25 C and Water Vapour at 25 C, holding the Ctrl key. Click OK.
6.
Click OK.
Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure 100000 [Pa] Flow Direction > Option Flow Direction > X Component Flow Direction > Y Component Cartesian Components 0 0
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 432 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating Domain Interfaces Tab Setting Flow Direction > Z Component Turbulence > Option Value 1 Intensity and Length Scale
Turbulence > Option > Fractional Intensity 0.03 Turbulence > Option > Eddy Length Scale 0.03 [m] 3. Click OK.
Outlet Boundary
1. 2. Create a new boundary named Outlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Value Outlet OUTBlock OUTFLOW Mass Flow Rate
Mass and Momentum > Mass Flow Rate 16 [kg/s] 3. Click OK.
Wall Boundaries
Set up the hub and shroud to be a stationary (non-rotating) wall. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Stationary Wall. Apply the following settings to Stationary Wall: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Value Wall OUTBlock HUB, OUTBlock SHROUD a (Selected) Counter Rotating Wall
Boundary Details
Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity Mass and Momentum > Wall Velocity > Option
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box. In that dialog box, select OUTBlock HUB and OUTBlock
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 433
Setting Initial Values Tab Basic Settings Setting Interface Side 1 > Region List Value INBlock PER1, OUTBlock PER1, Passage PER1a INBlock PER2, OUTBlock PER2, Passage PER2b Rotational Periodicity
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box. In that dialog box, select INBlock PER1,OUTBlock PER1
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box. In that dialog box, select INBlock PER2,OUTBlock PER2
3.
Click OK.
With the boundary conditions and domain interfaces dened above, the default boundary of a rotating wall is applied to the blade and the upstream portions of the hub and shroud.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 434 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Setting Solver Control 1. 2. Click Global Initialization Apply the following settings: Tab Global Settings Setting Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > Option Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > U Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > V Initial Conditions > Cartesian Velocity Components > W Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Option Initial Conditions > Static Pressure > Relative Pressure Value Automatic with Value 0 [m/s] 0 [m/s] 1 [m/s] Automatic with Value 100000 [Pa] .
Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Option Intensity and Length Scale Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Fractional Intensity > Option Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Fractional Intensity > Value Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale > Option Initial Conditions > Turbulence > Eddy Length Scale > Value 3. Click OK. Automatic with Value 0.03 Automatic with Value 0.03 [m]
The physical timescale that will be setup is derived from the rotational speed of the blades and the fact that there are 7 blades in the full machine.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 435
Post-Processing the Solution for High-Pressure Simulation of Pump without Cavitation Model
CFD-Post should be running. This case is run with temperatures around 300 K. The vapor pressure of water at this temperature is around 3574 Pa. To conrm that water vapor or cavitation is not likely for this operating condition of the pump, an isosurface of pressure at 3574 Pa will be created. Create an isosurface of pressure at 3574 [Pa]: 1. 2. Select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name. Apply the following settings in the Details view: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Variable Denition > Value 3. Click Apply. Notice that the isosurface does not appear. There is no place in the blade passage where the pressure is equal to 3574 Pa, which implies that there is no water vapor. 4. Quit CFD-Post, saving the state at your discretion. Value Pressure 3574 [Pa]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 436 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Fluid Pair > Liquid Water | Water Vapor (Selected) > Mass Transfer > Cavitation > Saturation Pressure
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 437
Fluid Pair > Liquid Water | Water Vapor 3574 [Pa]c > Mass Transfer > Cavitation > Saturation Pressure > Saturation Pressure
a
icon to open the Material dialog box, then click Import Library Data
to Import dialog box. In that dialog box, expand Water Data in the tree, then multi-select Water at 25 C and Water Vapour at 25 C and click OK. b The homogeneous model will be selected because the interphase transfer rate is very large in the pump. This results in all uids sharing a common ow eld and turbulence. c The pressure for a corresponding saturation temperature at which the water in the pump will boil into its vapor phase is 3574 Pa.
6. 7.
Click OK. Open Inlet for editing and apply the following changes: Note that you are setting the inlet up to be 100% liquid water, hence a volume fraction of 1. Consequently, the volume fraction of the vapor is set to 0. Tab Fluid Values Setting Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Water Vapor > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Liquid Water > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Value Water Vapor 0 Liquid Water 1
8. 9.
10. On the Boundary Details tab, set Mass and Momentum > Option to Bulk Mass Flow Rate and Mass Flow Rate to 16 [kg s^-1]. 11. Click OK.
Creating Expressions
Expressions dening the Net Positive Suction Head (NPSH) and Head are created in order to monitor their values as the inlet pressure is decreased. By monitoring these values a drop curve can be produced. Create the following expressions. Name Ptin Ptout Wden Head NPSH Pvap Denition massFlowAve(Total Pressure in Stn Frame)@Inlet massFlowAve(Total Pressure in Stn Frame)@Outlet 996.82 [kg m^-3] (Ptout-Ptin)/(Wden*g) (Ptin- Pvap)/(Wden*g) 3574 [Pa]
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 438 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
On the Monitor tab, select Monitor Options and click Add new item
Enter NPSH Point as the name of the monitor point then enter the following settings: Tab Monitor Setting Monitor Options > Monitor Points and Expressions > NPSH Point > Option Value Expression
Monitor Options > Monitor Points and NPSH Expressions > NPSH Point > Expression Value 4. 5. Create a second monitor point named Head Point with the same parameters as the rst, with the exception that Expression Value is set to Head. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 439
Post-Processing the Solution for High-Pressure Simulation of Pump with Cavitation Model
Post-Processing the Solution for High-Pressure Simulation of Pump with Cavitation Model
You will create an isosurface to observe the volume fraction of water vapor at 25 C. Note that the pressure below the threshold is the same as found earlier in High Pressure Simulation of Pump without Cavitation Model (p. 431). Create an isosurface for the volume fraction of water vapor at 25 C, at 0.1: 1. 2. 3. CFD-Post should be running; start it if necessary. Click Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name. Apply the following settings in the Details view: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Variable Denition > Value 4. Click Apply. Notice that the isosurface is clear. There is no water vapor at 25 C in the blade passage for the simulation with cavitation because at an inlet total pressure of 100000Pa, the minimum static pressure in the model is above the vapor pressure. 5. Quit CFD-Post saving the state at your discretion. Value Water Vapor.Volume Fraction 0.1
Optionally, if you want to generate the data shown in Table 28.1, Pump Performance Data (p. 440), then follow the instructions in the following two sections (Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures (p. 441) and Obtaining Solutions using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 441)). Those instructions involve running several simulations in order to obtain a set of results les. As a benet to doing this, you will have the results les required to complete an optional postprocessing exercise at the end of this tutorial. This optional postprocessing exercise involves using Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 440 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures isosurfaces to visualize the regions of cavitation, and visually comparing these isosurfaces between different results les. If you want to use the provided table data to produce a drop curve, proceed to Generating a Drop Curve (p. 442).
Note
There are other techniques for dening a set of related simulations. For example, you could use conguration control, as demonstrated in Flow from a Circular Vent (p. 79).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 441
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
To see the pump performance, you will generate a drop curve to show the pump performance over a range of inlet pressures. After generating the drop curve, there is an optional exercise for visualizing the cavitation regions using isosurfaces. The optional exercise of visualizing the cavitation regions requires the results les from the 60000 Pa, 40000 Pa, 20000 Pa, and 17500 Pa simulations. If you have not generated those results les and want to complete the optional exercise, then generate the results les by following the instructions in: Writing CFX-Solver Input (.def) Files for Lower Inlet Pressures (p. 441) Obtaining Solutions using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 441)
5.
Click Save.
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model Tab Setting Axis Range > Max Axis Labels > Use data for axis labels Axis Labels > Custom Label Y Axis Axis Range > Determine ranges automatically Axis Range > Min Axis Range > Max Axis Labels > Use data for axis labels Axis Labels > Custom Label Line Display
a
4.
Click Apply and proceed to Viewing the Drop Curve (p. 443).
You can see here that there is not signicant degradation in the performance curve as the inlet total pressure is dropped. This is due to the fact that, for a part of the test, the inlet total pressure is sufciently high to prevent cavitation, which implies that the normalized pressure rise across the pump is constant. Also, although you may start at a high inlet pressure where there is no cavitation, as you drop the inlet pressure, cavitation will appear but will have no signicant impact on performance (incipient cavitation) until the blade passage has sufcient blockage due to vapor. At that point, performance degrades (rapidly in this case). Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 443
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model When the inlet total pressure reaches a sufciently low value, cavitation occurs. The performance curve then starts to drop at a pressure of 18000 Pa as you can see on the chart. What is called the point of cavitation is often marked by the NPSH at which the pressure rise has fallen by a few percent, which is around 17500 Pa in this case. If you want to complete an optional exercise on visualizing the cavitation regions, proceed to Visualizing the Cavitation Regions (Optional Exercise) (p. 445). Otherwise, quit CFD-Post, saving the state at your discretion.
On the right side of the Load Results File dialog box, note down the current setting under CFX run history and multi-conguration options. Set this option to Load complete history as: > A single case, unless already set.
Important
This setting, under CFX run history and multi-conguration options, persists when you close CFD-Post. Ensure that you set this back to the original setting noted above, as instructed to do so at the end of the tutorial. Not doing so could lead to undesirable results when post-processing other cases. 4. 5. In the Load Results File dialog box, select Cavitation_17500_001.res. Click Open. When you started the CFX-Solver run using initial values, by default theContinue History From option was on. This enables the results le to retain a reference to the initial value results le. When the nal results le is loaded into CFD-Post using the Load complete history as: A single case, it includes results from all the initial values les as well as the nal results. Each of the previous initial values les is available as a timestep (in this case a sequence) through the Timestep Selector. 6. 7. 8. 9. Click OK when prompted with a Process Multiple Results as a Sequence message. Click Insert > Chart or click Chart .
Set the name to Drop Curve and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab General Setting Type Title Data Series Data Source > Expression Data Source > Expression X Axis Y Axis Data Selection > Expression Axis Range > Determine ranges automatically Axis Range > Min Axis Range > Max Line Display Line Display > Symbols Value XY - Transient or Sequence Drop Curve (Selected) Head NPSH (Cleared) 0 45 Triangle
10. Click Apply and proceed to Viewing the Drop Curve (p. 445).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 444 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model
You can see here that there is not signicant degradation in the performance curve as the inlet total pressure is dropped. This is due to the fact that, for a part of the test, the inlet total pressure is sufciently high to prevent cavitation, which implies that the normalized pressure rise across the pump is constant. Also, although you may start at a high inlet pressure where there is no cavitation, as you drop the inlet pressure, cavitation will appear but will have no signicant impact on performance (incipient cavitation) until the blade passage has sufcient blockage due to vapor. At that point, performance degrades (rapidly in this case). When the inlet total pressure reaches a sufciently low value, cavitation occurs. The performance curve then starts to drop at a pressure of 18000 Pa as you can see on the chart. What is called the point of cavitation is often marked by the NPSH at which the pressure rise has fallen by a few percent, which is around 17500 Pa in this case.
Important
If you want to complete an optional exercise on visualizing the cavitation regions, proceed to Visualizing the Cavitation Regions (Optional Exercise) (p. 445). Otherwise, proceed to Restoring CFX run history and multi-conguration options (p. 446).
Cavitation does not occur for the 100000 Pa and 80000 Pa simulations. Create an isosurface for 10% water vapor (by volume fraction), for the 60000 Pa, 40000 Pa, 20000 Pa, and 17500 Pa simulations: 1. Use Cavitation_60000_001.res to create an isosurface: 1. Launch CFD-Post and load Cavitation_60000_001.res.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 445
Viewing the Solution for the Pump Simulation with Cavitation Model 2. 3. Select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name. Apply the following settings in the details view: Tab Geometry Setting Denition > Variable Denition > Value 4. 2. Click Apply. Value Water Vapor.Volume Fraction 0.1
Add Cavitation_40000_001.res to the current results: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Select File > Load Results. Under Case options, select both Keep current cases loaded and Open in new view. Select Cavitation_40000_001.res. Click Open. Click a blank area inside the viewport named View 2 (which contains the results that you just loaded) to make that viewport active, then turn on visibility for the isosurface in the Outline tree view.
3.
In a similar way, load Cavitation_20000_001.res and Cavitation_17500_001.res and make the isosurface visible on these results. Click Synchronize camera in displayed views so that all viewports maintain the same camera position.
4. 5.
Rotate the view (from any viewport) to inspect the results. Observe that the amount of water vapor increases as the inlet pressure decreases.
Important
If you created the drop curve by setting the CFX run history and multi-conguration options, proceed to Restoring CFX run history and multi-conguration options (p. 446). Otherwise, quit CFD-Post, saving the state at your discretion.
On the right side of the Load Results File dialog box, restore the original settings under CFX run history and multi-conguration options. In the Load Results File dialog box, select Cavitation_17500_001.res. Click Open. Quit CFD-Post, by selecting File > Quit.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 446 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Importing a CCL le in CFX-Pre. Editing and creating boundary conditions in CFX-Pre. Adding particles that evaporate. Creating a domain interface in CFX-Pre. Creating contour plots and inserting particle tracking in CFD-Post. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type Domain Type Boundary Conditions Details General Mode Steady State General Fluid Single Domain Water Nozzle Air Inlet Outlet Domain 1 Default Domain Interface Timescale Particle Coupling Control Extra Output Variables List CFD-Post Plots Fluid Fluid Physical Timescale Selected Selected Contour Plots Particle Tracking
Component CFX-Pre
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 447
Overview of the Problem to Solve The following gure shows approximately half of the full geometry. The spray dryer has two inlets named Water Nozzle and Air Inlet, and one outlet named Outlet. The Water Nozzle is where the liquid water enters in a primary air ow at a mass ow rate of 1.33e-4 kg/s. The Air Inlet is for the swirling, drying air ow. The Water Nozzle inlet is located in the middle of the circular Air Inlet. When the spray dryer is operating, the inlets are located at the top of the vessel and the outlet at the bottom.
Periodic boundaries are used to allow only a small section of the full geometry to be modeled. The geometry to be modeled consists of a 9 degree section of the axisymmetric dryer shape. The relevant parameters of this problem are: Static temperature at Water Nozzle = 300 K Size distribution for the drops being created by the Water Nozzle is prescribed using discrete diameter values and associated fractions of the droplet mass ow rate. Air Inlet mass and momentum axial component = 30 m/s (downwards along the axis of the spray dryer),Air Inlet mass and momentum radial component = 0 m/s, Air Inlet mass and momentum theta component = 10 m/s Static temperature at Air Inlet = 423 K Relative pressure at Outlet = 0 Pa Normal speed of Water = 10 m/s
The approach for solving this problem is to rst import a CCL le with the uid properties, domain and boundary conditions in CFX-Pre. Minor changes will be made to the information imported from the CCL le. Boundary conditions and a domain interface will also be added. In CFD-Post, contour plots will be created to see the variation of temperature, mass fraction of water, average mean particle diameter of liquid water, and averaged temperature of liquid water in the spray dryer. Finally, particle tracking will be used for plotting the temperature of liquid water.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 448 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. 3. SprayDryer.pre spraydryer9.gtm
In addition to the les from the examples directory, the evaporating_drops.ccl le from the etc/model-templates directory, should also be copied over to the working directory. Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 449
Editing the Domain imported as a CCL. We will rst analyze the evaporating_drops.ccl model template and then import it into the simulation.
Note
The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) le at any time by selecting File > Export > CCL. 1. Open evaporating_drops.ccl with a text editor and take the time to look at the information it contains. The template sets up the materials water vapor H2O with a thermal conductivity of 193e-04 W/mK and water liquid H2Ol, which enters from the Water Nozzle. Note that the water data could also have been imported from the library in CFX-Pre. The template also creates a continuous gas phase named Gas mixture containing H2O and Air Ideal Gas and a binary mixture of H2O and H2Ol, which determines the rate of evaporation of the water. A domain named Domain 1 that includes the Gas mixture and H2Ol as a uid pair as well as an inlet boundary is also specied in the CCL le. The inlet boundary is set up with a default static temperature of 573 K. 2. Select File > Import > CCL The Import CCL dialog box appears. 3. Under Import Method, select Append. This will start with the existing CCL already generated and append the imported CCL.
Note
Replace is useful if you have dened physics and want to update or replace them with newly-imported physics. 4. 5. Select evaporating_drops.ccl. Click Open.
Note
An error message related to the parameter Location will appear in the message window. This error occurs as the CCL contains a location placeholder that is not part of the mesh. Ignore this error message as the issue will be addressed when Domain 1 is being edited.
Domain Models > Buoyancy > Option Buoyant Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity 0.0 [m s^-1] X Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity -9.81 [m s^-1] Y Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Gravity 0.0 [m s^-1] Z Dirn. Domain Models > Buoyancy > Buoy. Ref. Density 1.2 [kg m^-3] a
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 450 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating and Editing the Boundary Conditions Tab Fluid Specic Models Setting Fluid Value Gas mixture
Fluid > Gas mixture > Fluid Buoyancy Non Buoyant b Model > Option Fluid H2Ol
Fluid > H2Ol > Fluid Buoyancy Model Density Difference > Option
a
The buoyancy reference density is set to 1.2 as representative of air. Since any natural convection in the gas can be neglected, we can set the uid to non buoyant.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 451
Creating and Editing the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting H2Ol > Particle Diameter Distribution > Option H2Ol > Particle Diameter Distribution > Diameter List Value Discrete Diameter Distribution 5.9e-6, 1.25e-5, 1.39e-5, 1.54e-5, 1.7e-5, 1.88e-5, 2.09e-5, 2.27e-5, 2.48e-5, 3.11e-5 [m] 10*0.1 10*0.1 Static Temperature
H2Ol > Particle Diameter Distribution > Mass Fraction List H2Ol > Particle Diameter Distribution > Number Fraction List H2Ol > Heat Transfer > Option
The number of representative drops was chosen to be 500 through experience of particle transport calculations. Note that this mass ow is only 1/40th of the total mass ow rate of water because only a 9 degree sector is modeled.
4.
Click OK.
Mass and Momentum > Radial Component 0.0 [m s^-1] Mass and Momentum > Theta Component Axis Denition > Option Axis Denition > Rotation Axis Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 5. Click OK. 10.0 [m s^-1] Coordinate Axis Global Y Static Temperature 423.0 K
Outlet Boundary
The outlet boundary will be created as an opening with pressure as specied in the problem description. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 452 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating a Domain Interface 1. 2. 3. 4. Select Insert > Boundary from the main menu or click Boundary Under Name, type Outlet. Click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure 5. Click OK. Value Outlet outlet Average Static Pressure 0.0 [Pa] .
Domain 1 Default
The Domain 1 Default boundary will be edited to use a heat transfer coefcient of 3.0 W/K/m and an outside temperature of 300 K. 1. 2. In the tree view, right-click Domain 1 Default, then click Edit. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Heat Trans. Coeff. Heat Transfer > Outside Temperature 3. Click OK. Value Heat Transfer Coefcient 3.0 [W m^-2 K^-1] 300.0 [K]
Interface Models > Axis Denition > Rotation Global Y Axis Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 453
Mesh Connection Method > Mesh Connection Automatic > Option 3. Click OK.
Based on the air inlet speed and the size of the dryer.
3.
Click OK.
Apply the following settings: Tab Results Setting Extra Output Variables List Value Selected
Extra Output Variables List > Extra Output H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle Var. List Diameter, H2Ol.Averaged Temperaturea
icon to open the Extra Output Variable List dialog box, then select H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle
Diameter and H2Ol.Averaged Temperature, holding the Ctrl key. Click OK.
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 454 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution Using CFX-Solver Manager Setting File name 3. Click Save. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Dene Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set. 4. Quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) le. Value SprayDryer.def
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 455
Displaying the Liquid Water Averaged Mean Particle Diameter Using a Contour Plot
A contour plot located at the Periodic 1 region will be created and used to show the H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle Diameter variation through the spray dryer. Repeat steps 1-6 in the Displaying the Temperature Using a Contour Plot (p. 455) section. In step 3, change the contour name to H2Ol Averaged Mean Particle Diameter Contour. In step 4, change the variable to H2Ol.Averaged Mean Particle Diameter.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 456 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 457
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Importing a CCL le in CFX-Pre. Setting up and using Proximate/Ultimate analysis for hydrocarbon fuels in CFX-Pre. Viewing the results for nitrogen oxide in CFD-Post. Feature User Mode Analysis Type Fluid Type CCL File Domain Type Boundaries Details General Mode Steady State Reacting Mixture, Hydrocarbon Fuel Import Single Domain Coal Inlet Air Inlet Outlet No-slip Wall Periodic Symmetry CFD-Post Plots Particle Tracking
Component CFX-Pre
The following gure shows half of the full geometry. The coal furnace has two inlets named Coal Inlet and Air Inlet, and one outlet. The Coal Inlet (see the inner yellow annulus shown in the gure inset) has air entering at a mass ow rate of 1.624e-3 kg/s and pulverized coal particles entering at a mass ow rate of 1.015e-3 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 459
Overview of the Problem to Solve kg/s. The Air Inlet (see the outer red annulus shown in the gure inset) is where heated air enters the coal furnace at a mass ow rate of 1.035e-2 kg/s. The outlet is located at the opposite end of the furnace and is at a pressure of 1 atm.
The provided mesh occupies a 5 degree section of an axisymmetric coal furnace. Each simulation will make use of either symmetric or periodic boundaries to model the effects of the remainder of the furnace. In the case of non-swirling ow, a pair of symmetry boundaries is sufcient; in the case of ow with swirl, a periodic boundary with rotational periodicity is required. The relevant parameters of this problem are: Coal Inlet static temperature = 343 K Size distribution for the drops being created by the Coal Inlet = 12, 38, 62, 88 [micron] Air Inlet static temperature = 573 K Outlet average static pressure = 0 Pa Coal Gun wall xed temperature = 800 K Coal Inlet wall xed temperature = 343 K Air Inlet wall xed temperature = 573 K Furnace wall xed temperature = 1400 K O2 mass fraction = 0.232
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 460 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Before You Begin Proximate/ultimate analysis data for the coal. Note that proximate/ultimate analysis data is used to characterize the properties of the coal including the content of moisture, volatile, free carbon, and ash, as well as the mass fractions of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen (the major components), sulfur and nitrogen.
The approach for solving this problem is to rst import, into CFX-Pre, a CCL le with the proximate/ultimate analysis data for the coal and the required materials and reactions. The rst simulation will be without nitrogen oxide or swirl. Only small changes to the boundary conditions will be made to create the second simulation, which has swirl in the ow. After each of the rst two simulations, you will use CFD-Post to see the variation of temperature, water mass fraction and radiation intensity. You will examine particle tracks colored by temperature and by ash mass fraction. The last simulation has swirl and also involves the release of nitrogen oxide. Finally, you will use CFD-Post to see the distribution of nitrogen oxide in the third simulation.
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. CoalCombustion.gtm CoalCombustion_Reactions_Materials.ccl CoalCombustion_nonox.pre CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.pre CoalCombustion_noxcpp_swirl.pre
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Importing the Coal Combustion Materials CCL File 2. 3. 4. 5. Set Files of type to CFX Mesh(*gtm *cfx). Select CoalCombustion.gtm from your working directory. Click Open. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up) from the shortcut menu.
Note
The physics for a simulation can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) le at any time by selecting File > Export > CCL. 1. Open CoalCombustion_Reactions_Materials.ccl with a text editor and take the time to look at the information it contains. The CCL sets up the following reactions: Fuel Gas Oxygen HC Fuel Char Field HC Fuel Devolat Prompt NO Fuel Gas PDF Thermal NO PDF.
The CCL also sets up the following materials: Ash Char Fuel Gas Gas mixture HC Fuel HC Fuel Gas Binary Mixture Raw Combustible
The reactions Prompt NO Fuel Gas PDF and Thermal NO PDF are used only in the third simulation. Other pure substances required for the simulation will be loaded from the standard CFX-Pre materials library. 2. In CFX-Pre, select File > Import > CCL. The Import CCL dialog box appears. 3. Under Import Method, select Replace. This will replace the materials list in the current simulation with the ones in the newly imported CCL. 4. Under Import Method, select Auto-load materials. This will load pure materials such as CO2, H2O, N2, O2, and NO the materials referenced by the imported mixtures and reactions from the CFX-Pre materials library. 5. 6. 7. Select CoalCombustion_Reactions_Materials.ccl (the le you reviewed earlier). Click Open. Expand the Materials and Reactions branches under Simulation to make sure that all the materials and reactions described above are present.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 462 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Location and Type > Location Fluid and Particle Denitions Fluid and Particle Denitions > Gas Mixture > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > Gas Mixture > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions Value B40 Gas Mixture Gas Mixturea Continuous Fluid HC Fuel
Fluid and Particle Denitions > HC Fuel HC Fuelb > Material Fluid and Particle Denitions > HC Fuel Particle Transport Solid > Morphology > Option Fluid and Particle Denitions > HC Fuel (Selected) > Morphology > Particle Diameter Change Fluid and Particle Denitions > HC Fuel Mass Equivalent > Morphology > Particle Diameter Change > Option Fluid Models Multiphase > Multiphase Reactions Multiphase > Multiphase Reactions > Reactions List Heat Transfer > Option Combustion > Option Thermal Radiation > Option Fluid Specic Models Fluid (Selected) HC Fuel Char Field, HC Fuel Devolat Fluid Dependent Fluid Dependent Fluid Dependent Gas Mixture
Fluid > Gas Mixture > Heat Transfer > Thermal Energy Heat Transfer > Option Fluid > Gas Mixture > Thermal Radiation > Option Fluid > Gas Mixture > Thermal Radiation > Number of Rays Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 463 Discrete Transfer (Selected)
Fluid > Gas Mixture > Thermal 32c Radiation > Number of Rays > Number of Rays Fluid HC Fuel
Fluid > HC Fuel > Heat Transfer > Heat Particle Temperature Transfer > Option Fluid Pair Models Fluid Pair Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > Particle Coupling Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Option Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > Heat Transfer > Option Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > Thermal Radiation Transfer > Option Gas Mixture | HC Fuel Fully Coupled Schiller Naumann
Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > 1d Thermal Radiation Transfer > Emissivity Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > (Selected) Thermal Radiation Transfer > Particle Coupling Fluid Pair > Gas Mixture | HC Fuel > Fully Coupled Thermal Radiation Transfer > Particle Coupling > Particle Coupling
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box, then select Gas Mixture under the Gas Phase Combustion
icon to open the Material dialog box, then select HC Fuel under the Particle Solids branch. Click OK.
Increasing the number of rays to 32 from the default 8, increases the number of rays leaving the bounding surfaces and increases the accuracy of the thermal radiation calculation. d With this setting, the particles are modeled as black bodies.
7.
Click OK.
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Mass Flow Rate Flow Direction > Option Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Component Details Component Details > O2 > Option Component Details > O2 > Mass Fraction Fluid Values Value Inlet CoalInlet Mass Flow Rate 0.001624 [kg s^-1] Normal to Boundary Condition Static Temperature 343 [K] O2 Mass Fraction 0.232
Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle (Selected) Behavior > Dene Particle Behavior Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Mass and Zero Slip Velocity Momentum > Option Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle Uniform Injection Position > Option Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle (Selected) Position > Particle Locations Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle Equally Spaced Position > Particle Locations > Particle Locations Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle Direct Specication Position > Number of Positions > Option Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 200 Position > Number of Positions > Number Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 0.001015 [kg s^-1] Mass Flow > Mass Flow Rate Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle (Selected) Diameter Distribution Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle Discrete Diameter Distribution Diameter Distribution > Option Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 12, 38, 62, 88 [micron] Diameter Distribution > Diameter List Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 0.18, 0.25, 0.21, 0.36 Diameter Distribution > Mass Fraction List Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Particle 0.25, 0.25, 0.25, 0.25 Diameter Distribution > Number Fraction List Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Heat Transfer > Option Static Temperature
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 465
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Setting Boundary Conditions > HC Fuel > Heat Transfer > Static Temperature 3. Click OK. Value 343 [K]
Outlet Boundary
Create the outlet boundary with pressure specied, as follows: 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Outlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass and Momentum > Option Mass and Momentum > Relative Pressure Value Outlet Outlet Average Static Pressure 0[Pa]
Mass and Momentum > Pres. Prole Blend 0.05 3. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 466 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
The wall has an emissivity value of 0.6 since about half of the radiation can travel through the surface and half is reected and/or absorbed at the surface.
3.
Click OK.
Boundary Details
Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Thermal Radiation > Option Thermal Radiation > Emissivity Thermal Radiation > Diffuse Fraction
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box, then select CoalInletInnerWall and CoalInletOuterWall,
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 467
Creating the Boundary Conditions Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Value Wall AirInletInnerWall, AirInletOuterWalla Temperature 573 [K] Opaque 0.6 1
Boundary Details
Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Thermal Radiation > Option Thermal Radiation > Emissivity Thermal Radiation > Diffuse Fraction
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box, then select AirInletInnerWall and AirInletOuterWall,
3.
Click OK.
Boundary Details
Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Thermal Radiation > Option Thermal Radiation > Emissivity Thermal Radiation > Diffuse Fraction
icon to open the Selection Dialog dialog box, then select FurnaceFrontWall and FurnaceOuterWall,
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 468 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Symmetry Plane 1 Boundary Tab Boundary Details Setting Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Fixed Temperature Thermal Radiation > Option Thermal Radiation > Emissivity Thermal Radiation > Diffuse Fraction 3. Click OK. Value Temperature 1200 [K] Opaque 0.6 1
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 469
Writing the CFX-Solver Input (.def) File Tab Particle Control Setting Particle Coupling Control > First Iteration for Particle Calculation Particle Coupling Control > First Iteration for Particle Calculation > First Iteration Particle Coupling Control > Iteration Frequency Particle Coupling Control > Iteration Frequency > Iteration Frequency Particle Under Relaxation Factors Particle Under Relaxation Factors > Vel. Under Relaxation Value (Selected) 25b (Selected) 10c (Selected) 0.75
Particle Under Relaxation Factors > Energy 0.75 Particle Under Relaxation Factors > Mass Particle Ignition Particle Ignition > Ignition Temperature Particle Source Smoothing Particle Source Smoothing > Option Advanced Options Thermal Radiation Control Thermal Radiation Control > Coarsening Control Thermal Radiation Control > Coarsening Control > Target Coarsening Rate Thermal Radiation Control > Coarsening Control > Target Coarsening Rate > Rate
a
0.75 (Selected) 1000 [K] (Selected) Smooth (Selected) (Selected) (Selected) 16d
Based on the air inlet speed and the size of the combustor. The First Iteration parameter sets the coefcient-loop iteration number at which particles are rst tracked; it allows the continuous-phase ow to develop before tracking droplets through the ow. Experience has shown that the value usually has to be increased to 25 from the default of 10. c The Iteration Frequency parameter is the frequency at which particles are injected into the ow after the First Iteration for Particle Calculation iteration number. The iteration frequency allows the continuous phase to settle down between injections because it is affected by sources of momentum, heat, and mass from the droplet phase. Experience has shown that the value usually has to be increased to 10 from the default of 5. d The Target Coarsening Rate parameter controls the size of the radiation element required for calculating Thermal Radiation. Decreasing the size of the element to 16, from the default 64, increases the accuracy of the solution obtained, while increasing the computing time required for the calculations.
b
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 470 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation using CFX-Solver Manager Setting File name 3. Click Save. CFX-Solver Manager automatically starts and, on the Dene Run dialog box, the Solver Input File is set. 4. Quit CFX-Pre, saving the simulation (.cfx) le. Value CoalCombustion_nonox.def
Turning off the lighting makes the colors accurate in the 3D view, but can make it more difcult to perceive depth. As an alternative to turning off the lighting, you can try rotating the view to a different position.
4.
Click Apply. As expected for a non-swirling case, the ame appears a signicant distance away from the burner. The ame is likely unstable, as evidenced by the rate of solver convergence; the next simulation in this tutorial involves swirl, which tends to stabilize the ame, and has much faster solver convergence.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 471
If you want to set up the simulation automatically using a tutorial session le, run CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.pre. For details, see Playing a Tutorial Session File (p. 3). Then proceed to Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl using CFX-Solver Manager (p. 474). If you want to set up the simulation manually, proceed to the following section.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 472 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Outlet Boundary
The average pressure boundary condition leaves the pressure prole unspecied while constraining the average pressure to the specied value. In some situations, leaving the prole fully unspecied is too weak and convergence difculties may result. The 'Pressure Prole Blend' feature works around this by blending between a unspecied pressure prole and a fully specied pressure prole. By default, the pressure prole blend is 5%. For swirling ow, however, imposing any amount of a uniform pressure prole is inconsistent with the radial pressure prole which should naturally develop in response to the uid rotation, and the pressure prole blend must be set to 0. 1. 2. Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Outlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Mass and Momentum > Option Value Average Static Pressure
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 473
Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl using CFX-Solver Manager
When CFX-Pre has shut down and the CFX-Solver Manager has started, obtain a solution to the CFD problem by following the instructions below. 1. Ensure that the Dene Run dialog box is displayed. Solver Input File should be set to CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl.def. 2. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. Eventually a dialog box is displayed. 3. 4. 5. At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results. If using Standalone mode, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 474 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 475
Fluid Specic Models Fluid Fluid > Gas Mixture > Combustion > Chemistry Post Processing
Fluid > Gas Mixture > Combustion > NO Chemistry Post Processing > Materials List Fluid > Gas Mixture > Combustion > Prompt NO Fuel Gas Chemistry Post Processing > Reactions List PDF,Thermal NO PDF These settings enable the combustion simulation with nitrogen oxide (NO) as a postprocessing step in the solver. The NO reactions are dened in the same way as any participating reaction but the simulation of the NO reactions is performed after the combustion simulation of the air and coal. With this one-way simulation, the NO will have no effect on the combustion simulation of the air and coal. 3. 4. 5. Click OK. Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Air Inlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Component Details Value NO Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 476 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Component Details > NO > Mass Fraction 0.0 6. 7. 8. Click OK. Edit Simulation > Flow Analysis 1 > Furnace > Coal Inlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Boundary Details Setting Component Details Value NO
Obtaining a Solution for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide using CFX-Solver Manager
When CFX-Pre has shut down and the CFX-Solver Manager has started, obtain a solution to the CFD problem by following the instructions below. 1. Ensure that the Dene Run dialog box is displayed. Solver Input File should be set to CoalCombustion_noxcpp_swirl.def. 2. 3. Select Initial Values Specication. Select CoalCombustion_nonox_swirl_001.res for the initial values le using the Browse tool.
The uid solution from the previous case has not changed for this simulation. Loading the results from the previous case as an initial guess eliminates the need for the solver to solve for the uids solutions again. 4. Click Start Run. CFX-Solver runs and attempts to obtain a solution. This can take a long time depending on your system. Eventually a dialog box is displayed stating that the run has nished. 5. 6. 7. At the end of the run, on the completion message that appears, select Post-Process Results. If using Standalone mode, select Shut down CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 477
Viewing the Results for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide in CFD-Post
Viewing the Results for the Simulation with Swirl and Nitrogen Oxide in CFD-Post
In this section, you will make a plot on the Periodic Side 1 region showing the variation of concentration of nitrogen oxide through the coal furnace. 1. 2. 3. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z up). Edit Cases > CoalCombustion_noxcpp_swirl_001 > Furnace > Periodic Side 1. Apply the following settings: Tab Color Setting Mode Variable Render Show Faces Lighting 4. Click Apply. You can see that NO is produced in the high-temperature region near the inlet. Further downstream, the mass fraction of NO is more uniform. 5. Quit CFD-Post, saving the state (.cst) le at your discretion. Value Variable NO.Mass Fraction (Selected) (Cleared)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 478 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Tutorial Features
In this tutorial you will learn about: Importing a CCL le in CFX-Pre. High speed multi-component, multiphase ow with interphase mass transfer. Model customization using CEL. Handling mass sources based on species transfer. Source linearization. Feature User Mode Domain Type Analysis Type Fluid Type Details General Mode Single Domain Steady State Continuous Fluid Dispersed Fluid CCL File Boundary Conditions Import Inlet Boundary Opening Boundary Outlet Boundary Steam Jet Default Symmetry Boundary Timestep CFD-Post Plots Physical Timescale Default Locators Line Locator Other Chart Creation
Component CFX-Pre
Before You Begin comprises of the following components: a pure liquid, a disperse phase uid representing the water and a two-component gas, and a continuous phase uid representing the steam and air. Mass transfer occurs between two uids as the water condenses or evaporates. This is simulated explicitly using mass sources and sinks in the two uids. The mass transfer itself is modeled as a return to equilibrium based on the difference between the actual molar concentration of steam in air to the saturation value. The rate of mass transfer is modeled using a very simple Sherwood number-based mass diffusion at the surface of liquid drops. The geometry is two dimensional and cylindrically symmetric with the far eld modeled using an outlet normal to the symmetry axis down stream and an opening in all other directions. The steam jet has an inlet at the end of an injection pipe, where the gas and liquid enter the system at a normal speed of 341 m s^-1. Symmetry boundaries are used on two sides of the domain because a thin section of the geometry is modeled and there is no swirl. An opening boundary is used around the outside edges of the domain; the opening condition prescribes a ow direction normal to the boundary in order to provide sufcient constraints on the solution. Some of the relevant parameters of this problem are: Static temperature of the injected gas and liquid = 373 K Average static pressure around the domain = 0 Pa Temperature around the domain = 25 C
To set up this simulation, you will rst import the mesh and CCL les that contain the required expressions and Additional Variable denitions. You will then dene: the required materials a domain that involves both gas and liquid water subdomains that account for gas-to-liquid and liquid-to-gas phase changes boundary conditions
Starting CFX-Pre
1. Prepare the working directory using the following les in the examples directory: 2. SteamJet.pre steam_jet.gtm steam_jet_expressions.ccl steam_jet_additional_variables.ccl
Set the working directory and start CFX-Pre. For details, see Preparing a Working Directory and Starting ANSYS CFX in Standalone Mode (p. 1)
Importing the Mesh 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. In CFX-Pre, select File > New Case. Select General and click OK. Edit Case Options > General in the Outline tree view and ensure that Automatic Default Domain and Automatic Default Interfaces are turned off. Select File > Save Case As. Set File name to SteamJet.cfx. Click Save.
Note
The physics for a case can be saved to a CCL (CFX Command Language) le at any time by selecting File > Export > CCL. 1. Select CCL les from your working directory, and open them one at a time with a text editor and take the time to look at the information they contain. For details on setting up the working directory, see Starting CFX-Pre (p. 480). The information contained in the CCL les is outlined below: The CCl le steam_jet_expressions.ccl creates expressions required for setting up the following data: 2. Liquid/gas interface Interphase diffusive transport coefcient Heats of vaporization Liquid-gas mass transfer for water Continuity linearization with respect to P, Local false step linearization of the IPMT. Pressure linearization coefcient PCoef Water IPMT ux liquid to gas WaFluxLG Water IPMT ux gas to liquid WaFluxGL Local IPMT false timestep FalseDt Saturation temperature for post SatTemp Saturation pressure for post SatPres Latent heat at saturation for post SatLHeat
Select File > Import > CCL The Import CCL dialog box appears.
3.
Under Import Method, select Append. This options appends the changes to the existing case.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 481
Note
The Replace option is useful if you have dened the physics and want to update or replace the existing physics using the newly imported CCL. 4. 5. 6. 7. From your working directory, select steam_jet_expressions.ccl. Click Open. The CCL is now loaded as indicated by the status bar in the bottom right corner of the window. After a short pause, the CCL and the Outline tree view will be updated. Repeat steps 2 to 5 to import steam_jet_additional_variables.ccl. In the Outline tree view, expand the Additional Variables and Expressions branches under Simulation > Expressions, Functions and Variables to conrm that new objects have been added after importing the CCL les.
Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting External Solver Coupling > Option Analysis Type > Option Value None Steady State
3.
Click OK.
The Import CCL dialog box appears. 3. 4. Under Import Method, select Append. This options appends the CCL changes to the existing case. Select MATERIALS-iapws.ccl from the etc/materials-extra directory and click Open. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 482 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domain 5. 6. 7. In the Select Library Data to Import dialog box, expand Wet Steam and select Steam3vl. Click OK. In the Outline tree view, expand Simulation > Materials to conrm that Steam3l, Steam3v, and Steam3vl have been added to the list.
icon to open the Materials List dialog box, then select multiple items by holding the Ctrl key. Click OK.
3.
Click OK.
Child Materials > Steam3l > Mass Fraction 1.0 3. Click OK.
In the Insert Domain dialog box, set the name to Steam Jet and click OK. On the Basic Settings tab, apply the following settings under Location and Type: Setting Location Domain Type Coordinate Frame Value B26 Fluid Domain Coord 0
4.
On the Basic Settings tab, delete any existing items under Fluid and Particle Denitions by selecting them and clicking Remove selected item .
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 483
Creating the Domain 5. Under Fluid and Particle Denitions, create two uid denitions named Gas and Liquid by using the Add new item icon.
The new uids named Gas and Liquid appear under Fluid and Particle Denitions. 6. On the Basic Settings tab, apply the following settings under Fluid and Particle Denitions: Setting (List Box) Gas > Material Gas > Morphology > Option (List Box) Liquid > Material Liquid > Morphology > Option Value Gas Gas mixture Continuous Fluid Liquid Liquid mixture Dispersed Fluid
7.
On the Fluid Models tab, apply the following settings: Setting Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option Combustion > Option Thermal Radiation > Option Value Fluid Dependent Fluid Dependent None None
8. 9.
On the Fluid Models tab under Additional Variable Models > Additional Variable, select FalseDt and select the FalseDt check box. Make sure that Additional Variable Models > Additional Variable > FalseDt > Option is set to Fluid Dependent.
10. Repeat the previous two steps for the rest of the Additional Variables (PCoef, SatLheat, SatPres, SatTemp, WaFluxGL, WaFluxLG). 11. On the Fluid Specic Models tab, select Gas in the list box, then apply the following settings: Setting Heat Transfer > Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option Turbulence > Wall Function > Wall Function Component Models > Component Component Models > Component > Air Ideal Gas > Option Component Models > Component Component Models > Component > Steam3v > Option Value Total Energy k-Epsilon Scalable Air Ideal Gas Constraint Steam3v Transport Equation
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 484 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating the Domain Setting Component Models > Component > Steam3v > Kinematic Diffusivity Component Models > Component > Steam3v > Kinematic Diffusivity > Kinematic Diffusivity Additional Variable Models Additional Variable Models > PCoef Additional Variable Models > PCoef > Add. Var. Value Value (Selected) KinDiffa PCoef (Selected) dFLUXwadpb
icon to specify the CEL expression. icon to specify the CEL expression.
12. On the Fluid Specic Models tab, select Liquid in the list box, then apply the following settings: Setting Heat Transfer > Heat Transfer > Option Turbulence > Option Value Total Energy Dispersed Phase Zero Equation
13. Under Additional Variable Models (for Liquid), select FalseDt in the list box, then apply the following settings: Setting FalseDt FalseDt > Add. Var. Value Value (Selected) DtFalseMfa
14. Repeat the previous step for the rest of the Additional Variables (PCoef, SatLheat, SatPres, SatTemp, WaFluxGL, WaFluxLG) using the following values: Additional Variable PCoef SatLheat SatPres SatTemp WaFluxGL WaFluxLG Expression dFLUXwadpa HtVapwaa VpWata SatTa FLUXwa1a FLUXwa2a
15. On the Fluid Pair Models tab, select Gas | Liquid in the list box, then apply the following settings: Setting Surface Tension Coefcient Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 485 Value (Selected)
Creating Subdomains Setting Surface Tension Coefcient > Surf. Tension Coeff. Interphase Transfer > Option Momentum Transfer > Drag Force > Option Turbulence Transfer > Option Mass Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Option Value srfTenCoefa Particle Model Schiller Naumann None None Ranz Marshall
Creating Subdomains
To provide the correct modeling for the steam jet you need to dene mass fraction sources for the uid components steam3v and steam3l. To do this, you need to create a subdomain where the relevant sources can be specied. In this case, sources need to be provided within the entire domain of the steam jet since the reaction occurs throughout the domain.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Gas in the list box, then select the Gas check box and apply the following settings: Setting Equation Sources Equation Sources > Continuity Equation Sources > Continuity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Source Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option > Sink Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Mass Source Volume Fraction Coefcient Equation Sources > Continuity > Mass Source Volume Fraction Coefcient > Volume Frac. Coeff. Value Continuity (Selected) Fluid Mass Source -Liquid.WaFluxGLa (Selected) Spec. Mass Frac. and Loc. Temp. (Selected) -Gas.density/DtFalseMfa
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 486 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating Subdomains Setting Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation > Value Value Value 1 Value Gas.Ta Value Gas.eda
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy Value > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy Gas.kea > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > U Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > V Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > W Equation Sources Equation Sources > Steam3v.mf Equation Sources > Steam3v.mf > Option Equation Sources > Steam3v.mf > Source Equation Sources > Steam3v.mf > Source Coefcient Equation Sources > Steam3v.mf > Source Coefcient > Source Coefcient Cartesian Vector Components Gas.Velocity ua Gas.Velocity va Gas.Velocity wa Steam3v.mf (Selected) Source 0 [kg m^-3 s^-1] (Selected) dFLwadYGab
This source coefcient is required only for the mass transfer rates between gas and liquid phases. The source is set to 0 [kg m^3 s^-1] because there is no external source and thus no additional mass is transferred into the system.
4.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Liquid in the list box, then select the Liquid check box and apply the following settings: Setting Equation Sources Equation Sources > Continuity Equation Sources > Continuity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Source Equation Sources > Continuity > Mass Source Volume Fraction Coefcient Value Continuity (Selected) Fluid Mass Source Liquid.WaFluxGLa (Selected)
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 487
Creating Subdomains Setting Equation Sources > Continuity > Mass Source Volume Fraction Coefcient > Volume Frac. Coeff. Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > U Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > V Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > W Equation Sources Equation Sources > Energy Equation Sources > Energy > Option Equation Sources > Energy > Source Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefcient Value -Liquid.density/DtFalseMfa Value Gas.Ta Cartesian Vector Components Gas.Velocity ua Gas.Velocity va Gas.Velocity wa Energy (Selected) Source Liquid.WaFluxGL*HtVapwaa (Selected)
Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefcient > Source Coefcient -Liquid.vf*Liquid.density*Liquid.Cp/DtFalseMfa 5. Click OK.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Gas in the list box, then select the Gas check box and apply the following settings: Setting Equation Sources Equation Sources > Continuity Equation Sources > Continuity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Source Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Steam3v.mf > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option Value Continuity (Selected) Fluid Mass Source Liquid.WaFluxLGa Value 1 Value
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 488 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Creating Subdomains Setting Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value Value SatTa
Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Value > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Gas.eda > Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy > Value Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Turbulence Kinetic Energy > Gas.kea Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > U Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > V Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > W Cartesian Vector Components Liquid.Velocity ua Liquid.Velocity va Liquid.Velocity wa
4.
On the Fluid Sources tab, select Liquid in the list box, then select the Liquid check box and apply the following settings: Setting Equation Sources Equation Sources > Continuity Equation Sources > Continuity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Source Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option Value Continuity (Selected) Fluid Mass Source -Liquid.WaFluxLGa (Selected)
Equation Sources > Continuity > MCF/Energy Sink Option > Sink Spec. Mass Frac. and Temp. Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Option Value Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Temperature > Value SatTa Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > Option Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > U Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > V Equation Sources > Continuity > Variables > Velocity > W Equation Sources Equation Sources > Energy Equation Sources > Energy > Option Equation Sources > Energy > Source Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 489 Cartesian Vector Components 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] 0 [m s^-1] Energy (Selected) Source -Liquid.WaFluxLG*HtVapwaa
Creating Boundaries Setting Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefcient Value (Selected)
Equation Sources > Energy > Source Coefcient > Source Coefcient -Liquid.vf*Liquid.density*Liquid.Cp/DtFalseMfa 5. Click OK.
Creating Boundaries
This section outlines the steps to create the following boundaries: aGas Inlet for the location where the steam is injected, an Opening boundary for the outer edges of the domain, and two symmetry boundaries. The wall of the injection pipe will assume the default boundary (a smooth, no-slip wall).
Inlet Boundary
At the gas inlet, create an inlet boundary that injects wet steam at a normal speed and static temperature set consistent with the problem description. The steam contains a liquid and vapor component whose sum of volume fractions is unity. 1. 2. Create a new boundary named Gas Inlet. Apply the following settings: Tab Basic Settings Setting Boundary Type Location Boundary Details Mass And Momentum > Option Mass And Momentum > Normal Speed Turbulence > Option Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Static Temperature Fluid Values Boundary Conditions Value Inlet gas inlet Normal Speed 341 [m s^-1] Fluid Dependent Static Temperature 373 K Gas
Boundary Conditions > Gas > Turbulence Low (Intensity = 1%) > Option Boundary Conditions > Gas > Volume Fraction > Option Boundary Conditions > Gas > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Value 1-0.45*0.4/1000a
Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component Steam3v Details Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component Mass Fraction Details > Steam3v > Option Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component 1 Details > Steam3v > Mass Fraction Boundary Conditions Liquid
Boundary Conditions > Liquid > Volume Value Fraction > Option Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 490 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Boundary Conditions > Liquid > Volume 0.45*0.4/1000a Fraction > Volume Fraction
3.
Click OK.
Mass And Momentum > Relative Pressure 0 [Pa] Flow Direction > Option Turbulence > Option Heat Transfer > Option Heat Transfer > Opening Temperature Fluid Values Boundary Conditions Boundary Conditions > Gas > Volume Fraction > Option Boundary Conditions > Gas > Volume Fraction > Volume Fraction Normal to Boundary Condition Medium (Intensity = 5%) Opening Temperature 25 [C]b Gas Value 1
Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component Steam3v Details Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component Mass Fraction Details > Steam3v > Option Boundary Conditions > Gas > Component 0.0 Details > Steam3v > Mass Fraction Boundary Conditions Liquid
Boundary Conditions > Liquid > Volume Value Fraction > Option
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 491
Boundary Conditions > Liquid > Volume 0 Fraction > Volume Fraction
icon to open the selection dialog box, then select multiple items by holding the Ctrl key. Click OK.
3.
Click OK.
Dynamic Model Control > Global Dynamic (Selected) Model Control Multiphase Control Multiphase Control > Volume Fraction Coupling Multiphase Control > Volume Fraction Coupling > Option (Selected) (Selected) Segregated
3.
Click OK.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 493
Viewing the Results in CFD-Post 5. 6. If using Standalone Mode, select the check box next to Shut down ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager. Click OK.
5.
Click Apply.
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the molar fraction of steam. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet and therefore has a higher gas to liquid mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet to view the molar fraction variation more closely.
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the gas to liquid mass transfer rate. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet and therefore has a higher gas to liquid mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet to view the mass transfer rate variation more closely.
Displaying the Gas to Liquid and Liquid to Gas Phase Transfer Rates in Synchronous Views This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results. 3. 4. 5. From the menu bar, select Insert > Contour. Under Name, type Liquid to Gas Flux and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab Geometry Setting Locations Variable 6. Click Apply. Value SymP2 Liquid.WaFluxLG
This will result in SymP2 shown colored by the liquid to gas mass transfer rate. The steam enters at the Gas Inlet and therefore has a higher liquid to gas mass transfer rate at this location. You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet to view the mass transfer rate variation more closely.
Displaying the Gas to Liquid and Liquid to Gas Phase Transfer Rates in Synchronous Views
1. 2. 3. 4. In the viewer tool bar, open the viewport drop-down menu and click the option with two horizontal viewports. In the viewer tool bar, click Synchronize camera in displayed views Click a blank area in View 2 so that it becomes the active view. In the tree view, select the check box beside Gas to Liquid Flux. .
Note
Under User Locations and Plots in the tree view, ensure that only Liquid to Gas Flux is visible in View 1, and only Gas to Liquid Flux is visible in View 2. 5. In View 2, right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -Z. This ensures that the view is set to a position that is best suited to display the results. You may want to zoom in near the gas inlet to view the differences between the gas to liquid and liquid to gas phase transfer rates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 495
Creating a Chart to Plot the False Time Step Along a Line 6. 7. Name the chart False Time Step and click OK. Apply the following settings: Tab General Data Series X Axis Y Axis Setting Title Data Source > Location Data Selection > Variable Data Selection > Variable Axis Range > Logarithmic Scale 8. Click Apply. Value False Time Step Line 1 X Liquid.FalseDt (Selected)
The false time step peaks where the interphase mass transfer rate changes sign, and hence goes through zero. This is true because the false time step is inversely proportional to the absolute mass transfer rate. When you have nished viewing the chart, quit CFD-Post.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 496 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Problem Description
The problem to be considered is shown schematically in Figure 32.1, Problem Specication (p. 498). A cold uid at 20 C ows into the pipe through a large inlet and mixes with a warmer uid at 40 C that enters through a smaller inlet located at the elbow. The pipe dimensions are in inches, but the uid properties and boundary conditions are given in SI units. The Reynolds number for the ow at the larger inlet is 50,800, so the ow has been modeled as being turbulent.
Note
This tutorial is derived from an existing ANSYS FLUENT case. The combination of SI and Imperial units is not typical, but follows an ANSYS FLUENT example. Because the geometry of the mixing elbow is symmetric, only half of the elbow is modeled.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 497
2.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 498 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Note
These tutorials are prepared on a Windows system. The screen shots and graphic images in the tutorials may be slightly different than the appearance on your system, depending on the operating system or graphics card. The case name is derived from the name of the results le that you load with the nal extension removed. Thus, if you load elbow1.cdat.gz the case name will be elbow1.cdat; if you load elbow1.cdat, the case name will be elbow1. The case names used in this tutorial are elbow1 and elbow3.
2. 3.
On UNIX, enter cfx5launch in a terminal window that has its path set up to run ANSYS CFX (the path will be something similar to /usr/ansys_inc/v120/CFX/bin).
Select the Working Directory (where you copied the sample les). Click the CFD-Post 12.0 button.
ANSYS Workbench 1. 2. 3. 4. Start ANSYS Workbench. From the menu bar, select File > Save As and save the project le to the directory that you want to be the working directory. Open the Component Systems toolbox and double-click Results. A Results system opens in the Project Schematic. Right-click on the A2 Results cell and select Edit. CFD-Post opens.
ANSYS FLUENT 1. Click the ANSYS FLUENT icon ( ) in the ANSYS program group to open ANSYS FLUENT Launcher.
ANSYS FLUENT Launcher allows you to decide which version of ANSYS FLUENT you will use, based on your geometry and on your processing capabilities.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 499
2.
Ensure that the proper options are enabled. ANSYS FLUENT Launcher retains settings from the previous session. a. b. c. d. Select 3D from the Dimension list. Select Serial from the Processing Options list. Make sure that the Display Mesh After Reading and Embed Graphics Windows options are enabled. Make sure that the Double-Precision option is disabled.
Tip
You can also restore the default settings by clicking the Default button. 3. Set the working path to the directory created when you unzipped cfd-post-elbow.zip. a. b. Click Show More. Enter the path to your working directory for Working Directory by double-clicking the text box and typing. Alternatively, you can click the browse button ( ) next to the Working Directory text box and browse to the directory, using the Browse For Folder dialog box.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 500 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
4.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 501
5. 6. 7.
Select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the elbow1.cas.gz le. Select File > Export to CFD-Post. In the Select Quantities list that appears, highlight the following variables: Static Pressure Density X Velocity Y Velocity Z Velocity Static Temperature Turbulent Kinetic Energy (k)
8.
9.
In the ANSYS FLUENT application, select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the elbow3.cas.gz le.
10. On the Export to CFD-Post dialog, clear the Open CFD-Post option and click Write. Accept the default name and click OK to save the les. 11. Close ANSYS FLUENT.
Prepare the Case and Set the Viewer Options View simulation values using the Function Calculator Become familiar with the 3D Viewer controls Create an instance reection Show uid velocity on the symmetry plane Create a vector plot to show the ow distribution in the elbow Create streamlines to show the ow distribution in the elbow Show the vortex structure Use multiple viewports to compare a contour plot to the display of a variable on a boundary Chart the changes to temperature at two places along the pipe Create a table to show mixing Review and modify a report Create a custom variable and cause the plane to move through the domain to show how the values of a custom variable change at different locations in the geometry Compare the results to those in a rened mesh Save your work Create an animation of a plane moving through the domain.
2.
d. e.
Click OK to have the settings take effect. Experiment with rotating the object by clicking on the arrows of the triad in the 3D Viewer. This is the triad:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 503
Prepare the Case and Set the Viewer Options In the picture of the triad above, the cursor is hovering in the area opposite the positive Y axis, which reveals the negative Y axis.
Note
The viewer must be in viewing mode for you to be able to click on the triad. You set viewing mode or select mode by clicking the icons in the viewer toolbar:
When you have nished experimenting, click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad to return to the isometric view of the object. 4. Set CFD-Post to display objects in the units you want to see. These display units are not necessarily the same types as the units in the results les you load; however, for this tutorial you will set the display units to be the same as the solution units for consistency. As mentioned in the Problem Description (p. 497), the solution units are SI, except for the length, which is measured in inches. a. Right-click on the viewer and select Viewer Options.
Tip
The Options dialog is where you set your preferences; see Setting Preferences with the Options Dialog (p. 81) for details. b. c. In the Options dialog, select Common > Units. Notice that System is set to SI. In order to be able to change an individual setting (length, in this case) from SI to imperial, set System to Custom. Now set Length to in (inches) and click OK.
Note
The display units you set are saved between sessions and projects. This means that you can load results les from diverse sources and always see familiar units displayed. You have set only length to inches; volume will still be reported in meters. To change volume as well, in the Options dialog, select Common > Units, then click More Units to nd the full list of settings.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 504 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 505
3.
In the Outline tree view, double-click on User Locations and Plots > Wireframe to display the wireframe's editor.
Tip
Click on the Details of Wireframe editor and press F1 to see help about the Wireframe object. 4. 1. 2. On the Wireframe Details view, click Defaults and Apply to restore the original settings. In the Outline tree view, select the check box beside Cases > elbow1 > uid > wall, then double-click wall to edit its properties in its Details view. In the Details view: a. b. c. On the Render tab, clear the Show Faces check box. Select the Show Mesh Lines check box. Ensure that Edge Angle is set to 0 [degree].
To view the mesh for a particular portion of the simulation (in this case, the wall):
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 506 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
d.
Click Apply. The mesh appears and is similar to the mesh shown by the previous procedure, except that the mesh is shown only on the wall.
e.
Now, clear the display of the wall wireframe. In the Details view: i. ii. Clear the Render > Show Mesh Lines check box. Select the Show Faces check box. The wall reappears.
3.
In the Outline tree view, clear the check box beside Cases > elbow1 > uid > wall.
Note
The rest of the tutorial assumes that the wall is not visible or, if it is visible, that it is showing faces, not lines. To check the mesh: 1. 2. Select the Calculators tab at the top of the workspace area, then double-click Mesh Calculator. The Mesh Calculator appears. Using the drop-down arrow beside the Function eld, select a function such as Maximum Face Angle.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 507
3. 4.
Click Calculate. The results of the calculation appear. Repeat the previous steps for other functions, such as Mesh Information.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 508 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Click OK. 5. Click Calculate to see the result of the calculation of the minimum value of element volumes found in the uid region. Note that even though the length of the elbow is measured in inches, the volume is returned in cubic meters.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 509
Become Familiar with the Viewer Controls Now, the rotation functions: 1. 2. Click Rotate on the viewer toolbar.
Click and drag repeatedly within the viewer to test the rotation of the geometry. Notice how the mouse cursor changes depending on where you are in the viewer, particularly near the edges:
The geometry rotates based on the direction of movement. If the mouse cursor has an axis (which happens around the edges), the object rotates around the axis shown in the cursor. The axis of rotation is through the pivot point, which defaults to be in the center of the object.
Tip
See Mouse Button Mapping (p. 49) for details about other features that you can access with the mouse. Now explore orientation options: 1. 2. 3. 4. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > View Towards -X. Right-click a blank area in the viewer and select Predened Camera > Isometric View (Z Up). Click the Z axis of triad in the viewer to get a side view of the object. Click the three axes in the triad in turn to see the vector objects in all three planes; when you are done, click the cyan (ISO) sphere. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 510 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Create an Instance Reection Now explore the differences between the orienting controls you just used and select mode. 1. 2. 3. 4. Click to enter select mode.
Hover over one of the wireframe lines and notice that the cursor turns into a box. Click a wireframe line and notice that the Details view for the wireframe appears. Right-click away from a wireframe line and then again on a wireframe line. Notice how the menu changes:
5.
In the Outline tree view, select the elbow1 > uid > wall check box; the outer wall of the elbow becomes solid. Notice that as you hover over the colored area, the cursor again becomes a box, indicating that you can perform operations on that region. When you right-click on the wall, a new menu appears. Click on the triad and notice that you cannot change the orientation of the viewer object. (The triad is available only in viewing mode, not select mode.) In the Outline tree view, clear the elbow1 > uid > wall check box; the outer wall of the elbow disappears.
6. 7.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 511
Show Velocity on the Symmetry Plane 3. From the right-click menu, select Reect/Mirror. If you see a dialog prompting you for the direction of the normal, choose the Z axis. The mirrored copy of the wireframe appears.
Tip
If the reection you create is on an incorrect axis, click the Undo toolbar icon twice.
Notice how the available locations are highlighted in the viewer as you move the mouse over the objects in the Locations drop-down list. You could also create a slice plane at a location of your choice and dene the contour to be at that location. b Velocity is just an example of a variable you can use. For a list of ANSYS FLUENT variables and their CFX equivalents, see ANSYS FLUENT Field Variables Listed by Category (p. 195).
3. 4.
Click Apply. The contour plot for velocity appears and a legend is automatically generated. The coloring of the contour plot may not correspond to the colors on the legend because the viewer has a light source enabled by default. There are several ways to correct this: You can change the orientation of the objects in the viewer. You can experiment with changing the position of the light source by holding down the Ctrl key and dragging the cursor with the right mouse button. You can disable lighting for the contour plot. To disable lighting, click on the Render tab and clear the check box beside Lighting, then click Apply.
Disabling the lighting is the method that provides you with the most exibility, so change that setting now. 5. Click on the Z on the triad to better orient the geometry (the 3D Viewer must be in viewing mode, not select mode, to do this).
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 512 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
6.
Improve the contrast between the contour regions: a. b. c. d. On the Render tab, select Show Contour Lines and click the plus sign to view more options. Select Constant Coloring. Set Color Mode to User Specified and set Line Color to black (if necessary, click on the bar beside Line Color until black appears). Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 513
7.
Hide the contour plot by clearing the check box beside User Locations and Plots > Contour 1 in the Outline tree view.
Tip
You can also hide an object by right-clicking on its name in the Outline tree view and selecting Hide.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 514 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
7.
Change the vector plot so that the vectors are colored by temperature: a. b. c. d. In the Details view for Vector 1, click on the Color tab. Set the Mode to Variable. The Variable eld becomes enabled. Click on the down arrow beside the Variable eld to set it to Temperature.
8. 9.
Optionally, change the vector symbol. In the Details view for the vector, go to the Symbol tab and set Symbol to Arrow3D. Click Apply. Hide the vector plot by right-clicking on a vector symbol in the plot and selecting Hide.
CFD-Post uses the Variable setting on the Geometry tab to determine where to place objects to best illustrate changes in that variable. Once the object has been put in place, you can have CFD-Post measure other variables along those streamlines by using the Variable setting on the Color tab. In this example you will create streamlines to show the ow distribution by velocity, then recolor those streamlines to show turbulent kinetic energy: 1. 2. From the menu bar select Insert > Streamline. Accept the default name and click OK. In the Details view for Streamline 1, choose the points from which to start the streamlines. Click on the down arrow beside the Start From drop-down widget to see the potential starting points. Hover over each point and notice that the area is highlighted in the 3D Viewer. It would be best to show how streamlines from both
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 515
Show Flow Distribution in the Elbow inlets interact, so, to make a multi-selection, click the Location editor icon appears. 3. 4. 5. 6. . The Location Selector dialog
In the Location Selector dialog, hold down the Ctrl key and click velocity inlet 5 and velocity inlet 6 to highlight both locations, then click OK. Click Preview Seed Points to see the starting points for the streamlines. On the Geometry tab, ensure that Variable is set to Velocity. Click on the Color tab and make the following changes: a. b. c. Set the Mode to Variable. The Variable eld becomes enabled. Set the Variable to Turbulence Kinetic Energy. Set Range to Local.
7.
Click Apply. The streamlines show the ow of massless particles through the entire domain.
8.
Select the check box beside Vector 1. The vectors appear, but are largely hidden by the streamlines. To correct this, highlight Streamline 1 in the Outline tree view and press Delete. The vectors are now clearly visible, but the work you did to create the streamlines is gone. Click the Undo icon to restore Streamline 1.
9.
Hide the vector plot and the streamlines by clearing the check boxes beside Vector 1 and Streamline 1 in the Outline tree view.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 516 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 517
7.
Clear the check boxes beside wall, Streamline 1 and Vortex Core Region 1. Select the check box beside Wireframe.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 518 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
2. 3. 4. 5.
Right-click in both viewports and select Predened Camera > View Towards -Y. In the Outline tree view, double-click on pressure outlet 7 (which is under elbow1 > uid). The Details view of pressure outlet 7 appears. Click in the View 1 viewport. In the Details view for pressure outlet 7 on the Color tab: a. b. c. d. Change Mode to Variable. Ensure Variable is set to Pressure. Ensure Range is set to Local. Click Apply. The plot of pressure appears and the legend shows a smooth spectrum that goes from blue to red. Notice that this happens in both viewports; this is because Synchronize visibility in displayed views is enabled. e. Click Synchronize visibility in displayed views to disable this feature.
Now, add a contour plot at the same location: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Click in View 2 to make it active; the title bar for that viewport becomes highlighted. In the Outline tree view, clear the check box beside uid > pressure outlet 7. From the menu bar, select Insert > Contour. Accept the default contour name and click OK. In the Details view for the contour, ensure that the Locations setting is pressure outlet 7 and the Variable setting is Pressure. Set Range to Local. Click Apply. The contour plot for pressure appears and the legend shows a spectrum that steps through 10 levels from blue to red. Compare the two representations of pressure at the outlet. Pressure at the Outlet is on the left and a Contour Plot of pressure at the Outlet is on the right:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 519
9.
Enhance the contrast on the contour bands: a. b. c. In the Outline tree view, right-click on User Locations and Plots > Contour 2 and select Edit. In the Details view for the contour, click on the Render tab, expand the Show Contour Lines area, and select the Constant Coloring check box. Then set the Color Mode to User Specified. Click Apply. Click on the Labels tab and select Show Numbers. Click Apply.
10. Explore the viewer synchronization options: a. b. In View 1, click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad so that the two viewports show the elbow in different orientations. In the 3D Viewer toolbar, click the Synchronize camera in displayed views icon take the camera orientation of the active viewport. . Both viewports
c.
Clear the Synchronize camera in displayed views icon and click on the Z arrow head of the triad in View 1. The object again moves independently in the two viewports. In the 3D Viewer toolbar, click the Synchronize visibility in displayed views icon .
d. e.
In the Outline tree view, right-click on uid > wall and select Show. The wall becomes visible in both viewports. (Synchronization applies only to events that take place after you enable the synchronize visibility function.)
11. When you are done, use the viewport controller to return to a single viewport. The synchronization icons disappear.
Chart Temperature vs. Distance 1. 2. 3. In the Outline tree view in the User Location and Plots area, right-click and select Hide All, then click in the check boxes to enable the Default Legend View 1 and the Wireframe. Click the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad so that you can again see the full elbow. Create a line at the centerline of the outlet: a. b. c. On the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Line. In the Insert Line dialog, accept the default name and click OK. Accept the default values and click Apply. A yellow line appears near the inside of the elbow. In the Details view for Line 1, set the following: Tab Geometry Setting Point 1a Point 2 Line Type Color Mode Variable Range Render
a
Line Width
The units are taken from the 3D Viewer options setting, which you can access from the menu bar by selecting Edit > Options. The Z value ensures that the line unambiguously passes through the domain. c This setting constrains the line to be within the object.
b
d. 4.
Click Apply.
Create a chart that samples the points on Line 1: a. b. c. d. e. f. On the menu bar, select Insert > Chart. In the Insert Chart dialog, accept the default name and click OK. In the Details view for Chart 1, on the General tab set Title to Output Temperatures. On the Data Series tab, right-click in the empty list box and select New, then set Name to Temperature at Line 1 and Location to Line 1. On the X Axis tab, set Variable to X. On the Y Axis tab, set Variable to Temperature. Click Apply. A chart similar to the following appears in the Chart Viewer:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 521
Tip
The Chart Viewer tab is at the bottom of the viewers area. Now add a second line to the simulation and to the chart so that you can compare temperature distributions at two points: 1. 2. Click on the 3D Viewer tab so that you can see the line you are about to create. Create a new line midway towards the outlet: a. b. On the menu bar, select Insert > Location > Line. In the Insert Line dialog, accept the default name and click OK. In the Details view for Line 2, set the following: Tab Geometry Setting Point 1a Point 2 Line Type Color Mode Variable Value 4, 1.25, 0.001b 8, 1.25, 0.001 Cutc Variable Temperature
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 522 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Value Local 2
The units are taken from the 3D Viewer options setting, which you can access from the menu bar by selecting Edit > Options. The Z value ensures that the line unambiguously passes through the domain. c This setting constrains the line to be within the object.
b
c. 3.
Click Apply. A second line appears near the middle of the top section of pipe.
Add Line 2 to the existing chart: a. b. Right-click on Outline > Report > Chart 1 and select Edit. In the Details view for Chart 1, click on the Data Series tab, then click the New icon appears. Select Series 2 and set the following: Tab Series Setting Name Location c. Value Temperature at Line 2 Line 2 . A new series
Click Apply. A chart similar to the following appears in the Chart Viewer:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 523
The temperatures at Line 2 are higher, which shows that less mixing has occurred than at Line 1.
Create a Table to Show Mixing Tab Field Variable Range Render 5. 6. Lighting Value Temperature Local (clear)
Click Apply. Right-click on Table Plane 1 and select Duplicate. The Duplicate dialog appears. In the Duplicate dialog, accept the default name Table Plane 2 and click OK. In the Outline view, double-click on Table Plane 2 and on the Geometry tab change Denition > Y to -0.55. Click Apply.
7. 8.
Repeat the previous step, duplicating Table Plane 2 to make Table Plane 3 and changing Denition > Y to 2.18. Click Apply. Repeat the previous step, duplicating Table Plane 3 to make Table Plane 4 and changing Denition > Y to 5.04. Click Apply. From the menu bar, select Insert > Table. Accept the default table name and click OK. The Table Viewer opens. Type in the following headings: A 1 Distance to Outlet B Min. Temperature C Max. Temperature D Difference
3.
For the Distance to Outlet column, create an equation that gives the distance from the outlet (which is at the 8 mark). Click on cell A2, then in the Table Viewer's Insert bar, select Function > CFD-Post > minVal. In the cell denition eld you see =minVal()@, which will be the base of the equation. With the cursor between the parentheses, type Y. Move the cursor after the @ sign and either type Table Plane 1 or select Insert > Location > Table Plane 1. The expression you have created gives the value of Y for Table Plane 1. To determine the distance of Table Plane 1 from the outlet, complete the equation as follows, being careful to add 8[in]- to the beginning of the equation to set the location of the outlet: =8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table Plane 1 When you click away from cell A2, the equation is solved as 1.404e+01 [in].
4.
Complete the rest of the table by entering the following cell denitions: A 1 2 Distance to Outlet B Min. Temperature C Max. Temperature =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 1 D Difference =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 1minVal(T)@Table Plane 1 =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 2minVal(T)@Table Plane 2 =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 3minVal(T)@Table Plane 3
=maxVal(T)@Table Plane 2
=maxVal(T)@Table Plane 3
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 525
Review and Modify a Report 5 =8[in]-minVal(Y)@Table =minVal(T)@Table Plane 4 Plane 4 =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 4 =maxVal(T)@Table Plane 4minVal(T)@Table Plane 4
As you complete the table, notice that the minimum temperature values stay constant, but the maximum values decrease as mixing occurs.
Note
The sixth row determines the values at the outlet, rather than on a plane you dened. 5. The default format for cell data is appropriate for some variables, but it is not appropriate here. Click on cell A2, then while depressing the Shift key, click in the lower-right cell (D6). Click on the Number Formatting icon in the Table Viewer toolbar. In the Cell Formatting dialog, set Precision to 2, change Scientic to Fixed, and click OK.
5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10. Optionally, click Publish to create an HTML version of the report. In the Publish Report dialog, click OK. The report is written to Report.htm in your working directory. 11. Right-click in the Outline view and select Hide All, then select Wireframe.
Tip
For more information about reports, see Report (p. 24).
Create a Custom Variable and Animate the Display also create. Finally, you will create a plane that displays the new variable, then move the plane to see how the values for the variable change. 1. Dene a custom expression for the dynamic head formula (rho|V|^2)/2 as follows: a. b. c. d. On the tab bar at the top of the workspace area, select Expressions. Right-click in the Expressions area and select New. In the New Expression dialog, type: DynamicHeadExp Click OK. In the Denition area, type in this denition: Density * abs(Velocity)^2 / 2 where: Density is a variable abs is a CEL function (abs is unnecessary in this example, it simply illustrates the use of a CEL function) Velocity is a variable
Tip
You can learn which predened functions, variables, expression, locations, and constants are available by right-clicking in the Denition area. e. 2. Click Apply.
Associate the expression with a variable (as the plane you dene in the next step can display only variables): a. b. c. d. On the tab bar at the top of the workspace area, select Variables. Right-click in the Variables area and select New. In the New Variable dialog, type: DynamicHeadVar Click OK. In the Details view for DynamicHeadVar, click the drop-down arrow beside Expression and choose DynamicHeadExp. Click Apply.
3.
Create a plane and animate it: a. b. c. Click on the 3D Viewer tab. Right-click on the wireframe and select Insert > YZ Plane. If you see a dialog that asks in which direction you want the normal to point, choose the direction appropriate for your purposes. A plane that maps the distribution of the default variable (Pressure) appears. d. On the Color tab, set Variable to DynamicHeadVar. On the Render tab, clear Lighting.Click Apply. The plane now maps the dynamic head distribution. e. f. g. In the 3D Viewer in with the mouse cursor in select mode, click on the plane and drag it to various places in the object to see how the location changes the DynamicHeadVar values displayed. Right-click on the plane and select Animate. The Animation dialog appears and the plane moves through the entire domain, displaying changes to the DynamicHeadVar values as it moves. On the Animation dialog, click the Stop icon , then click Close.
Tip
You can dene multiple planes and animate them concurrently. First, stop any animations currently running, then create a new plane. To animate both planes, hold down Ctrl to select multiple planes on the Animation dialog and press the Play icon Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 527 .
Loading and Comparing the Results to Those in a Rened Mesh 4. 5. In the upper-left corner of the 3D Viewer, click the down arrow beside Figure 1 and change it to View 1. In the Outline view, right-click beside User Locations and Plots and select Hide All, then select Wireframe and Default Legend View 1 to make them visible.
If the two cases are not oriented in the same way, clear the Synchronize camera in displayed views and then select it again.
Examine the operation of CFD-Post when the two views are not synchronized and when they are synchronized: 1. 2. In the viewer toolbar, clear Synchronize visibility in displayed views .
With the focus in View 1, select Insert > Contour and create a contour of pressure on pressure outlet 7 that displays values in the local range. Note that the contour appears only in View 1. When visibility is not synchronized, changes you make to User Location and Plots settings apply only to the currently active view.
3. 4. 5.
In either view (while in viewing mode), click on the Z axis on the triad. Both views show their cases from the perspective of the Z axis. In the viewer toolbar, select Synchronize visibility in displayed views .
With the focus on the view that contains elbow3, select Insert > Contour. Accept the default name and click OK. Dene a contour that displays temperature on the symmetry plane: Tab Setting Value
Geometry Locations symmetry Variable Temperature Range Render Local Lighting (clear)
Click Apply. Note that the contour appears in both views. You can see the differences between the coarse and rened meshes:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 528 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
You can now compare the differences between the coarse and rened meshes: 1. 2. In the Outline tree view, double-click Cases > Case Comparison. In the Case Comparison Details view, select Case Comparison Active and click Apply. The differences between the values in the two cases appear in a third view. Click the Z axis of the triad to restore the orientation of the views.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 529
Figure 32.14. Displaying Differences in Contour Plots of Temperature on Two Mesh Densities
Now, revert to a single view that shows the original case: 1. 2. To remove the Difference view, clear Case Comparison Active and click Apply. To remove the rened mesh case, in the Outline tree view, right-click elbow3 and select Unload.
Save Your Work 1. From the menu bar, select File > Save State. This operation saves the expression, custom variable, and the settings for the objects in a .cst le and saves the state of the animation in a .can le. The .cas.gz and .cdat.gz les remain unchanged. 2. 3. A Warning dialog asks if you want to save the animation state. Click OK. Optionally, conrm the state le's contents: close the current le from the menu bar by selecting File > Close (or press Ctrl+W) then reload the state le (select File > Load State and choose the le that you saved in step 1.)
From ANSYS Workbench: 1. 2. From the CFD-Post menu bar, select File > Quit. ANSYS Workbench saves the state le automatically. In the ANSYS Workbench Project Schematic, double-click on the Results cell. CFD-Post re-opens with the state le loaded.
2.
Save a picture of the current state of the simulation: In the Outline view, show Contour 1. With the focus in the 3D Viewer, click Save Picture from the tool bar. In the Save Picture dialog, click Save. A PNG le of the current state of the viewer is saved to <casename>.png (elbow1.png) in your working directory.
Tip
To learn about the options on the Save Picture dialog, see Save Picture Command (p. 69). 3. You can recreate the animation you made in the previous section and save it to a le: a. b. c. d. e. Click on the cyan (ISO) sphere in the triad to orient the elbow to display Plane 1. In the Outline view, clear Contour 1 and show Plane 1. Right-click on Plane 1 in the 3D Viewer and select Animate. The Animation dialog appears and the plane moves through the entire domain. Click the stop icon . .
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 531
Generated Files
f. g. h.
The Repeat is set to innity; change the value to 1 by clicking the innity button. The Repeat eld becomes enabled and by default is set to one. Enable Save Movie to save the animation to the indicated le. Click Play the animation .
The plane moves through one cycle. You can now go to your working directory and play the animation le in an appropriate viewer. 4. 5. Click Close to close the Animation dialog. Close CFD-Post: from the tool bar select File > Quit. If prompted, you may save your changes.
Generated Files
As you worked through this tutorial you generated the following les in your working directory (default names are given): elbow1.cst, the state le, and elbow1.can, the animation associated with that state le elbow1.wmv, the animation elbow1.png, a picture of the contents of the 3D Viewer Report.htm, the report.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 532 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Problem Description
This tutorial considers the problem of a centrifugal compressor shown schematically in Figure 33.1, Problem Specication (p. 534). The model comprises a single 3D sector of the compressor to take advantage of the circumferential periodicity in the problem. The ow of air through the compressor is simulated and the postprocessing capabilities of CFD-Post are used to display realistic, full 360-degree images of the solution obtained.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 533
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 534 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Launching ANSYS CFD-Post 2. Extract the CAS les and DAT les (turbo.cas.gz and turbo.dat.gz) from cfd-post-turbo.zip to your working directory.
Note
These tutorials are prepared on a Windows system. The screen shots and graphic images in the tutorials may be slightly different than the appearance on your system, depending on the operating system or graphics card. The case name is derived from the name of the results le that you load with the nal extension removed. Thus, if you load turbo.cdat.gz the case name will be turbo.cdat; if you load turbo.cdat, the case name will be turbo. The case name used in this tutorial is turbo.
2. 3.
On UNIX, enter cfx5launch in a terminal window that has its path set up to run CFX (the path will be something similar to /usr/ansys_inc/v120/CFX/bin).
Select the Working Directory (where you copied the sample les). Click the CFD-Post 12.0 button.
ANSYS Workbench 1. 2. 3. 4. Start ANSYS Workbench. From the menu bar, select File > Save As and save the project le to the directory that you want to be the working directory. Open the Component Systems toolbox and double-click Results. A Results system opens in the Project Schematic. Right-click on the A2 Results cell and select Edit. CFD-Post opens.
ANSYS FLUENT 1. Click the ANSYS FLUENT icon ( ) in the ANSYS program group to open ANSYS FLUENT Launcher.
ANSYS FLUENT Launcher allows you to decide which version of ANSYS FLUENT you will use, based on your geometry and on your processing capabilities.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 535
2.
Ensure that the proper options are enabled. ANSYS FLUENT Launcher retains settings from the previous session. 1. 2. 3. 4. Select 3D from the Dimension list. Select Serial from the Processing Options list. Make sure that the Display Mesh After Reading and Embed Graphics Windows options are enabled. Make sure that the Double-Precision option is disabled.
Tip
You can also restore the default settings by clicking the Default button. 3. Set the working path to the directory created when you unzipped cfd-post-turbo.zip. 1. 2. Click Show More. Enter the path to your working directory for Working Directory by double-clicking the text box and typing. Alternatively, you can click the browse button ( ) next to the Working Directory text box and browse to the directory, using the Browse For Folder dialog box.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 536 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
4.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 537
5. 6. 7.
Select File > Read > Case & Data and choose the turbo.cas.gz le. Select File > Export to CFD-Post. In the dialog that appears, highlight the variables required by turbo reports, which are below:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 538 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
2.
Tip
The Options dialog is where you set your preferences; see Setting Preferences with the Options Dialog (p. 81) for details. 2. 3. In the Options dialog, select Common > Units. Set System to SI and click OK.
Note
The display units you set are saved between sessions and projects. This means that you can load results les from diverse sources and always see familiar units displayed. 4. Double-click Wireframe in the Outline workspace to see the Details view. To display the mesh, set Edge Angle to 0 degrees and click Apply. The Edge Angle is the angle between one edge of a mesh face and its neighboring face. Setting an edge angle in CFD-Post denes a minimum angle for drawing parts of the surface mesh. When you set a small angle, the mesh becomes visible.
Tip
With the mouse focus on CFD-Post and the mouse over the Details of Wireframe editor, press F1 to see help about the Wireframe object. On the Wireframe Details view, click Defaults and Apply to restore the original settings. 5. Optionally, set the viewer background to white: 1. 2. 3. Right-click on the viewer and select Viewer Options. In the Options dialog, select CFD-Post > Viewer. Set:
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 539
Initializing the Turbomachinery Components Background > Color Type to Solid. Background > Color to white. To do this, click the bar beside the Color label to cycle through 10 basic colors. (Click the right-mouse button to cycle backwards.) Alternatively, you can choose any color by clicking 4. icon to the right of the Color option.
Text Color to black (as above). Edge Color to black (as above).
Comparing the Blade-to-Blade, Meridional, and 3D Views 3. On the Denition tab, the regions of the geometry are listed in the Turbo Regions areas. However, not all regions are listed; correct this as follows: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Click Location editor to the right of the Hub region.
Hold down the Ctrl key and in the Location Selector select wall diffuser hub, wall hub, and wall inlet hub. Click OK. The Hub eld now lists all three hub locations. Repeat the previous steps for the Shroud region, selecting wall diffuser shroud, wall inlet shroud, and wall shroud. Repeat the previous steps for the Blade region, selecting only wall blade. Repeat the previous steps for the Inlet region, selecting only inlet. Repeat the previous steps for the Outlet region, selecting only outlet. Repeat the steps for the Periodic 1 region, selecting periodic.33, periodic.34, and periodic.35. You do not need to initialize the periodic.*shadow regions; the periodic.* nodes provide the information that the turbo reports require.
i.
Click the Instancing tab. i. ii. Ensure that the # of Copies is set to 1. Ensure that Axis Denition from File is cleared, that Method is set to Principal Axis, and that Axis is set to Z.
iii. Set # of Passages to 20. j. k. l. Click Initialize. This generates variables that you will use later to create reports. Double-click Initialization at the top of the Turbo tree view. The Initialization editor appears. Click the Calculate Velocity Components button. This generates velocity variables that you will also use in your reports.
The initialization process has created a variety of plots automatically; you will access these from the Turbo tab in the sections that follow.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 541
The CFX Blade to Blade View is equivalent to the ANSYS FLUENT 2D contour on a spanwise surface. By default, the variable shown is Pressure. To change this to velocity and to make the image more like the default ANSYS FLUENT equivalent: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. In the Blade to Blade View, right-click on the colored area shown in the viewport and select Edit. In the Details view for the Blade-to-Blade Plot, change the Plot Type from Color to Contour (this changes the continuous gradation found in Color to the discrete color bands found in Contour). Change Variable to Velocity. Change the # of Contours to 21. Click Apply.
The CFX Meridional View is equivalent to the ANSYS FLUENT "contour averaged in the circumferential direction. To make the image more like the default ANSYS FLUENT equivalent: 1. 2. 3. 4. In the Meridional View, right-click on the colored area shown in the viewport and select Edit. In the Details view for the Meridional Plot, change the Plot Type from Color to Contour. Change the # of Contours to 21. Click Apply.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 542 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
From the menu bar select Insert > Location > Isosurface and accept the default name. Set the following values on the Details view for the isosurface: Tab Geometry Field Domains Variable Value Color Mode Variable Range Min Max Render
a
Value fluid Linear BA Streamwise Locationa .01 Variable Pressure User Specified 72800 [Pa] 186000 [Pa] (clear)
Lighting
to access this variable.
4. 5.
Click Apply to dene the isosurface. Repeat the previous steps for the following Geometry values: .2, .4, .6, .8, and .99
Tip
To save time, right-click on Isosurface 1 in the Tree view and select Duplicate. In this way you need change only the Geometry > Value setting. Be sure to click Apply after dening each new isosurface.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 543
Note
You can set locator variables other than Linear BA (Blade Aligned) Streamwise Location. For example, edit Isosurface 5 and change Linear BA Streamwise Location to M Length Normalized to see how the contour changes. The locator-variable options are described in Turbo Charts (p. 197) in ANSYS CFD-Post User's Guide.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 544 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Calculating and Displaying Values of Variables 1. 2. From the menu bar, select Tools > Function Calculator. The Calculators tab appears with the Function Calculator displayed. Use the Function Calculator to calculate the mass ow average of pressure at the inlet as follow: a. b. c. d. e. Use the Function drop-down arrow to select massFlowAve. Use the Location drop-down arrow to select inlet. Use the Variable drop-down arrow to select Pressure. At the bottom of the Function Calculator select Show equivalent expression. Click Calculate and the expression and results appear:
The Function Calculator not only makes it easy to create and calculate a function, it also enables you to see the syntax for functions, which you will use in the subsequent steps. 3. 4. 5. To display functions like this in a table, click on the Table Viewer tab (at the bottom of the viewer area). The Table Viewer appears. In the tool bar at the top of the Table Viewer, click New Table Inlet and Outlet Values and click OK. Type the following text to make cell headings: 6. In cell B1: Inlet In cell C1: Outlet In cell A2: Mass Flow In cell A3: Average Pressure . The New Table dialog appears. Type in
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 545
Calculating and Displaying Values of Variables a. b. c. d. e. Click in cell B2, then in the Table Viewer tool bar select Function > CFD-Post > massFlow. The denition =massFlow()@ appears. With the text cursor after the @ symbol, click Location > inlet. Press Enter; the value of the mass ow at the inlet appears. Repeat the above steps for cell C2, but use Location > outlet. For cell B3, select Function > CFD-Post > massFlowAve. With the text cursor between the parentheses, select Variable > Pressure. With the text cursor after the @ symbol, click Location > inlet. Press Enter; the value of the mass ow average of pressure at the inlet appears. Repeat the previous step for cell C3, but use Location > outlet.
f.
7.
Format the cells to make the table easier to read. a. Click in cell A1 and, while holding down Shift, click in cell C1. Now the operations you perform will apply to A1 through C1. Click to make the heading font bold, then click a background color to those cells. to center the heading text. Click to apply
b.
c.
Click in cell A2 and, while holding down Shift, click in cell A3. Click bold, then click to right-align the text.
d.
8.
Click on the Report Viewer tab and then click Refresh in the Report Viewer toolbar. The table data appears at the bottom of the report.
Note
The background color that you applied in the Table Viewer does not appear in the Report Viewer. However, when you click Publish to create an HTML version of the report, the color will be visible in that report.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. 546 Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Samples/Comp 60
3. 4.
Click on the Report Viewer tab at the bottom of the viewer area. In the Report Viewer toolbar, click the Refresh button. The Inlet to Outlet Chart appears in the User Data section of the report.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 547
Tip
You can also explore the other Turbo Charts: Blade Loading Circumferential Hub to Shroud
Note
The Turbo report is generated from the values set when you initialized the case, so if there were any changes required to those values, you would make them now and run the initialization procedure again. For this tutorial, that will not be necessary. To generate a Turbo report: 1. Create a new variable that the report expects (which would be available with CFX results les for rotating machinery applications, but which is not available from ANSYS FLUENT les). a. b. From the tool bar, click Variable . The Insert Variable dialog appears.
In the Name eld, type Rotation Velocity and click OK. The Details view for Rotation Velocity appears. Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
548
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Generating and Viewing Turbo Reports c. In the Expression eld, type Radius * abs(omega) / 1 [rad] and click Apply. This expression calculates the angular speed (in units of length per unit time) as a product of the local radius and the rotational speed. . This ensures that the graphics will not be truncated in the
2. 3. 4.
In the 3D Viewer's tool bar, click Fit View report you are about to generate.
In the Outline tree view, right-click on Report and select Report Templates. The Report Templates dialog appears. Select an appropriate report template; in this case, Centrifugal Compressor Report. (The Centrifugal Compressor Report is an improved version of the Centrifugal Compressor Rotor Report.) Click Load. The Report Templates dialog disappears and you can watch the report's progress in the status bar in the bottom-right corner of CFD-Post.
Note
A dialog appears that warns that hybrid values do not exist and that conservative values will be used. This is expected behavior when using data loaded from ANSYS FLUENT. An error about Mach Number in Stn Frame is also mentioned; this prevents a line in the report from appearing. Click OK. When the report has been generated, there are new entries in the Outline tree view under Report. 5. 6. 7. Under User Locations and Plots, double-click on fluid Instance Transform. This is an instance transform generated by the report to facilitate showing two blades in the gures that show blade-to-blade views. Ensure # of Passages is set to 20 and click Apply. Click on the Expressions tab. Double-click on the expression uid Components in 360 to edit it. Change the denition to 20 and click Apply. Click on the Report Viewer tab. The turbo report appears. Optionally, you can remove pieces from the report by clearing the appropriate check boxes in the Report section of the Outline tree. When you have made your selections, return to the Report Viewer tab and click Refresh (in the Report Viewer toolbar). The edited version of the turbo report appears. To produce an HTML version of the report that you can share with others, click Publish (at the top of the viewer area). The report is saved in a le name of your choosing in your working directory (by default).
3.
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 549
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
Index
Symbols
2D primitives viewing, 243
A
Additional Variables creating, 214 setting, 83 to model pH - creating, 214 airlift reactor example, 259 animation plot animation, 289 ANSYS Field Solver (Structural) plot, 355 ANSYS Interface Loads (Structural) plot, 355 ANSYS Mechanical assigning the material to geometry, 345 ANSYS Out File tab, 356 ANSYS TurboGrid, 377 automotive catalytic converter tutorial, 167 axi-symmetric modelling example, 207
contour, 311 contours adding, 22, 45 adding to surface plot, 22, 45 create boundary conditions, 232, 331 uid domain, 171 isosurface, 91, 471, 472 porous domain, 172 pressure and volume fraction expressions, 127 surface plot of y+, 109 vectors, 106 creating and modifying streamlines, 76
D
default legend, 18, 41 Design Exploration static mixer optimization, 359 Design Exploration parameter creating a new, 368 design parameters applying to a diameter, 364 applying to a new plane, 365 diameter making into a design parameter, 364 domain creating, 219
B
boundary conditions for free surface ows, 127 modifying, 86 boundary prole le creating, 73 buoyancy example, 113 buttery valve example, 151
E
examples, 1 2D model, 113 2D modeling with 3D mesh, 352 airlift reactor, 259 axi-symmetric, 207 buoyancy, 113 buttery valve, 151 calculating mass fractions, 302, 308 catalytic converter, 167 chemical reaction, 207 CHT, 227 combustion eddy dissipation model, 294 combustion efciency, 302 combustion in a can combustor, 291 combustion models, 303 compiling a Fortran subroutine, 278 conguring moving mesh, 330, 331 conjugate heat transfer, 227 controlling the output of transient results, 201 creating a boundary prole le, 73 creating a porous domain, 172 creating a prole boundary, 73 creating a subdomain, 220 creating additional variables, 214 creating mesh adaption, 132 creating minimal transient results les, 88 discrete transfer radiation model, 303
C
catalytic converter automotive, 167 example, 167 cavity example, 113 centrifugal compressor, 377 chemical reaction example, 207 CHT (Conjugate Heat Transfer) example, 227 circular vent example, 79 combustion calculating mass fractions, 302, 308 and multicomponent uids, 211 eddy dissipation model, 294 in a can combustor, 291 laminar amelet model, 303 variable composition mixture, 295 viewing concentrations, 308 combustion efciency, 302 combustion models loading multiple, 309 conjugate heat transfer example, 227 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
551
exporting 2D stress, 237 Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI), 326 Fortran calling names, use lower-case for, 279 free surface, 125 gas-liquid ow in an airlift reactor, 259 heat exchanger, 227 loading multiple combustion models, 309 mixing tube, 207 Monte Carlo thermal radiation model, 280 multicomponent ow, 207 multiphase ow, 259 P1 radiation model, 294 partitioned cavity, 113 radiation, 303 radiation in a can combustor, 291 radiation modeling, 282 radiation models, 303 radiation P1 model, 294 radiation properties, 295 setting additional variables, 83 setting radiation ux, 282 setting radiation intensity, 284 setting the transient scheme, 333 solid region, 227 spray dryer, 447 static mixer, 5 static mixer optimization, 359 steady state simulation, 207, 227 supersonic ow, 141 thermal radiation control, 306 thermal radiation modeling, 282 thermal radiation models, 305 transient animation, creating, 204 transient ANSYS multi-eld run, 350 transient mechanical analysis, 345 transient results les, creating, 285 transient results les, writing at intervals, 354 transient results, conguring, 118 transient rotor-stator, 200 transient scheme, setting solver controls for, 353 transient simulation, 113 transient simulation, enables mesh deformation, 329 transient simulation, requires initial values, 333, 353 using CEL expressions with a moving mesh, 326 using Design Exploration, 359 valve, 151 vent, 79 viewing 2D primitives, 243 viewing concentrations, 308 wing, 141 writing transient result les at intervals, 334 expression creating a new, 371 expression language velocity prole, 157 expressions using with boundary prole, 157 expressions to model the reaction
F
features animation, 5, 79, 192, 274, 340 ANSYS Multi-eld, 339 auto annotation, 79, 274 auto timescale, 79, 141 blade loading span 50, 378 boundary prole visualization, 67 Boundary Prole Visualization, 273 buoyant ow, 273 CEL (CFX Expression Language), 67, 274 centrifugal compressor, 377 CFX Pressure, 378 changing the color range, 68, 96, 192, 228, 260, 274 chart creation, 168, 192, 312 component source, 207 computed results table, 377 contour, 5, 141, 167, 228, 311, 340, 447 cylindrical components, 377 data export, 168, 312 default locators, 67, 95, 113, 167, 228, 259 dispersed phase zero equation, 259 Expression editor, 68, 228 extra output variables list, 447 xed support, 378 uid-dependent turbulence model, 259 uid-uid (no frame change), 141 uiduid interface, 447 frozen rotor, 191 general uid, 5, 67, 79, 113, 227, 259, 273, 311, 339, 447 general mode, 67, 79, 113, 207, 227, 273, 311, 339, 413, 447 ideal gas, 141, 191 inlet (prole), 67, 273 inlet (subsonic), 5, 67, 79, 191, 207, 227, 259, 311 inlet (supersonic), 141 instancing transformation, 96, 192 isosurface, 79, 192, 207, 228, 274 isothermal, 311 k-Epsilon, 5, 67, 79, 191, 207, 227, 259, 273, 311 laminar, 113, 339 legend, 68, 274 lighting adjustment, 96, 228 line locator, 311 movie generation, 79, 192 multiple domain, 191, 227 opening, 79, 227 outlet (degassing), 259 outlet (subsonic), 5, 67, 113, 191, 207, 273, 311 outlet (supersonic), 141 outline plot (wireframe), 5, 67, 95, 167 output control, 274 p-total inlet mass ow outlet, 377 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
552
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
particle coupling control, 447 particle tracking, 447 periodic, 191 physical timescale, 5, 67, 192, 207, 228, 259, 311, 377, 447 point, 5, 274 polyline, 167, 311 printing, 79, 312 quantitative calculation, 192 Quick Setup Wizard, 5, 141 radiation, 273 rotating frame of reference, 191 sampling plane, 95 shear stress transport, 141 single domain, 5, 67, 79, 113, 141, 207, 259, 273, 311, 339, 447 slice plane, 6, 67, 167, 207, 274, 312 steady state, 5, 67, 79, 141, 191, 207, 227, 259, 311, 377, 447 streamline, 6, 68, 95, 312 streamwise plot of pt and p, 378 surface group, 192 symmetry, 96, 141, 207, 260 symmetry plane, 113, 259, 311 thermal energy, 5, 67, 113, 207, 227, 273 timestep selection, 80, 113, 192, 274 title/text, 80, 168, 312 total deformation, 378 total energy, 141, 191 transient, 79, 191, 192, 273 transient animation, 80, 114, 192, 274 transient example, 113 transient results le, 79 transient rotor stator, 192 transient simulation, 113, 339 transient time step, 340 Turbo Wizard, 191 turbomachinery, 377 variable composition mixture, 207 Variables editor, 141, 228, 312 vector, 95, 141, 167, 260, 312, 340 velocity streamlines stream blade te, 378 viewing the mesh, 68, 96, 168 volume, 96 Von-Mises stress, 378 wall - (slip depends on volume fraction), 259 wall - adiabatic, 5, 67, 113, 141, 191, 207, 228, 274 wall - xed temperature, 113, 274 wall - free-slip, 141, 311 wall - no-slip, 5, 67, 79, 113, 141, 191, 227, 273, 311 Field Solver (Structural) plot, 355 xed support dening, 346 ow example gas-liquid, 259 multicomponent, 207 multiphase, 259 supersonic, 141 Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI) Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
small mesh displacements in, 357 tutorial, 326 uid subdomain creating, 220 uid-solid interactions, 339 uid-solid interface dening, 346 Fortran calling names use lower-case for, 279 Fortran compiler determining, 273 Fortran subroutine compiling, 278 free surface example, 125 setting boundary conditions, 127
G
gas-liquid ow example, 259 generating output les, 92
H
heat exchanger example, 227
I
inlet (supersonic), 143 Interface Loads (Structural) plot, 355
M
mesh adaption creating, 132 mesh deformation requires transient simulations, 329 tutorial, 326 mesh displacements magnifying, 357 mixer static mixer example, 5 mixing tube example, 207 model creating, 54 modelling Non-Newtonian ow, 181 modelling example 2D, 113 axi-symmetric, 207 modify streamlines, 76 moving mesh conguring, 330, 331, 351, 352 examples, 326 using CEL expressions with, 326 multicomponent ow example, 207 multiphase ow example, 259 multiphase mixer example, 239
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
553
N
new plane creating as a design parameter, 365 Non-Newtonian ow, 181
O
obtaining a solution in parallel, 103 in serial, 101 outlet (supersonic), 144 outline plot, 15, 38 output les generating, 92
P
P1 radiation model, 294 parallel running, 102 parallel solution example, 203 pH calculation, 217 porous domain creating, 172 power syntax, 110 pressure load dening, 346 printing greyscale, 301 prole boundary creating, 73 project creating in Workbench (Design Exploration), 361
transient rotor-stator calculation, 200 simulation example steady state, 207, 227 transient, 113 solid region example, 227 solvers coupling two to model interactions, 340 spray dryer example, 447 stagger iterations, 353 static mixer example, 5 steady state simulation example, 207, 227 streamlines creating and modifying, 76 structural deformations modeling, 339 structural properties assigning the material to geometry, 345 subdomain creating, 220 supersonic ow example, 141 surface plot, 110 syntax, power, 110
T
text auto-annotation, 92, 288 thermal radiation modeling at a window, 282 thermal radiation control setting, 306 thermal radiation models setting, 305 transient animation creating, 204 transient ANSYS multi-eld run executes as time steps, 350 transient mechanical analysis example, 345 transient result les writing at intervals, 334 transient results conguring, 118 transient results les creating, 285 creating minimal, 88 writing at intervals, 354 transient rotor-stator calculation, 200 transient scheme setting, 333 setting solver controls for, 353 transient simulation enables mesh deformation, 329 modifying the domain for, 200 requires initial values, 353 Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved.
R
radiation in a can combustor, 291 modeling at a window, 282 setting a Monte Carlo thermal model, 280 viewing, 303 radiation ux setting, 282 radiation intensity setting, 284 radiation models discrete transfer, 303 radiation properties setting, 295 reaction dening, 214 run in parallel, 102 monitoring, 203
S
set boundary conditions, 281, 296 buoyancy reference density, 129 initial values, 146
554
Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.
uses Automatic With Value option, 118 transient simulation type conguring, 115 transient simulations example, 79, 113 require initial values, 333 tutorial static mixer in Workbench, 29 tutorial examples, 1 two-dimensional modelling example, 113
U
using cfx5mkext command, 278 symmetry planes, 105
V
valve example, 151 variables user vector, 148 vent example, 79 viewing inated elements, 63 mesh partitions (parallel only), 111 results, 135
W
wall boundary conditions, 283, 299 free-slip, 99 wing example, 141
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates. 555
Release 12.0 - 2009 ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. Contains proprietary and condential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and afliates.